mp:VDraft 3.0.0 Ontwerp medicatieproces 9 ENG: verschil tussen versies

Uit informatiestandaarden
Ga naar: navigatie, zoeken
(Medication administration without MA or TA)
(Sub-process Use)
 
(288 tussenliggende versies door 6 gebruikers niet weergegeven)
Regel 4: Regel 4:
  
  
[[Bestand:NL.jpg|50px]]  [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V3.0.0-beta_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9 Klik hier voor de Nederlandse live-versie]<br> <br>
+
[[Bestand:NL.jpg|50px]]  [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9 Klik hier voor de Nederlandse live-versie]<br> <br>
For an overview of relevant wiki pages for Medication Process see [[Landingspagina_Medicatieproces|Landingspagina Medicatieproces]]
 
  
=Introduction=
+
__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__
 +
=<span class="anchor" id="inleiding"></span>Introduction=
 +
This document is part of the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaard medicatieproces}} (MP9), developed within the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|website medicatieoverdracht}}. During the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|kickstart}} the working method described in the information standard is tested and, if necessary, adjusted.
  
This document is the functional design for the Medication Process Information Standard (in Dutch: 'Informatiestandaard Medicatieproces'). It provides a general description as well as a description of specific practical situations. The recording and exchange of information is described for specific situations using actors (people, information systems) and transactions (which information is exchanged when).  
+
==General information==
 +
This document describes the functional design (FD) of the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaard medicatieproces}}. It describes the recording and exchange of medication data and illustrates this with specific practical examples. This is explained using the concepts of actors (people and information systems) and transactions (what information is exchanged, when, and how).<br>
 +
For more information about information standards and how they are developed, see the Nictiz webpage for {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaarden}}. The {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|begrippenoverzicht}} on the Nictiz website and the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|begrippenlijst}} on the Medication Transfer programme website explain the terms used in this FD.<br>
  
Target groups for this document:  
+
Links to the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|technisch ontwerp}} can be found here.
*Health professionals
 
*Information analysts and architects
 
*Software suppliers
 
  
==Scope and vision==
+
==Target audience==
 +
The target audience for this document consists of:
 +
* Product managers, architects, designers, builders and testers of:
 +
:: - suppliers of medication-related information systems.
 +
:: - healthcare organisations and regional organisations.
 +
:: - Nictiz.
 +
* Representatives of health professionals and patients.
  
This document has been produced within the Medication process program. The Medication process program aims first to take away existing obstacles in the medication process, while taking into account current legislation and the possibility of obtaining tangible results in the foreseeable future.  
+
==Frameworks and principles==
 +
===Legislation===
 +
The transfer of medication data as described in this document complies with legislation and regulations. Sending a medication agreement combined with a dispense request corresponds to a prescription as defined in the Medicines Act. Further explanation can be found in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|NEN7503}}. The {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}} also contains an explanation of the legal requirements for the exchange of medication data.
  
One of the main obstacles concerns the lack of insight in the actual medication use of patients. This is partly due to the fact that therapeutic and logistical information are often mixed, which results in the medication history becoming unclear. The following distinction between therapy and logistics exists:
+
===Guideline and process===
 +
In 2020, the revised quality standard {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}} was published by the Dutch Healthcare Institute. The objective is described as follows:<br>
 +
‘The transfer of medication data within the patient's network, so that prescribers, pharmacists, and administrators can provide continuity of care and make responsible risk assessments for safe medical and pharmaceutical care at the time of prescribing, dispensing, and administering within the chain.’<br>
  
* '''Therapy''' covers the medical side. This includes medication (and treatment) agreements, as well as the corresponding support and implementation. Therapeutic intention, (actual) medication use, self-medication and pharmacotherapy are also covered by the term ‘therapy’ as it is defined in this document.
+
The accompanying {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatieparagraaf}} provides a general description of the recording and exchange of medication data. The information standard elaborates on this in detail. The medication process broadly consists of the following sub-processes:
* '''Logistics''' covers the physical flow of medicinal products, including requests, planning and dispense. This also includes the medication supply and consumption of this supply.  
+
* Prescribe
 +
* Dispense
 +
* Administer
 +
* Use
 +
The medication verification sub-process is also important in this regard.
 +
[[#mp|Chapter 5, Medication Process,]] describes the care process.
  
The program has taken into account current legislation and feasibility within the foreseeable future. The vision goes beyond the scope of the Medication process program and lays the foundations for a situation where a dispense request is no longer required. The ultimate objective is for prescribers to only have to concern themselves with the therapeutic side (which medicinal product, which strength, which dosage, when to start, etc.). It will no longer be necessary to create a dispense request. Instead, the prescriber will make medication agreements directly with the patient. Based on these medication agreements, the supplier will take care of the logistical process, eliminating the need for a dispense request altogether. Because of legislation this is not (yet) possible. The Medication process program does however take the first necessary step in the right direction.
+
===Scope of the information standard===
 +
The scope of the information standard covers the functional descriptions (this FD) and the dataset for all data exchanges within all sub-processes in the medication process (in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}).
 +
 
 +
==Qualification==
 +
A qualification script is drawn up based on this FD and the accompanying dataset. Drawing up qualification scripts falls outside the scope of this FD. For more information, see the Nictiz page on {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|kwalificatie}} and the landing page of the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|kickstart}}.
  
 
==Reading guide==
 
==Reading guide==
 +
===Use cases and scenarios in this FD===
 +
Within Nictiz, information standards are generally described on the basis of use cases. In these information standards, a use case is defined as a description of a practical situation in healthcare that is linked to a scenario. A scenario is a coherent group of transactions for the exchange of data.<br>
 +
The FD for MP9 deals with the healthcare-wide exchange of medication data between a large number of different parties involved and in a variety of healthcare situations. Within MP9, therefore, different use cases with associated scenarios may occur in a single sub-process. A scenario may also apply to more than one sub-process. Furthermore, MP9 pays a lot of attention to the recording of data, in addition to its exchange.<br>
 +
A different structure has therefore been chosen for MP9:<br>
 +
* [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3 Information transfer]] provides an overview of the scenarios with their transactions, and the system roles required for this. It indicates in which sub-processes these occur.
 +
* The description of the care process is provided in [[#mp|Chapter 5 Medication process]]. For each sub-process, it indicates which system roles are required.
 +
 +
===Chapter overview===
 +
[[#inleiding|Chapter 1 Introduction]] provides general information about the FD of MP9.<br>
 +
[[#concept|Chapter 2 Conceptual model]] describes the underlying conceptual model on which MP9 is based: the reason for developing this model, principles, definitions and working method.<br>
 +
[[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3 Information exchange]] provides an overview of the relevant information systems, system roles, scenarios and transactions, and the building blocks involved.<br>
 +
[[#consolideren|Chapter 4 Consolidation: what, why and how]] describes what consolidation is and what the associated rules are for MP9.<br>
 +
[[#mp|Chapter 5 Medication Process]] describes the broad outline of the process, the sub-processes involved and how medication data is used, recorded and exchanged within it.<br>
 +
[[#aanvullende info|Chapter 6 Additional Information]] contains text that has not been included elsewhere, and references to relevant documentation outside this FD.
 +
 +
===Examples on separate pages===
 +
Due to the length of this FD, the practical examples have been moved to pages outside this main page. There is a page with [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden|all examples]] and separate pages with examples per sub-process or sub-topic.<br>
 +
In addition, there are [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/aanvullende_documentatie#Overige_voorbeelden|several other pages]] with further explanations in the form of examples.
 +
 +
===<span class="anchor" id="beta"></span>Functionalities in beta version===
 +
In the previous publication of the FD and the dataset, some functionalities were incorrectly given the version designation 'release candidate 1'. This concerns the proposal data (see [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]]) and the functionalities in the Administer sub-process (see [[#Deelproces Toedienen|section 5.4]]).<br>
 +
In this publication of the FD and the dataset, these functionalities are therefore published as beta versions, as they still need to be tested. This is in accordance with Nictiz's Sustainable Release Policy.
  
The following paragraph introduces the main building blocks and the terminology used in this document. Detailed descriptions of the various processes (prescribe, dispense, administer, medication use) are given in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]]. The purpose of the descriptions is to clarify how healthcare processes function in an ideal situation; which process steps are needed; which actors are participating; which information applies; and which moments of exchange exist. The process descriptions follow a fixed format:
+
===Writing conventions===
 +
The following writing conventions are followed in this FD:
 +
* The medication building blocks are written as abbreviations. Only when they are first introduced and in section titles are the full names written out. The aim is to make the text shorter and more readable, especially in the case of long names such as ’variable dosing regimen’ or ’reply proposal dispense request’.
 +
* Data elements of the building blocks and values from value lists are written as they appear in the dataset in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}, including capital letters. This ensures that it is always clear what is meant.
 +
* In this FD, the term ’patient’ is used to refer to both patients and clients.
 +
* In this FD, the term ’supplier’ is used. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place.
  
*Current situation <br />This paragraph describes the relevant differences between the current situation and the desired situation ('soll') in accordance with this information standard. Any obstacles will be described here.
+
===Repeated text blocks===
*Process description with the paragraphs:  
+
Various pieces of text may appear in multiple places in the FD. This concerns information that is relevant in different paragraphs. This is particularly the case in Chapter 5. Examples include:
** ''Precondition''<br />The conditions that must be met before the process is started.  
+
* Instructions for completing a data element that appears in both the MA and the TA.
** ''Trigger Event''<br />The event that starts the process.
+
* Texts about GDS that appear in various paragraphs of Chapter 5 are summarised in a separate section 5.8.
** ''One or more process steps''<br />Description of part of the process.
+
In such cases, the text is copied from the first paragraph in which it appears. This ensures that any changes are made in the same way in every instance.
**''Postcondition''<br />The conditions that are met after the process steps have been carried out.
 
**''Practical examples''<br />List of practical examples associated with a specific subprocess. These are detailed in [[#Description of practical examples|Chapter 4]].  
 
**''Information systems and transaction groups'',<br />This paragraph describes the information systems, system roles, transactions and transaction groups related to the process steps. All information concerning information systems and transaction groups is also included in [[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]].  
 
  
[[#Domain-specific handling of the medication process|Chapter 3]] describes a number of domain-specific interpretations of the medication process, for instance those of the thrombosis service and those related to service observation services in an ambulatory situation. [[#Description of practical examples|Chapter 4]] describes several practical examples in more detail. These examples are, in a large number of cases, derived from general medical practice but are illustrative of similar situations in a different setting. The practical examples are classified according to subprocess, as indicated in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]].<br>  
+
=<span class="anchor" id="concept"></span>Conceptual model=
[[#Medication overview and inference rules|Chapter 5]] describes how a medication profile can be constructed from the different building blocks. [[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions and transaction groups. Guidelines for the functionality of the various information systems have been detailed in [[#Functionality|Chapter 8]].
+
This chapter explains the model that forms the basis of MP9.<br>
 +
Section 2.1 discusses the reasons for developing this model.<br>
 +
Section 2.2 explains the basic principles.<br>
 +
Section 2.3 describes the medication building blocks and the proposal data.<br>
 +
Section 2.4 introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ and its functional application.<br>
 +
Section 2.5 explains the interrelationships between building blocks and medication treatment.<br>
 +
Section 2.6 describes how these building blocks can be exchanged.
  
In this document, Dutch abbreviations are used for the medication building blocks (see Table 1 below). The word ‘patient' is used to mean both patients and clients.
+
==Reasons for developing the conceptual model==
 +
Registration and communication of medication data are largely done digitally. Over time, various problems have come to light. This was investigated in a project by the NHG and KNMP in 2012-2013. The conclusion was that therapeutic and logistical aspects are intertwined in the recording and communication of medication data. In addition, there is a lack of a clear and shared conceptual framework.<br>
  
==Introduction of relevant terms==
+
The above has been elaborated in a report, {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|bouwstenen medicatieproces}} from 2014. This report describes a conceptual model in which therapeutic and logistical data are separated. This model forms the basis for the MP9 information standard. The texts in this chapter are partly based on this report.
  
===Therapeutic and logistical building blocks===
+
==Principles of the conceptual model==
 +
The conceptual model was developed using the sub-processes in the medication process as a starting point:
 +
* prescribe
 +
* dispense
 +
* administer
 +
* use
 +
During these sub-processes, information is generated that is recorded in the form of medication building blocks. A building block in an information standard is a collection of related data elements surrounding a specific concept within a specific context, for example a medication agreement in the medication process. These data elements describe the data required for a clear and unambiguous representation of this concept.<br>
 +
The various medication building blocks represent steps in the patient’s medication process: prescribing a medicine (medication agreement, dispense request, variable dosing regimen), followed by dispensing (administration agreement, medication dispense), administering (medication administration) and using (medication use) that medicine.<br>
 +
During a sub-process, the data elements of the relevant building block are filled in as far as possible and relevant. This results in a concrete instance of that building block.<br>
 +
Instances of building blocks can be exchanged digitally: either by actively sending them to another health professional, or by making them available for consultation by another health professional and the patient, at any given moment (see [[#push/pull|section 2.6]]). This allows a health professional to access all of a patient's medication data at any time, as intended in the quality standard {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}}.<br>
 +
A full explanation of the conceptual model can be found in the original report {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|bouwstenen medicatieproces}}.
  
[[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] provides a description of the process and the data elements associated with it. Related data elements are grouped together in a Clinical Information Model (CIM) or Clinical Building Block (CBB) (in Dutch: 'zorginformatiebouwsteen' - zib). The dataset details the data elements these zibs consist of; data elements may have been added to the zibs in keeping with the clinical context and care process. The data set includes the complete set of definitions of the data elements of the building blocks. The building blocks together with their data elements can be used in various scenarios for arranging/modelling healthcare applications or for defining interfaces for data exchange.
+
==Medication building blocks and proposal data==
 +
This section describes the medication building blocks and proposal data. After the initial introduction, the Dutch abbreviations for the building blocks are used throughout, except in section titles.
  
The different building blocks are shown in the figure below. They have been ordered according to process and subprocesses, and according to therapy versus logistics.
+
===<span class="anchor" id="bouwstenen"></span>Therapeutic and logistical building blocks===
 +
Within the medication building blocks, a distinction is made between therapy and logistics:<br>
  
{{anchor|figuur 1}}
+
'''Therapy'''<br>
[[Bestand:Bouwstenen_Engels_20231018.png|750px|Figure 1 Building blocks - overview]]
+
This concerns the medical aspects. It includes, among other things, the medication (treatment) agreements and their implementation. The therapeutic intention, the (actual) use and self-medication also fall under this category.<br>
 +
The therapeutic building blocks are: medication agreement (MA), administration agreement (TA), variable dosing regimen (WDS), medication administration (MTD) and medication use (MGB).<br>
  
The four additional concepts ‘Proposal medication agreement’ (therapeutic), 'Reply proposal medication agreement' (therapeutic), ‘Proposal dispense request’ (logistics) and ‘Reply proposal dispense request’ (logistics) are also described.  
+
'''Logistics'''<br>
 +
This concerns aspects relating to the physical flow of medicines, such as requests and deliveries.<br>
 +
The logistical building blocks are: dispense request (VV) and medication dispense (MVE).<br>
 +
<br>
 +
Figure 2.1 shows the medication building blocks, divided into sub-processes and distinguishing between therapy and logistics.<br>
  
 +
{{anchor|figuur FOH1}}
 +
[[Bestand:Bouwstenen_Engels_20231018.png|750px|Figure 2.1 Medication building blocks - overview]]<br>
 +
''<small>Figure 2.1  Overview of therapeutic and logistical medication building blocks</small>''<br>
 +
<br>
 +
The table below provides a description of these building blocks.
 
{{anchor|tabel 1}}
 
{{anchor|tabel 1}}
 
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
 
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
! style="text-align:left;"| Building blocks in Dutch
+
! style="text-align:left;"| Building block
! style="text-align:left;"| Abbr. in Dutch
+
! style="text-align:left;"| Abbr.
! style="text-align:left;"| Building blocks in English
 
 
! style="text-align:left;"| Description
 
! style="text-align:left;"| Description
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatieafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatieafspraak<br>medication agreement
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MA
+
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A medication agreement is an agreement between the prescriber and the patient regarding the use of medication by that patient. An agreement to discontinue or modify medication use is also a medication agreement.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatieafspraak / Medication agreement/ is the prescriber’s proposal for medication use with which the patient agrees. An agreement to discontinue medication is also an MA<ref>This document only uses the term medication agreement, which therefore also indicates the clinical equivalent provisional medication order</ref>.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Wisselend doseerschema
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| wisselend doseerschema<br>variable dosing regimen
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| WDS
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| WDS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Variable dosing regimen
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The variable dosing regimen provides concrete details for the instructions for use section of a medication agreement. The dosing regimen can be modified in the interim without having to change the medication agreement.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Wisselend doseerschema / Variable dosing regimen' contains the dosing instruction as composed by an (external) prescriber. In the WDS the element 'instructions for use' from the MA is further specified. The WDS can be modified without changing the MA.  
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Verstrekkingsverzoek
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| verstrekkingsverzoek<br>dispense request
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VV
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VV
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Dispense request
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A dispense request is the prescriber's request to the supplier to dispense medication to the patient in line with the corresponding medication agreements.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Verstrekkingsverzoek / Dispense request' is the request from a prescriber to a pharmacist to supply the patient with one or more medicinal products in support of the current MA(s)<ref>The dispense request building block is not applicable in the clinical setting. Dispensing medication is handled in different ways in the clinical setting. Replenishment of, for example, a department’s supply is not considered a medication dispense, but rather an extension of the pharmacist’s stock. Medication dispense only takes place when the link between the medication and patient has been made. In clinical situations, administration often takes place immediately afterwards.</ref>.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Toedieningsafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| toedieningsafspraak<br>administration agreement
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| TA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| TA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Administration agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| An administration agreement contains the instructions for medication use from the supplier to the patient, their representative or administrator. With an administration agreement, the medication agreement is specified in concrete terms.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Toedieningsafspraak / Administration agreement' contains the instructions for medication use (or administration) from the pharmacist to the patient (or his representative or administrator), adding to the MA<ref name="MO">A provisional medication order, as it is used in hospitals, is both the request from the physician to the administrator to administer medication to the patient and a dispense request to the pharmacist to ensure that the medication is available for the administrator. This last part corresponds to the medication agreement and the dispense request from the first line. In addition, the hospital pharmacist usually carries out a validation of the administration request (this creates the final medication order which is called an administration agreement here). The provisional medication order is therefore not the same as a proposal from, for example, a nurse on the basis of a protocol that has not yet been approved by a physician. </ref>.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatieverstrekking
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatieverstrekking<br>medication dispense
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MVE
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MVE
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication dispense
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A medication dispense is the provision of a supply of a medicine to the patient, their representative or administrator.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatieverstrekking / Medication dispense' is the provision of a supply of medicinal product to the patient or his administrator or representative.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatietoediening
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatietoediening<br>medication administration
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MTD
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MTD
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication administration
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| A medication administration is the separate administration of a medicine to the patient by the administrator.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatietoediening / Medication administration' is the registration of individual administrations of the medicinal product to the patient by the person who administers them (such as a nurse or the patient himself) in relation to the agreements made.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medicatiegebruik
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medicatiegebruik<br>medication use
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MGB
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MGB
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Medication use
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| medication use is a statement about the historical, current or intended use of a medicine by the patient. The statement can be recorded by the patient themselves, but also by a health professional or a representative of the patient.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Medicatiegebruik / Medication use' is a statement about historical, current or intended use of a medicinal product<ref>Medication use may have been preceded by medication administration. Registration of medication use, for example after administration of rabies vaccinations or an infusion is not obvious.</ref>.
+
|}
 +
 
 +
===Proposal data===
 +
A health professional or patient may wish to submit a proposal for a new MA or VV. Proposal data have been introduced to support this. In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).<br>
 +
<br>
 +
The table below provides a description of these proposal data.
 +
 
 +
{{anchor|tabel 1}}
 +
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| Building block
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| Abbr.
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| Description
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Voorstel medicatieafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| voorstel medicatieafspraak<br>proposal medication agreement
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VMA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VMA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Proposal medication agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The proposal medication agreement is a proposal made by a health professional or the patient to the prescriber regarding the prescription of medication. The proposal may involve stopping, starting, changing or continuing medication.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Voorstel medicatieafspraak / Proposal medication agreement' is a recommendation or request from the pharmacist, prescriber or patient to the prescriber of the MA regarding the agreed medication. The proposal may involve stopping, starting, changing or continuing the medication.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak<br>reply proposal medication agreement
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVMA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVMA
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Reply proposal medication agreement
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The reply proposal medication agreement is a response from the prescriber to the proposal medication agreement. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which an (adjusted) medication agreement will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak / Reply proposal medication agreement' is a reply from the prescriber to the VMA.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek<br>proposal dispense request
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VVV
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VVV
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Proposal dispense request
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The proposal dispense request is a proposal from a health professional or the patient to the prescriber to approve the dispensing of medication for the corresponding medication agreement.
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek / Proposal dispense request' is a proposal from the pharmacist to the prescriber to approve one or more MVE(s) in support of the current MA(s). This is comparable with the current situation of submitting the authorisation form or combined prescription or submitting a repeat prescription for signing. The patient may also submit a VVV to the prescriber.  
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Antwoord voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| antwoord voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek<br>reply proposal dispense request
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVVV
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| AVVV
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Reply proposal dispense request
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| The reply proposal dispense request is a response from the prescriber to the proposal dispense request. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which a dispensing request will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 'Antwoord voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek / Reply proposal dispense request' is a reply from the prescriber to the VVV.
+
|}
|}<small>Table 1 Building blocks – description</small>
 
  
===Medication overview===
+
A proposal may result in a new MA or VV. An AVMA or AVVV is always sent to the proposer.<br>
See [[#Medication overview and inference rules|Chapter 5]] for more information about these overviews, the applicable building blocks and how a medication profile/current overview can be compiled.  
+
A proposal is only intended for the prescriber to whom the proposal is addressed, not for the rest of the chain. They are therefore not building blocks (as in [[#bouwstenen|section 2.3.1]]) with which an overview of medication can be constructed, even though they are included in the dataset in ART-DECOR. They therefore do not fall under an MBH (see section 2.4).<br>
 +
[[#mp voorstelgegevens|Section 5.6]] explains the use of the proposal data in more detail.
  
==='Medicamenteuze behandeling / Pharmaceutical treatment' (MBH)===
+
===Medication building blocks and Health and Care Information Models===
 +
Health and Care Information Models (Dutch: zorginformatiebouwstenen or zibs) are conceptual models. Every information standard uses these as building blocks. However, zibs are context-independent and it may be necessary to add additional information to information standards in order to clarify that context. As a result, there are some differences between the medication building blocks in this FD and the medication zibs. For more information about zibs, see {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|zibs}}.
  
The different medication building blocks represent steps in the medication process, from prescribing a medicinal product (MA and/or VV), followed by dispensing it (TA and/or MVE) up to and including administering and using the medicinal product. The model is designed in such a way that therapeutic building blocks and logistical building blocks are separated from each other.<br>
+
==The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’==
'''Scope'''<br>
+
This section introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ (Dutch: medicamenteuze behandeling or MBH) and its functional application.
In order to be able to illustrate the interdependence of the medication building blocks, the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ (in Dutch: 'medicamenteuze behandeling' - MBH) is introduced.<br>
 
:'''Pharmaceutical treatment' is a '''technical concept''' in the information standard. Its purpose is'':<br>
 
:#''To unambiguously identify the set of interdependent medication building blocks, and''<br>
 
:#''To apply rules to it to unambiguously determine the present situation''.<br>
 
The functional application of the concept of MBH is as follows:<br>
 
*Medication (or MBH) is started by creating a first MA as part of a new MBH.
 
*Medication (or MBH) is discontinued by creating a new MA within the same MBH (stop-MA).
 
*Medication (or MBH) is modified by:
 
#Discontinuing the existing MA and
 
#Creating a new changed MA as part of the same MBH. The starting date (hereafter: startDateTime according to naming convention in the dataset) of this new MA may also be in the future.  
 
  
Prescribing a new medicinal product always results in a new MA. An MA is always related to a single MBH. For the time being, the PRK level (Prescription Code from the G-standard) of the medicinal product determines whether the MA belongs to a new or an existing MBH. A detailed description can be found in [[#Process step: Making a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]].
+
===Pharmaceutical treatment as a technical concept===
 +
There may be several medication building blocks that relate to the same treatment. The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ has been introduced to indicate that these building blocks belong together. This concerns a '''''technical concept'''''. An MBH has no meaning in terms of care content. It takes the form of a unique identification number ('''id''') that is linked by an information system to a building block or collection of related building blocks. The term ’pharmaceutical treatment’ is abbreviated as MBH.<br>
  
Exceptions:
+
The MBH makes the following possible:
*Products without PRK (a non-medicine such as crutches or bandages). In this case the HPK level (Trade Product Code from the G-standard) determines if the MA will lead to a new MBH.
+
# The unambiguous identification of the collection of related medication building blocks.
*Medication without PRK (magistrals often consist of several substances that are not covered by the same PRK, these substances are included separately as ingredients in the MA). Every magistral or modification thereof falls under an MBH.
+
# The application of rules to a collection of building blocks, in order to unambiguously determine the current situation of a patient with regard to their treatment with a particular medicine (see [[#consolideren|Chapter 4]]).
*Own articles without PRK (articles listed in the internal information system under 90 million numbers stored, such as half tablets, commonly used magistrals). Any item or modification thereof falls under an MBH.
 
*When prescribing in [[#Free-text prescribing|free-text]] (meaning a prescription without a code from the G-Standard) every change of the product may lead to a new MBH.
 
*Intravenous (IV) therapy (to be worked out).
 
  
'''Examples'''<br>
+
===<span class="anchor" id="starten nieuw MBH"></span>Starting a new pharmaceutical treatment===
Five examples illustrate the scope of an MBH:<br>
+
Starting a pharmaceutical treatment involves recording an initial building block. This initiates a new MBH. The initial building block will usually be an MA, but it could also be a TA or MGB that is used to record self-care medication, or an MTD if medication needs to be administered immediately in an acute situation.<br>
*Diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 4x daily is changed to diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily. The PRK level of both products is the same, they are both part of the same MBH.  
+
When recording a new building block, it must first be checked whether it concerns new medication, or whether a building block with the same product already exists. This may exist in one’s own information system, but also in information systems elsewhere.<br>
*Paroxetine tablet, 10 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily, is changed to paroxetine tablet, 20 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily. This is a modification of an MA with two different medicinal products at the PRK level. This change requires that the first MBH is discontinued and a new MBH is started.  
+
A thorough check therefore requires consulting all available building blocks (for an explanation of consulting, see [[#push/pull|section 2.6]] and [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3]]). These building blocks are then checked:
*A gastroprotective drug has been agreed upon in a treatment with prednisone: prednisone and gastroprotective drugs are two different medicinal products which are used parallel to each other, and their use can be modified and discontinued independently of each other. This means they are not part of the same MBH.
+
* If there is no existing building block for this medicine, a new MBH is created.
*Switching from a beta blocker to an ACE inhibitor means a new PRK and this is achieved by discontinuing the MBH of the beta blocker and starting a new MBH for the ACE inhibitor.  
+
* If a building block exists for the same medicine, the new building block will usually fall under the same MBH. However, the health professional must have the option of choosing to start a new MBH.<br>
*When there is no PRK and the composition of the medicinal products in the MA changes (any change in the ingredients), the existing MBH is discontinued and a new MBH is started. This applies, for example, to extemporaneous preparations, drips and proprietary products.<br>  
 
  
'''Creation of an MBH'''<br>
+
Figure 2.2 shows a flow chart for determining whether a new building block should be recorded in a new or existing MBH.<br>
A schematic overview of how an MBH is set up can be seen in the figure below. When a new building block (MA, TA, VV, MVE, MTD or MGB) is created, a check is first performed to determine whether this is a new medication or if there already is a current building block with the same product. This applies to all building blocks, both own building blocks and third parties’. In most information systems, the user of the information system will indicate that he wants to change one of the existing medication building blocks or wants to introduce new medication. In that case, it is easy to find out whether there already is an MBH that includes the building block.
+
<br>
*If there is no existing building block for this medication, a new building block with a new MBH is created.
 
*If there is an existing building block with an MBH, the user of the information system is asked whether the new building block and the existing building block belong to the same treatment. When this is the case, the same MBH will be used. When the building blocks do not belong to the same treatment, a new MBH will be created.  
 
{{anchor|figuur 2}}
 
[[Bestand:New_building_blockv6.png|500px|Figuur 2 Creation of a pharmaceutical treatment]]
 
 
 
Situations can occur where an MBH is created when it shouldn't have been. For example when a patient has not given permission for sharing their medical information. The way of working for merging MBHs is described in [[mp:Vkickstart_MigratieHybride#Ontdubbelen_van_MBH.27s|the implementation guide for migration and hybrid situations]]. A practical example can be found in [[#Merging building blocks under one MBH|paragraph 4.1.41]].
 
  
 +
[[Bestand:Nieuwe MBH Flowchart ENG.png|500px|Figure 2.2 Flow chart for starting an MBH]]<br>
 +
''<small>Figure 2.2  Flow chart recording new building block in new or existing MBH</small>''<br>
 
<br>
 
<br>
'''Rules for parallel building blocks'''<br>
+
<u>When is medication considered to be ‘the same medicine’ or ‘the same treatment’?</u><br>
Within an MBH, several building blocks of the same type may be simultaneously actual. These are all building blocks that are currently valid or will become valid in the future. <nowiki>'</nowiki>''Valid''<nowiki>'</nowiki> means that a building block contains the agreements the healthcare provider is allowed to act upon.
+
When recording an MA, the PRK (Prescription Characteristics from the G-Standard) of a medicine determines whether this MA belongs to a new or existing MBH. A different PRK leads to a different MBH. An explanation of which characteristics are important at this level can be found on the webpage {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ruggengraat}}.<br>
 
+
<u>'''NB'''</u>: The fact that a change in PRK leads to a new MBH only applies to the MA. A supplier could choose a medicine with a different PRK, for example because of a preference policy. The associated TA and MVE will have the same MBH as the MA.<br>
In principle, only one valid building block per type is allowed within an MBH at any given time. However, there are some exceptions. The rules below indicate per building block type whether multiple simultaneously valid (parallel) building blocks are allowed within the same MBH.
+
The other building blocks follow the MA or TA to which they refer.<br>
 
 
* Parallel MAs are not allowed within the same MBH.  Complex build-up and tapering schedules must also be recorded in 1 MA.
 
* Parallel WDSs are not allowed within the same MBH.
 
* Parallel TAs are, however, allowed within the same MBH. This may be necessary to completely fulfill the MA. See sections 4.2.16 and 4.2.17 for examples.
 
* Parallel MGBs are allowed, but only for parallel TAs. This enables correct medication verification, so that, for example, medication use according to one TA can be assessed as correct, while medication use according to another TA in the same MBH is recorded as divergent. In all other cases, parallel MGBs are not allowed.
 
 
 
===Correlation between building blocks and MBH===
 
 
 
The figure below shows the correlations between building blocks and the MBH. The relations between building blocks and the MBH as well as the relations between the building blocks themselves are described as follows:
 
*Building blocks belong to a single MBH. An MBH usually includes at least one MA and may include zero or more of the following building blocks VV, WDS, TA, MVE, MGB and MTD. Unless, for example, self-medication has been recorded with MGB, a drug treatment can exist without an MA, but with MGB or TA. An MBH will never cease to exist, but it may no longer be effective when there are no current building blocks linked to it. VMA, AVMA, VVV and AVVV are not yet part of an MBH as these are still proposals that may or may not lead to a final MA or VV linked to an MBH. A VMA may lead to zero (if the recommendation is not followed), one or more MAs and a VVV may lead to zero (if the proposal is not honoured), one or more VVs.
 
*An MBH may also only have a stop-MA in addition to, for example, an MGB building block. For example, in the event that a health professional asks a patient to stop using free available medicine (self-medication or over-the-counter (OTC) medication). The health professional records the use of the self-medication in an MGB building block and discontinues the use by creating a stop-MA belonging to the same MBH.
 
*An MA may refer to the previous MA or a TA or MGB on which it is based. This may also be an MA, TA or MGB that belongs to another MBH. It is possible that no digital MA is available, this MA must then be created. This MA may refer to the TA or MGB. A supplier is never the source of an MA but he may have a copy.
 
*In principle, only one MA is valid at any one time in an MBH.
 
*An MA is supported by zero (if there is still enough supply or if no medication supply is needed), one or more (when there is, for example, medication for an indefinite period of time) VVs.
 
*A VV is based on the current MA and any existing corresponding TA in an MBH. There may be several.
 
*A VV refers to one or more MAs (for example, in the case of an interim dosage increase, a VV can be made that replenishes the supply for the existing MA and also starts the supply for the future MA).
 
*A VV may result in zero (for example when the patient does not pick up the medication) to several MVEs.
 
*An MA may result in zero, one or multiple WDSs.
 
*Multiple (possibly parallel) TAs may be based on the same MA (for example, when a supplier switches to a different commercial product or when the medicinal product is supplied as two or more medicinal products with different strengths, with the total strength remaining the same).  
 
*An MA does not always have to lead to a TA, for example when no VV is required with a short use MA, when the patient still has sufficient stock.
 
*A TA is supported by zero (when there is enough supply), one or more MVEs.
 
*An MVE is based on an MA (and TA) and, in an ambulatory situation, on a VV. The exceptions are over-the-counter (OTC/self-medication) sales for the purpose of self-medication: these have no MAs and no VVs. Self-care medication dispensed by the supplier can possibly be recorded by that supplier as a TA with MVE. It can also be recorded as MGB by a health professional or by the patient himself.  
 
*An MVE may support multiple TAs.
 
*An MA or a TA may be followed by a new MA or TA. This may be the case when existing medication is changed (modification of MA and/or TA) or when MGB is discontinued (stop-MA/TA).
 
 
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 2}}
 
[[Image: Datamodel_MP92.PNG|800px|Figuur 2 - Datamodel Medicatieproces]]
 
 
 
===Send and/or make available===
 
Throughout the medication process, information is being generated and used, including medication data. There are two working methods for the digital exchange of these data in the care chain, query/make available and send/receive.
 
''Make available'' means that data in one's own information system are made available for ''querying'' by other parties involved in the chain.
 
Another possibility is to ''send'' data to other parties involved. These other parties ''receive'' the data automatically.
 
 
 
The data are sent to health care providers, not to specific health professionals. If in this FO mention is made of sending data to “the pharmacist/general practitioner/pulmonologist etc.” this concerns the corresponding health care provider, not that individual health professional.
 
 
 
Not all data are always or to everyone made available:
 
* Proposals and their answers are only sent between the person making the proposal and the recipient of the proposal, often the prescriber.
 
* Dispense requests are made available for patients only.
 
* Height, Weight and Laboratory results can be sent with the medication prescription. Query/make available of these building blocks is not in scope of MP9.
 
 
 
The transfer of medication data as described in this document complies with laws and regulations. Sending an MA combined with a VV corresponds to a prescription as defined in the [https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0021505/2025-01-01#HoofdstukI_Artikel1 Dutch Geneesmiddelenwet] (Art.1 - section pp.). Further explanation can be found in the [https://www.nen.nl/nen-7503-2022-nl-294742 NEN 7503 Gegevensuitwisseling in de zorg].<br>
 
The [https://www.zorginzicht.nl/binaries/content/assets/zorginzicht/kwaliteitsinstrumenten/Kwaliteitsstandaard+Overdracht+van+medicatiegegevens+in+de+keten.pdf Guideline Transfer of Medication data in the chain of care] describes, among other things, the following:
 
* Explicit patient consent is required for making medication data available electronically by healthcare providers to other healthcare providers.
 
* No consent is required for non-electronic provision of medication data to healthcare providers directly involved in the execution of the treatment agreement.
 
* The sending of medication data to individuals directly involved in the execution of the treatment agreement (or their deputy) is allowed under the WGBO. This applies to individuals inside and outside the healthcare provider's organization.
 
 
 
[[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] elaborates in which situations data should only be made available, or sent and made available. This is summarized per process in tables in the Compilation file ([[mp:V2.0.0_Verwijzing_naar_documentatie_Medicatieproces9_tbv_Kickstart|Verzamelbestand per proces]]).
 
 
 
==Legend/Explanation==
 
A manual for this Nictiz wiki documentation can be found at:<br>
 
http://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Handleiding_Wiki_documentatie<br>
 
It also includes a legend for the various figures that appear in this document.
 
 
 
=Medication process=
 
This chapter describes the medication process in relation to the building blocks for first-line, second-line and third-line health care. The process is fundamentally the same in each case. The main difference is which pharmacy supplies the medication: a community pharmacy (including an outpatient pharmacy) or a hospital pharmacy. Another difference is that in an ambulatory setting a VV is required for the supply of medicinal products. This is not required in a hospital setting: the (hospital) pharmacist ensures that the medicinal products are available as long as the MA continues.
 
 
 
The medication process is a cyclical process consisting of prescribing, dispensing, administering and using medication. The process starts when the patient visits a health professional/healthcare provider (general practitioner, hospital or other institution) for a treatment with a medicinal product and ends when the medication is no longer needed. The process is depicted in Figure 4. The yellow bar indicates the medication verification process, green prescription, purple dispensing, and orange administration and medication use. The blue bar indicates receiving and querying of data, which may take place in any of the subprocesses. This is described in further detail in the remainder of this chapter under the relevant subprocess.
 
The following paragraphs describe the medication verification, prescription, dispensing, administration and medication use processes.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 3}}
 
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram_MP9_2.0.2_(1).png|1600px|Figuur 3 Activity diagram - medication process]]
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
 +
The following applies to products without a PRK:
 +
* '''Non-medicinal products.''' These are items such as crutches or bandages. In these cases, the HPK level (Trade Product Characteristics from the G-standard) determines whether it is a new product and therefore a new MBH.
 +
* '''Medicines.''' These may include:
 +
:* Magistral preparations. These usually consist of several substances that do not fall under the same PRK. These substances are included separately as ingredients in the MA. Each individual magistral preparation or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
 +
:* Own items without PRK. These are items that may be stored in the internal information system under a 90 million number, for example half tablets or frequently used magistral preparations. Each individual item or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
 +
:* Medicines prescribed in free text and for which no product or ingredient code from the G-Standard is available. Each modification* to the product falls under a new MBH.
 +
:* Infusions. A provisional working method has been developed for Kickstart; see the page {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|Werkwijze infusen}}.<br>
  
==Process: medication verification==
+
For these products too, the rules only apply when recording an MA, not for TAs and MVEs. If and insofar as the supplier is permitted to deviate from the medication described in the MA, this does not lead to a new MBH.<br>
Prior to the prescription process, the patient’s actual medication use is determined. This is done<ref>The patient may also verify his own medication. He then records medication use, see [[#Recording of medication use by the patient|paragraph 2.5.4.1]].</ref>:
 
*In the GP practice by the general practitioner during a consultation,
 
*At the GP service, A&E department or mental health crisis service by the triage specialist or the treating physician, as soon as possible, upon arrival or admission,  
 
*In case of clinical or day admission at a hospital or other institutions by for example the nursing staff, pharmacy assistant or outpatient/hospital pharmacist,
 
*In case of outpatient consultation by for example nursing staff, doctors’ assistant or the treating physician.
 
 
 
===Current situation===
 
*In the current situation, patients or family/informal caregivers are asked which medication they are using. The patient is sometimes unable to answer this. Family/informal caregivers (if known) are also often unable to answer this. If this is the case, the physician will contact the general practitioner or the supplier to find out the medication. This is difficult outside office hours and during weekends.
 
 
 
===Precondition===
 
The patient comes in for a consultation/an outpatient consultation or is admitted (in the future).
 
 
 
===Trigger event===
 
*Outpatient setting: consultation of and/or prescription to outpatients and patients residing in another healthcare institution<ref>This is about patients from a nursing home or a mental health institution who are going to the outpatient clinic of a hospital.</ref>. In this case, medication verification often occurs during treatment assessment (see [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4)]].
 
*Clinical setting: preparation of patient admission.
 
 
 
===Process===
 
 
 
The health professional collects the medication data from various sources, which may include:
 
*Patient’s own story,
 
*Dispense overviews from pharmacies,
 
*Digitally available medication data from healthcare providers or personal health records (PGO),
 
*Medication brought in by the patient,  
 
*If necessary, information by telephone from the patient’s own pharmacist or general practitioner.<br>  
 
 
 
The health professional verifies the medication together with the patient and can record the verified medication, including self-care medication, as MGB.
 
The recorded data related to medication use are made available to fellow health professionals and the patient so that they can query the data.
 
  
===Postcondition===
+
<nowiki>*</nowiki><small>In principle, 'modification' means: Modifications that would lead to a different PRK for products with PRK and thus would fall under a new MBH, also lead to an adjustment of the MBH for these products. This rule is primarily intended to ensure consistency. Where this leads to implementation problems, a workable solution must be sought in consultation between users and suppliers.</small>
The patient's medication use has been recorded and medication data (MGB) have been made available.
 
  
===Information systems and transaction groups===
+
'''Examples'''
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. Those most important for the medication verification process are included in the overview below.  
+
* Diazepam 5 mg 4x daily 1 tablet is changed to diazepam 5 mg 3x daily 1 tablet. The PRK remains the same, so both MAs fall under the same MBH.
 +
* Paroxetine tablet 10 mg once daily 1 tablet is changed to paroxetine tablet 20 mg once daily 1 tablet. The corresponding MAs relate to different medicines at PRK level and therefore fall under different MBHs.
 +
* As a precaution, a stomach protector has been agreed upon for treatment with prednisone. Although these are prescribed in parallel, they are different medicines. They are therefore not covered by the same MBH and can be changed and discontinued separately.
 +
* Switching from a beta blocker to an ACE inhibitor means a change in PRK. The corresponding MAs fall under different MBHs.
  
{{anchor|figuur 4}}
+
====Parallel pharmaceutical treatments for the same medication====
[[Bestand:Uc_Medicatieverificatie_20231002.png|900px|Figuur 4 Processtappen en transacties - medicatieverificatie]]
+
As described above, when recording a new building block, it must be checked whether an MBH already exists for this medication. However, there may still be situations where parallel MBHs exist for the same medication.<br>
 +
Examples include:
 +
* The patient has not given permission for their medication data to be made available.
 +
* During migration and in hybrid situations, building blocks for the same treatment may be recorded in different information systems under different MBHs.
 +
* Emergency situations in which the MA is recorded in the MBH opened by the MTD, after the administration of medication. If an MA already existed for that medication, there are now two MBHs with building blocks for that medication.<br>
 +
Merging of related building blocks that are recorded under different MBHs is described in the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|implementatiehandleiding migratie en hybride}}.
  
==Process: prescribe==
+
===<span class="anchor" id="stoppen en wijzigen"></span>Stopping and modifying medication within a pharmaceutical treatment===
This section describes the process of prescribing. The role of prescriber may be performed by anyone with a prescribing authorisation according to the [https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0006251/2024-07-01/0 law BIG]. In addition, a prescriber may delegate this task to other healthcare providers who do not have this authority themselves. This is only allowed within the terms of the law and the agreements within the relevant healthcare organisation.<br>
+
Once a building block has been completed and exchanged, it cannot be modified. If modifications are necessary, they are made as follows:<br>
The prescription process consists of an evaluation of existing pharmaceutical treatment, if any. If necessary, an MA is created and, only in an ambulatory situation, possibly a VV. Finally, the recorded medication data (MA, WDS, MGB, VV) are sent and/or made available. A picture of this process can be found in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]].
 
  
===Current situation===
+
<u>Stopping</u><br>
The following deviations from the desired situation that are currently observed are:
+
* To discontinue medication, the associated agreements (MA, TA) must be stopped by recording a stop-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’stopped’.
*The logistical process often determines whether information is recorded (and certainly if it is communicated). Changes in medication or discontinuation are insufficiently recorded and/or communicated, resulting in, among other things, inaccurate monitoring, incorrect use and incorrect medication profiles.
+
* Canceling is stopping an agreement (MA, TA) with a future startDateTime, so that the medication will not be used at all. This is done by recording a cancelation-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’canceled’. This makes it clear that the medication was never started, in contrast with discontinuing.
The pharmacotherapeutic policy should be leading, not the logistical process as is currently the case.  
+
* Permanently stopping a WDS must be done by a stop-MA.<br>
*Since the therapeutic intention is not communicated to the supplier, it is not possible to deduce from the available data whether a request for a repeat prescription falls within that therapeutic intention. Because of this, use may be erroneously resumed or continued.  
+
<u>Modifying</u><br>
*If a change is not communicated, a request for a repeat prescription (through the supplier) may be based on outdated instructions for use. This can easily lead to errors.  
+
* Modifying an agreement (MA, TA, WDS) is done within the same MBH by:
*In an outpatient setting, MAs and/or VVs are usually not (electronically) sent to the supplier.  
+
:# Recording a new agreement with the modified information AND
 +
:# Stopping the existing agreement with a stop-building block with stop type ’stopped’.
  
===Precondition===
+
The data element stop type is only filled in for stop-building blocks, i.e. only in case of stopping (including canceling) or modifying medication.<br>
There is a certain reason why a prescriber wants to start or evaluate/review a (pharmaceutical) treatment.
+
This method with stop-building blocks only applies to the agreement building blocks MA, TA and WDS. It does not apply to the other building blocks. MGB also has a stop type, but it has a different function. It indicates the period during which the patient did not use the medication, see [[#aanwijzing mgb|section 5.5.2]].<br>
 +
[[#mp|Chapter 5]] provides a more detailed explanation of how to record (stop-) building blocks for each sub-process.
  
===Trigger event===
+
====<span class="anchor" id="stop-bouwstenen"></span>Regular and ‘technical’ building blocks====
 +
When permanently discontinuing a building block, the health professional will actively do so by entering the necessary information in a stop-building block.<br>
 +
In addition to regular stop-building blocks, there are also ‘technical’ stop-building blocks. These apply when medication is modified. In addition to recording a new building block with the modified information, the original building block must also be stopped. In this case, the health professional does not need to record a stop-building block themselves. It is created automatically by the system.<br>
 +
These stop-building blocks for modifying medication are referred to in this FD as technical stops, for example ‘technical stop-MA’.<br>
 +
The building block that is to be changed is stopped at the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new building block.  In practice, the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the technical stop building block may be slightly earlier (e.g. 1 second),  so that information systems can process this more effectively.
  
The trigger event for the process is the start of a new MBH, the evaluation of an ongoing treatment, receipt of a VVV or VMA, receipt of a notification of prescription processing from the supplier, or patient admission to or patient discharge from an institution.
+
===Rules for parallel building blocks in an MBH===
 
+
Within an MBH, several building blocks of the same type may be active at the same time, for example a current and a future MA. In principle, however, parallel building blocks are not permitted within a single MBH. Parallel building blocks are building blocks that:
===Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment===
+
* are of the same type and
 
+
* are both valid and
In order to evaluate treatment, an up-to-date overview of medication data is required. The medical file from the health professional is, where possible and if necessary, updated with data from external sources. In addition, the patient may be asked which medicinal products he is currently using. This medication use can be recorded by the health professional. If desired, a more extensive medication verification can be carried out (see [[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1)]].<br>
+
* have a (partially) overlapping {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
 
+
In this FD, the word active refers to both current and future building blocks. Section 4.4 provides further explanation of the terms active, current and future, as well as the term valid.<br>
The treating physician<ref> This includes all health professionals who are authorised to prescribe: not only physicians, but also nurse practitioners and physician assistants, for example</ref> evaluates the (pharmaceutical) treatment and decides to:
 
*start a new MBH by creating an initial MA and/or
 
*continue, discontinue, temporarily halt or modify an existing MA (1 or more)<ref>In the case of substitution, the existing MA is discontinued and a new MA is created under a new MBH.</ref> and/or
 
*correct/cancel an existing MA and/or
 
*approve a VMA or VVV (reply via AVMA or AVVV is optional) and/or
 
*reject a VMA or VVV (reply via AVMA or AVVV is mandatory) and/or
 
*send a VMA to another prescriber.
 
 
 
These situations are further explained in the following paragraph. See also [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling / Pharmaceutical treatment' (MBH)|paragraph 1.3.3]] for more information on the concept of MBH, and [[#Process step: Contacting the prescriber|paragraph 2.3.5]] for further information on managing proposals.
 
 
 
===Process step: Making a medication agreement===
 
 
 
When creating an MA, the following principle applies: each change is recorded in a new MA. Technically this means that the existing MA is terminated by entering an end date (hereafter: endDateTime according to naming convention in the dataset) and that a new MA is created with the desired changes<ref> Information systems keep an audit trail. In case of a change, the existing MA is discontinued (new record) and a new MA with the change is then created (new record). By using the records of the audit trail, no major adaptations are needed for discontinuing a MA in most information systems.</ref>.
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
An MA can also be created to begin at a point in the future. These MAs will receive a PeriodOfUse with a startDateTime in the future, which is later than the date of the agreement itself. Any prior MA will have an endDateTime just before the startDateTime of the future one. It is possible to only register a startDateTime (without Duration or endDateTime) in the PeriodOfUse.This is the case with medication for an indefinite period of time. To avoid confusion between 'to/until/till' and 'up to and including', specifying the time is mandatory when entering an endDateTime. In case of an 'up to and including' date (in case of an entire day), the time 23:59:59 applies.
+
In some cases, parallel building blocks are permitted within an MBH. This is elaborated in the rules below for each type of building block.
 
+
* Parallel '''MA'''s are <u>not</u> permitted within the same MBH. Complex build-up and phase-out schedules must also be recorded in a single MA.
If there is a situation-dependent start- or endDateTime, this can be indicated in the data element Condition in the PeriodOfUse. This Condition clarifies what kind of situation dependency is involved. Examples include:
+
* Parallel '''WDS'''s are <u>not</u> permitted within the same MBH.
*‘Start X days before admission’ - when the exact start time depends on a planned hospital admission.
+
* Parallel '''TA'''s are permitted within the same MBH. This may be necessary in order to fully implement the medication agreement.
*‘Stop X days after end of holiday’ - when medication is stopped after a specific event with an uncertain end date.
+
* Parallel '''MGB'''s are permitted within the same MBH, but only with parallel TAs. This enables correct medication verification, so that, for example, the medication use associated with one TA can be assessed as ’in accordance with the agreement’, while the medication use associated with another TA in the same MBH is registered as deviating. In all other cases, parallel MGBs are not permitted.<br>
 
 
Every MA (as well as WDS, TA and MTD) has a [https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250429T134736/ds-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.1.4-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.2.4.1480_20240215140223 RegistrationDateTime]. This defines the date and time when the medication building block was recorded and is used to determine the chronological order of medication building blocks.
 
 
 
Before the MA is sent and/or made available, medication monitoring takes place in accordance with current guidelines. This is a part of this process step.
 
 
 
The next paragraphs describe the different situations in which an MA is created, i.e. initial medication agreement, continuing medication, discontinuing medication, temporarily halting medication or correcting/cancelling an agreed medication. Information about MBH is assumed to be known (see [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling / Pharmaceutical treatment' (MBH)|paragraph 1.3.3]]).
 
 
 
====New medication agreement====
 
 
 
A new MA is created at the start or modification of an MBH. When a new MBH is started, the prescriber should consider whether an existing MBH should be discontinued. The description in [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling / Pharmaceutical treatment' (MBH)|paragraph 1.3.3]] is based on the most common process from prescription to administering or using. In the hybrid situation or in the absence of digital data, it is also technically possible that an MBH could start with a TA, for example. This might occur for instance when a supplier has not received the MA with the corresponding MBH in digital form. The supplier will consequently start a new MBH when the TA is created. This may also be the case for any other building block. A patient can, for example, start an MBH by recording MGB, without having the original MBH.
 
 
 
====Continuing medication====
 
 
 
In a number of cases the therapeutic intention of the prescriber remains the same and the MA does not have to be modified. For instance:
 
*In an ambulatory situation when, for a repeat prescription, only a new VV is needed, or
 
*At admission to an institution where the home medication continues to be used, whether or not in combination with self-medication. <br>
 
 
 
In both of these cases, the existing MA will not be adjusted. Should there be a change in PRK, e.g. at admission or discharge, the existing MBH will be discontinued by creating a stop-MA (see [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]]) and a new MBH is started (see [[#New medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5.1]]).
 
 
 
====Discontinuing medication====
 
 
 
Medication is discontinued by creating a new MA (stop-MA) within the same MBH. The reason for discontinuation is recorded in this stop-MA, in data element ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation. The medication may be discontinued immediately with endDateTime today, or stopped with endDateTime in the future.
 
The new stop-MA contains the following information:
 
*An endDateTime (may also be in the future),
 
*Its own author,
 
*Its own RegistrationDateTime,
 
*MedicationAgreementStopType 'discontinued',
 
*Reference to the specific MA that is being stopped (future MAs will remain in place). It is not possible to create a stop-MA without referring to the MA that needs to be stopped except when that MA is not available. If there are only TA(s) or MGB(s) available in the MBH then a prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-MA without reference to an MA. The stop-MA also gets no relation to a TA or MGB in this case.
 
*ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.
 
 
 
From the referenced building block, at least the following data elements must be copied into the stop-MA:
 
*startDateTime,
 
*AgreedMedicine, with exception of 90 million numbers,
 
*InstructionsForUse, with exception of AdditionalInstructions.
 
 
 
For an MA in which an endDateTime has immediately been agreed upon, e.g. in the case of a course of treatment, no additional stop-MA is needed. A stop-MA also has the ‘discontinued’ stop type, even if it is a stop-MA resulting from a change. In case of a change, the stop-MA is followed by a new MA.
 
 
 
A stop-MA resulting from a change is not always relevant for end users. A stop-MA as a result of a change is also referred to as a technical stop-MA. The user interface must adequately support this. A prescriber will be less interested than a supplier who may need to adjust his logistical process because of the change. When a prescriber wants to shorten the PeriodOfUse even more after creating a stop-MA, another stop-MA is created. The stop-MA refers to the most recent MA and this is the first stop-MA.
 
 
 
Medication can be stopped by the prescriber himself or by another prescriber. When a prescriber stops medication, he registers a new stop-MA, also when stopping someone else's MA. He sends the stop-MA to the healthcare provider who made the original MA. The stop-MA should also be sent to the supplier. The prescriber can find the supplier by querying the TAs associated with the MA (transaction MP-MGR). He then sends the stop-MA to the provider with an active TA (transaction MP-VOS).<br>
 
In some situations, MAs may unintentionally seem to be active when in reality this is no longer the case. To minimise this risk, information systems must, in response to a query, for each MBH provide the stop-MA with the most recent RegistrationDateTime, even if this building block falls outside the requested PeriodOfUse. This way, it is still possible to determine that a medication building block is not active anymore, but stopped.
 
 
 
====Temporarily halting and resuming medication====
 
 
 
Temporarily halting medication is the discontinuation of medication for a known or unknown period of time. A suspension may take effect immediately or a future suspension can be planned. When medication use is temporarily halted, the medication still remains relevant for monitoring because the medication may be resumed in the future. Temporary substitution with another medicinal product is not considered a suspension but rather a discontinuation of the original medication and the start of a new pharmaceutical treatment with the substitute.<br>
 
Temporarily halting medication is covered by two MAs<ref>This does not mean that end users actually have to create two agreements. A user friendly presentation by the information system is desired.</ref>. A stop-MA is created to stop medication use in accordance with the guidelines for a stop-MA (see previous paragraph). The stop-MA has a relation to the original MA in order to temporarily stop that MA. The reason for the suspension is recorded in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation. The stop type of the stop-MA is 'suspended’.
 
A new MA is created for resuming the medication, including the reason for resuming, if any (in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation). All these MAs are part of the same MBH.
 
 
 
====Changing medication====
 
 
 
Changing an MA may apply to:
 
 
 
* Dosage,<br>
 
 
 
* Method of administration,<br>
 
 
 
* Duration of treatment ((e.g. extension of therapy),<br>
 
 
 
* The responsible prescriber. <br>
 
 
 
Changes in the dose strength or switching to a completely different medicine results in a different PRK thus switching to a different MBH (see also [[#'Medicamenteuze behandeling / Pharmaceutical treatment' (MBH)|paragraph 1.3.3]]). In this case, the doctor will discontinue the existing MBH (see [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]]) and start a new one (see [[#New medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5.1]]).
 
 
 
If the PRK stays the same, changes will be recorded under the same MBH. In case of a change, a technical stop-MA is made (see [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]]) and a new MA is made with the relevant change. Should the change apply to a future MA, a technical cancel-MA is made (see [[#Stopping a future medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5.7]]) and a new future MA is created with the relevant change. The RegistrationDateTime of the technical stop/cancel-MA and the new MA should always be the same. In the new MA a reason for the change is recorded in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation, and, if possible, a reference to the original MA. A change may take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a startDateTime in the future. A technical stop-/cancel-MA and corresponding new MA are sent and/or made available simultaneously.
 
 
 
Shortening an MA's PeriodOfUse is considered a change. A stop-MA needs to be made and a new MA2 with the shortened PeriodOfUse.
 
 
 
A stop-MA cannot prolong the PeriodOfUse. Extending an MA can be done in the following ways:
 
*Creating a new MA2 with a startDateTime after the endDateTime of the original MA1. There is no need for a stop-MA on MA1, as this expires automatically on its endDateTime. The new MA2 can be created both during and after the PeriodOfUse of MA1.
 
*Extending the PeriodOfUse of the original MA1 if it has not yet expired. This is a common change where a technical stop-MA is made and a new MA2 with the extended PeriodOfUse.
 
 
 
====Correcting a medication agreement<ref> Correcting administration agreements happens in the same way. XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records.</ref>====
 
 
 
This paragraph describes correcting an MA because a prescriber made an error. This may have been discovered by the prescriber himself or by a co-prescriber.
 
For example, a doctor makes a typing error in the dosage of an MA: 10 inhalations, 2x daily, instead of 1 inhalation, 2x daily.
 
 
 
If the MA has not yet been shared with other healthcare providers, the prescriber can modify or delete that MA himself within his own information system.
 
 
 
If the incorrect MA has already been shared with other healthcare providers, then he will stop this erroneous MA with a stop-MA with the reason 'incorrect registration' (in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation) and create a new MA under the same MBH with the correct information.
 
 
 
Should the erroneous MA have a startDateTime in the future, the prescriber cancels it with a cancel-MA (see [[#Stopping a future medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5.7]]) with the reason 'incorrect registration'. The doctor sends the stop/cancel-MA and new MA to the supplier and makes them available to fellow health professionals and the patient. (see [[#Process step: Send and/or make available|paragraph 2.2.10]]).
 
 
 
====Stopping a future medication agreement====
 
This concerns only MAs with a startDateTime in the future. A prescriber may wish to terminate this future MA for any reason. Instead of being stopped, the future MA is cancelled, making it clear that there has been no PeriodOfUse.
 
 
 
The recognisability of a cancel-MA is necessary, e.g. for it to be processed correctly when preparing a medication summary. It is of course important for a healthcare provider to know whether something actually took place and then was stopped, or that it never took place. Distinguishing the cancel-MA and stop-MA makes this transparent.
 
 
 
The cancel-MA basically works the same as the stop-MA described in [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]], but with two important differences:
 
 
 
*The stop type is 'cancelled' instead of 'discontinued'
 
*The startDateTime and stopDateTime of the cancel-MA are the same.
 
 
 
===Process step: Making a variable dosing regimen===
 
When a prescriber prescribes medication with a variable dosing regimen (WDS), the dosing of the medication can be adjusted by a (different) prescriber without having to adapt the MA.  At the moment the WDS is used for anticoagulants. When prescribing anticoagulants, the prescriber determines the therapeutic INR-range (International Normalized Ratio, a measure of blood clotting time), within which the treatment should take place.<br>
 
The thrombosis service is responsible for drafting the WDS. The dosing regimen is entered in the medication building block WisselendDoseerschema (WDS) by a prescriber, usually the thrombosis physician. . The prescriber who made the MA remains responsible for the VVs. The thrombosis physician composes the WDS within the agreed upon INR-range based on a specific, measured INR-value. <br>
 
====Setting up a variable dosing regimen ====
 
The prescriber prescribes anticoagulants with an MA and indicates:
 
* The medication (PRK) that is being prescribed to the patient. The medication in the WDS is always the same as the medication in the MA.  
 
* That for this medication a variable dosing regimen applies (this is added in the additional instructions). This also means there will be no dosage added in the MA.
 
* The INR-range within which the treatment should take place. This information is included in a comment.
 
 
 
In order to bridge the period until the thrombosis service is involved and ready to take over the treatment, the original prescriber sets up a WDS for this first period (usually between 4 and 7 days). Usually a checkup date is agreed upon after the registration of the patient at the thrombosis service. During this checkup the INR-value is measured. Based on the measured value and/ or the professional assessment of the thrombosis physician, a dosing regimen is composed that either changes of succeeds the previous WDS. From this moment on, the thrombosis service takes over the composition of the dosing regimen from the original prescriber.
 
 
 
''INR-value with the WDS''<br>
 
The WDS is often based on an INR-value. For other parties involved in the care for the patient, it’s important to be able to deduce the INR-value on which the WDS was based. For this reason, the corresponding INR value in the WDS can be recorded in free text in the 'comment' data element.
 
 
 
====Changing a variable dosing regimen ====
 
When the WDS is being used up until its endDateTime, it can be replaced by a new WDS that succeeds it. The new WDS has a relation to the MA and the previous WDS.
 
It is also possible to adjust the WDS before the endDateTime has been reached. In that case, the information system stops the previous WDS, using a technical stop-WDS that is not visible to the user. The new WDS follows and has a reason for change and a relation to the MA and the previous WDS.
 
All changes related to the dosing regimen can be included in the WDS. Changes that concern the further treatment policy (e.g. the prescribed medication, the route of administration of the agreed upon INR-range) are to be made in the MA.
 
 
 
====Stopping a variable dosing regimen ====
 
There are various reasons that can cause the need to (temporarily) stop the use of anticoagulants. For example, in the event of a procedure or because there is temporary co-medication. Two kinds of situations can be  distinguished. Depending on the situation and the assessment of the thrombosis physician one of twee methods is chosen:
 
#''(temporarily) adjusting the policy'': The thrombosis physician can choose to temporarily adjust the dose for the anticoagulants to 0. For example, in the event of a planned procedure. In this case, the MA (and therefore the treatment with anticoagulants) and the TA will continue, but the dosage in the WDS is temporarily adjusted to 0. The MA will still be shown on the medication overview under ‘current medication’. In the event of such a temporary adjustment, only the WDS is changed. It is advised to include a reason for this change in the new WDS.
 
# ''(temporarily) stopping the anticoagulants:'' The thrombosis physician (or another prescriber) can also choose to (temporarily) stop the treatment with anticoagulants. This means that the patient should not take any anticoagulants anymore. In this case the thrombosis physician (or another prescriber) creates a stop-MA (or sends a VMA to the original prescriber). Stopping the MA also stops the underlying therapeutic building blocks (TA, WDS). The anticoagulant will be shown on the medication overview under ‘recently stopped medication’.
 
If, after a period of time, there is a need to restart the anticoagulant, the prescriber can do this by creating a new MA. In many cases the thrombosis service will no longer be involved. But if they are, the thrombosis physician could send a VMA to the original prescriber who then may adopt the proposal and create an MA accordingly.
 
 
 
In some situations, the WDS may unintentionally seem to be active when in reality this is no longer the case. To minimise this risk, information systems must, in response to a query, for each MBH provide the stop-WDS with the most recent RegistrationDateTime, even if this building block falls outside the requested PeriodOfUse. This way, it is still possible to determine that a medication building block is not active anymore, but stopped.
 
 
 
===Process step: Creating a dispense request===
 
 
 
A dispense request (VV) besides an MA only applies in an ambulatory situation. A VV may be made when the medication supply of the patient needs to be replenished. This does not have to coincide with an MA. At the start of an MBH for which the patient still has a sufficient supply at home from a previous agreement, a VV is not needed. When the dosage is reduced, the patient may also have a sufficient supply. In the case of a medicinal product that is used for a prolonged period of time (e.g. an antihypertensive drug), with an MA for an indefinite period of time (meaning a PeriodOfUse with only a startDateTime), several VVs may be made over time within the scope of this existing agreement. It is also possible for a prescriber other than the one who made the MA to make a VV under this MA.
 
Logistical and emergency instructions may be included in the VV, such as supply location, request to not include in the GDS (medication distribution system, in Dutch: 'Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem'), etc.
 
 
 
In the case of a VV, the quantity to be supplied (Amount) or the consumption period (PeriodOfUse) can be stated. In case of a consumption period, the quantity must be clearly deducible from the dosing instruction of the MA. Note: a consumption period endDateTime has a meaning other than the PeriodOfUse endDateTime from the MA and may diffeer.
 
*VV PeriodOfUse endDateTime: date until which the supplier is allowed to supply medication (and thereby provide sufficient supplies to the patient for use until that date).
 
*MA PeriodOfUse endDateTime: date on which the patient must stop the medication (this can be equal to the consumption period endDateTime or lie further in the future).
 
 
 
===Process step: Sending renal function value with prescription===
 
 
 
Renal function is important for certain medicines. The renal function value determines the choice of drug and/or drug dosage. It is legally stipulated that if a health professional has performed further research on a patient renal function, he should share abnormal renal function values with the appropriate supplier, appointed by the patient (article 6.10, 'regeling geneesmiddelenwet' - Dutch medicines act).
 
 
 
The renal function value is always sent with the prescription (using the building block laboratory test results) for medicines for which this is important, so that the supplier can perform proper medication monitoring. The renal function value should not be older than 13 months, because with stable chronic renal impairment the renal function should be checked at least once a year. 1 month has been added to allow some backlog in practice.
 
 
 
If at the time of sending of an MA and/or VV no renal function is known, then the prescription policy remains unchanged. Sending the laboratory test result renal function value without an MA and/or VV is beyond the scope of this information standard.
 
 
 
===Process step: Sending height and weight values with prescription===
 
When sending a medication prescription, a prescriber may also include the patient’s body height and weight. These refer to the height and weight on which the prescriber has based the prescription and may differ (be more accurate) from the general height or weight that has been recorded for the patient. This may, for instance, be done when prescribing for children, or when prescribing medication where weight (e.g. in case of certain anticoagulants) or body surface area (e.g. in case of certain oncolytics) is important.
 
 
 
Body height and weight are separate building blocks and can only be included when sending a medication prescription or when sending a Proposal medication agreement (VMA). This information is not available for querying.
 
 
 
===Process step: Send and/or make available===
 
 
 
This step involves information exchange. Information can be sent or made available with different intentions:
 
 
 
A. As an order for the supplier to dispense medication. The prescriber sends the MA to the supplier. In an ambulatory situation, the VV is also sent to the patient’s supplier. If the supplier is not known, this process step can also be performed by making the data available (see C). When the supplier has filled the order, the prescriber will receive a notification (see [[#Information systems and transaction groups 3|paragraph 2.3.10]]).<br>
 
 
 
B. As an order for the supplier to implement a medication change (including stop-MA with stop type 'discontinued' or 'suspended') that impacts or may impact a current dispense process by this supplier. A current dispense process indicates an order (as in A) that has been accepted, but has not yet been completely filled. For example, when medication is still being supplied or when a VV dictates that medication should be supplied multiple times, but not all supply actions have taken place yet, e.g. with the GDS.<br>
 
 
 
C. Making available the medication data (MA, WDS, MGB; VV only to the patient), so that fellow health professionals and/or the patient can query them at a later date. <br>
 
 
 
D. Sending medication data to another healthcare provider at the patient's request or upon discharge.<br>
 
 
 
E. Sending medication data (WDS) to the thrombosis service in case the prescriber has created an initial WDS before the thrombosis service takes over (see [[#Setting up a variable dosing regimen|paragraph 2.2.6.1)]].
 
 
 
In case of corrected data, the prescriber assesses who should be actively informed about this correction. This can be done, for example, by sending the new MA (option A or B above) or by means of a telephone consultation.
 
 
 
===Postcondition===
 
* A new MA may have been created (starting, changing or discontinuing medication)
 
* A VV may have been made (only outpatient)
 
* An order may have been sent to the supplier to carry out a dispense of medication
 
* An order may have been sent to the supplier to modify a dispense of medication
 
* The new medication data (MA, WDS, MGB, VV) have been sent and/or made available to fellow health professionals and the patient.
 
 
 
===Information systems and transaction groups===
 
 
 
The prescriber and the supplier as well as other health professionals and users all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (EVS), a pharmacist information system (AIS, incl. ZAIS), a XIS and a PGO<ref> XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records.</ref>. These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the prescription process.
 
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. The most important elements for the prescription process are included in the overview below.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 5}}
 
[[Bestand:Uc_Voorschrijven_20231018.png|900px|Figuur 5 Processtappen en transacties - voorschrijven]]
 
 
 
===Practical examples===
 
The following specific practical examples have been elaborated:
 
*[[#Medication for definite period of time|Medication for definite period of time]]
 
*[[#Medication for indefinite period of time|Medication for indefinite period of time]]
 
*[[#Changing someone else's MA by non-prescriber with delegated responsibility | Changing someone else's MA by non-prescriber with delegated responsibility]]
 
*[[#Medication as needed|Medication as needed ]]
 
*[[#Course of treatment as needed starting in future|Course of treatment as needed starting in future]]
 
*[[#Two dosages of the same medication at the same time|Two dosages of the same medication at the same time ]]
 
*[[#The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time|The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time ]]
 
*[[#Extra particularities in the medication agreement|Extra particularities in the medication agreement]]
 
*[[#New medication agreement, no dispense request|New medication agreement, no dispense request ]]
 
*[[#New dispense request under existing medication agreement|New dispense request under existing medication agreement]]
 
*[[#Dosage change (sufficient supply)|Dosage change (sufficient supply)]]
 
*[[#Prescription no longer needed after first dispense request|Prescription no longer needed after first dispense request]]
 
*[[#Discontinuing medication|Discontinuing medication ]]
 
*[[#Temporarily halting/resuming medication|Temporarily halting/resuming medication ]]
 
*[[#Temporarily halting for an intervention|Temporarily halting for an intervention ]]
 
*[[#Paper prescription - no more allowed|Paper prescription - ''no more allowed'']]
 
*[[#Carrying out medication verification and evaluation of foreign or self-medication|Carrying out medication verification and evaluation of foreign or self-medication ]]
 
*[[#Day treatment|Day treatment ]]
 
*[[#Starting with medication before admission|Starting with medication before admission ]]
 
*[[#Emergency admission|Emergency admission ]]
 
*[[#Interim discharge|Interim discharge ]]
 
*[[#Transfer to another institution|Transfer to another institution]]
 
*[[#Do not dispense before|Do not dispense before ]]
 
*[[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|Discontinuation of medication by third parties ]]
 
*[[#Two PRKs in a single pharmaceutical treatment|Two PRKs in a single pharmaceutical treatment ]]
 
*[[#Creating a medication agreement after the fact|Creating a medication agreement after the fact ]]
 
*[[#Single medication use|Single medication use]]
 
*[[#Provisional and final medication order|Provisional and final medication order ]]
 
*[[#Inadvertently ‘outstanding’ medication or 'orphans'|Inadvertently ‘outstanding’ medication or 'orphans' ]]
 
*[[#Missing digital medication agreement at admission|Missing digital medication agreement at admission ]]
 
*[[#Own articles (90 million numbers)|Own articles (90 million numbers) ]]
 
*[[#Dosing with minimum waiting period between intake moments|Dosing with minimum waiting period between intake moments]]
 
*[[#Dispense request with number of repetitions|Dispense request with number of repetitions ]]
 
*[[#Prescribing non-medicines|Prescribing non-medicines (paragraph 4.1.37)]]
 
*[[#Send renal function value in the prescription|Send renal function value in the prescription ]]
 
*[[#Cancelling a prescription that was sent earlier|Cancelling a prescription that was sent earlier ]]
 
*[[#Modification of someone else's medication agreement|Modification of someone else's medication agreement ]]
 
*[[#Setting up a variable dosing regimen|Setting up a variable dosing regimen]]
 
*[[#Changing a variable dosing regimen during period of use|Changing a variable dosing regimen during period of use]]
 
*[[#Stopping medication with a variable dosing regimen|Stopping medication with a variable dosing regimen]]
 
*[[#Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)|Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)]]
 
*[[#Merging_building_blocks_under_one_MBH|Merging building blocks under one MBH]]
 
 
 
==Process: dispense==
 
 
 
This paragraph describes the process of dispensing medication by a supplier, including repeat medication and GDS. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the process of dispensing medication, or under whose responsibility it is carried out. This process encompasses all actions a supplier must take for the patient to not only receive a medicinal product, but to also receive the associated pharmaceutical care ensuring a safe and effective use of the medicinal product by the patient. The dispense process starts with providing pharmaceutical care. If necessary, a TA will be made and, if needed, medication is supplied. Medication supply (i.e. handing out a medicinal product) does not always take place. This may be the case when the MA is changed (e.g. in case of dose reduction where the patient still has enough supply), when the medication is discontinued or, in an ambulatory situation, the medication is not collected. When the MA and/or the VV do not comply (see [[#Process step: Contacting the prescriber|paragraph 2.3.5]]), the prescriber will be informed. Finally, the recorded data (TA, MVE) are sent and/or made available.
 
 
 
Medication assessment is the process in which the physician and supplier consider all medication of the patient against the background of his condition, applicable treatment guidelines, the well-being of the patient, etc. Medication assessment is defined in this document as a combination of treatment evaluation (as described in the previous paragraphs) and pharmaceutical care. Depending on the findings, the previously described medication verification and prescription processes are followed, after which medication dispense takes place.
 
 
 
For the GDS, many suppliers collaborate with another organisation that handles part of the supplier’s logistics. This then also requires data exchange with that party. Besides, not all medication can be included in the GDS packaging, which adds to the logistical complexity for the supplier. The internal logistics and communication between the supplier and his subcontractor(s) are outside the scope of this information standard. It has been established however that with the provision of the current building blocks and the underlying data elements, this logistical process can be adequately supported.
 
 
 
===Current situation===
 
The following deviations (from the desired situation that) are currently observed:
 
*In the current situation, in the case of GDS (medication distribution system, Dutch: 'Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem'), the prescribing physician and other health professionals receive a large quantity of dispense messages. This becomes difficult to manage for these health professionals.
 
*In the current situation, in the case of GDS, suppliers and general practitioners communicate via so-called authorisation lists. The supplier sends an overview of all the patient’s medication to the general practitioner for authorisation. This complicates matters for a general practitioner because he will need to verify all MAs. This should not be necessary, as most MAs/VVs have already been authorised. It would be much more efficient if the general practitioner only needs to authorise those MAs/VVs that have not been authorised yet, e.g. a new VV on the basis of an existing MA.
 
*In the current situation, an after-hours pharmacy often does not inform the regular general practitioner and regular pharmacy when medication is dispensed.
 
*In the current situation, a proposal for an MA is usually coordinated with the prescriber by telephone, and/or the supplier and prescriber have made an agreement about handling a warning from the medication monitoring system.
 
*The intention of the return message is not always clear: no distinction can be made in the return/delivery message between displaying a physical delivery and a transmission of information about a medication change.
 
*In the current situation, suppliers sometimes register (and communicate) medication dispenses when they are preparing the medication for the patient instead of at the time when the medication is actually supplied to the patient. This means that medication that has not been collected is sometimes erroneously registered as medication dispense.
 
 
 
===Precondition===
 
 
 
An MA exists. In an ambulatory situation there may also be a corresponding VV.
 
 
 
===Trigger event===
 
The supplier starts the medication dispense process on the basis of one of the following events:
 
*Receipt of an order to make an MVE on the basis of a new MA. In an ambulatory situation, this order is always accompanied by a VV.
 
*Receipt of an order to process a new MA in an ongoing MVE.
 
*Receipt of a trigger (for example, via a patient or a repeat module of the pharmacist information system) for a repeat MVE under an existing or newly proposed VV.
 
 
 
===Process step: Providing pharmaceutical care===
 
Pharmaceutical care is provided by a community, outpatient (i.e. at the hospital) or institutional pharmacy, depending on the health professional who has created the MA:
 
*MA, possibly with a VV from the general practitioner or specialist: care provided by a community or outpatient pharmacy.
 
*MA from specialists and other prescribers in hospitals/institutions: care provided by an institutional pharmacy or a community pharmacy that supplies the respective institution.
 
Medication monitoring is also part of pharmaceutical care.
 
 
 
Based on the received MA or a change in the situation of the patient, the supplier decides how to apply this by:
 
*Making one or more new TAs.
 
*Continuing, permanently discontinuing, temporarily halting or modifying an existing TA.
 
*Rejecting the MA.
 
*Proposing a new MA.
 
*Proposing a new VV.
 
 
 
The last three situations are explained in the following paragraph. The first two situations are explained in [[#Process step: Creating an administration agreement|paragraph 2.3.6]].
 
In conclusion of provided pharmaceutical care, which may comprise new agreements and medication dispenses, a new up-to-date medication overview may be compiled and made available.
 
 
 
===Process step: Contacting the prescriber===
 
 
 
There are a number of situations where the supplier contacts the prescriber, such as:
 
* When a new or modified MA is needed
 
* When a new VV is needed
 
 
 
A new or modified MA is needed:
 
* When a new TA cannot be created based on the received MA because the supplier suspects an error in the MA, or
 
* After a signal from the medication monitoring system as part of pharmaceutical care. The signal may indicate, for example, that the dosage should be lowered or increased, that it is advisable to select another medicinal product, that a product should be temporarily discontinued, that another additional product should be added, etc., or
 
* Based on medication use as reported by the patient during pharmaceutical care, or
 
* When the temporarily halted pharmaceutical treatment may be resumed.
 
In these situations, a TA is not yet created or modified. The supplier first contacts the prescriber to discuss the possible error and suggest an alternative. The supplier may also send a proposed medication agreement (VMA) to the prescriber. He recommends a specific MA in this proposal, together with the reason and arguments for that recommendation. If the prescriber approves the VMA, he changes it into a final MA. Sending an AVMA is optional as the new MA suffices as an answer. If the prescriber rejects the proposal an AVMA must be sent to the requester (see also [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]] ff.).<br>
 
 
 
A new VV is needed when the patient’s medication stock is depleted or nearly used and the treatment may need to be continued (repeat dispense request). The patient either requests a repeat medication dispense from the supplier or has signed up in the past for proactive repeat medication dispensing and a notification signal is generated by the repeat module of the AIS when the patient requires new medication<ref> The patient may also request a repeat directly from the prescriber: see [[#Process step: Contacting prescriber by patient|paragraph 2.5.6]].</ref>.
 
If the existing dispense request is not adequate, the supplier can send a VVV to the prescriber. The VVV may contain indications for the prescriber, such as urgency. If the prescriber approves the VVV, he changes it into a final VV. The new VV is sent with the previously created MA, using the transaction MP-VOS. The new prescription containing the new VV suffices as a response. Sending an AVVV is optional in that situation. If the prescriber rejects the proposal an AVVV must be sent to the requester (see also [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]] ff.).
 
 
 
===Process step: Creating an administration agreement===
 
 
 
If the MA and, if applicable, the corresponding VV can be processed, a TA will be created. By creating a TA, the supplier fulfils the MA. The TA is communicated to the patient or the person administrating the medication. The TA belongs to the same MBH as the MA it fulfils. As is the case with the corresponding MA, a TA may start in the future. The dosage in the TA may deviate from that in the MA, for example because a certain strength is not in stock. This means that a drug with a different PRK may fall under the same MBH, for example, when changing from 1x 20 mg to 2x 10 mg tablets,
 
Before the TA is sent and/or made available, medication monitoring will take place in accordance with applicable guidelines as part of this process step.
 
 
 
On the basis of the TA, an administration list<ref> In this document, the administration list means both the digital and the paper version, unless otherwise indicated. Sublist and checklist are synonyms. </ref> can be compiled for home care or nursing staff, among others.
 
 
 
When creating a TA, the same principle applies as for the MA: each change is recorded in a new TA.
 
 
 
The following paragraphs describe the different situations in which a TA is created: new TA or continuing, permanently discontinuing, temporarily halting or modifying an existing TA.  
 
 
 
====New administration agreement====
 
 
 
In case of a new MA, a new TA is always created. A new TA is also created in case of a new preference policy or a change in stock which results in the selection of a different medicinal product.
 
When creating a new TA, the supplier takes into account, among other things:
 
*Preference policy,
 
*Inclusion in GDS-packaging,
 
*Available stock of the institution (‘hospital formulary’) or the pharmacy itself.<br>
 
 
 
''Administration agreement for anticoagulants''<br>
 
Medication with a variable dosing regimen also requires a TA and/or MVE. This follows the regular process. However, the TA, like the MA, does not include a dosing schedule, but the additional instruction: 'use according to schedule thrombosis service'. See [[#Process step: Making a variable dosing regimen|paragraph 2.2.6]] for more information on the variable dosing regimen.<br>
 
 
 
If, in an ambulatory situation, the first supply to the patient occurs later than agreed, the startDateTime of the TA will be different from the startDateTime of the MA.
 
 
 
A new TA can also be made without an associated MA. When a patient buys self-care medication in the pharmacy, the supplier may wish to register this as a TA, for example for the purpose of medication monitoring.
 
 
 
''Administration agreement for administration list patients''<br>
 
For medication safety, it is essential that the dosing instructions recorded in the TA can be interpreted unambiguously by all involved systems. This means that the planned administration times derived from the TA must always be identical — regardless of which system performs the interpretation. To ensure this, dosing instructions that cannot be derived unambiguously (such as frequencies per week, month, or year) must make use of the RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule. This schedule makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration dates, thereby preventing interpretation differences between systems. Examples of dosing instructions that cannot be derived unambiguously include:
 
*Twice per week
 
*Once per month
 
*Twice per year
 
 
 
In such cases, the use of the RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule is mandatory in the TA when dealing with a patient on an administration list. For a detailed example, see [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V3.0_Voorbeelden_doseringen#Cyclisch dosing examples].
 
 
 
====Continuing an administration agreement====
 
 
 
When the existing MA and TA are sufficient to carry out an MVE, the TA will not be adjusted.
 
 
 
====Discontinuing an administration agreement====
 
 
 
A TA is discontinued by creating a stop-TA within the same MBH. The reason for discontinuation is recorded in this TA, in data element AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation. The TA may be discontinued immediately with endDateTime today, or stopped with endDateTime in the future.
 
The new stop-TA is a copy of the existing TA with:
 
*As endDateTime in the PeriodOfUse the date on which the TA ends (may also be in the future),
 
*Its own author,
 
*Its own RegistrationDateTime,
 
*Stop type 'discontinued',
 
*Reference to the specific TA that is being stopped (other TAs will remain in place). It is not possible to create a stop-TA without referring to the TA that is being stopped, except when there is no TA available in the MBH to refer to. If there are only MGB('s) available in the MBH then a supplier must be able to stop these with a stop-TA without reference to a TA. The stop-TA also gets no relation to the MGB in this case.
 
 
 
For a TA in which an endDateTime has immediately been agreed upon, e.g. in case of change of roll (GDS), no additional stop-TA is needed. When a TA with an endDateTime in the future is being extended, this will be considered as a normal change (see [[#Modifying an administration agreement|paragraph 2.3.6.5]]). A stop-TA  has the ‘discontinued’ stop type, too, if it is a stop-TA resulting from a change.
 
 
 
Also, an MA in which it has been agreed to discontinue medication permanently leads to a stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ under the same MBH (this also applies in case of a stop-MA as a result of a change). The stop-TA prevents further supplying of the discontinued medication. 
 
 
 
In an ambulatory situation, the prescriber can indicate in the MA that the medication will be discontinued starting with the next roll (with GDS). In this case, the endDateTime of the stop-TA may be later than indicated in the original stop-MA.
 
 
 
A TA can be stopped by the supplier himself or by another supplier. When a supplier stops medication, he creates a stop-TA, also when stopping someone else’s TA. He sends the stop-TA to the healthcare provider who made the original TA to notify him/her. The healthcare provider of the original TA then processes the stop-TA in his/her own system if possible.<br>
 
In some situations, administration agreements may unintentionally seem to be active when in reality this is no longer the case. To minimise this risk, information systems must, in response to a query, for each MBH provide the stop-TA with the most recent RegistrationDateTime, even if this building block falls outside the requested PeriodOfUse. This way, it is still possible to determine that a medication building block is not active anymore, but stopped.
 
 
 
====Temporarily halting an administration agreement====
 
 
 
Temporarily halting an MA results in a stop-TA (stop type: 'suspended'). Upon resuming, a new TA is created. Both TAs belong to the same MBH as the MA.
 
 
 
====Modifying an administration agreement====
 
 
 
Changing a TA can take place on two different levels: by changing the corresponding MA or by changing the TA. Changing the corresponding MA (consisting of a technical stop-MA and a new MA) results in a stop-TA with reference to both that stop-MA and to the original TA. The newly created MA also results in a new TA with reference to that new MA. This new TA has no relation to the original TA.
 
 
 
When the change is made by means of a technical cancel-MA and a new future MA, basically the same process applies. The corresponding TA is cancelled by a cancel-TA with reference to the cancel-MA and to the original TA. With the new future MA, a new future TA is created with reference that new MA. This new TA has no relation to the original TA.
 
 
 
If the change is made only to the TA, this will result in a technical stop-TA and a new TA under the existing MA. If the change is made to a future TA, a technical cancel-TA is created (see [[#Stopping future administration agreement | paragraph 2.3.6.6]]) and a new future TA with the change. The RegistrationDateTime of the technical stop/cancel-TA and the new TA must always be the same. The new TA should include the reason for the change (in AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation) and, if possible, a reference to the original TA as well as to the unchanged MA. A change may take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a startDateTime in the future. A technical stop/cancel-TA and corresponding new TA are made available simultaneously.
 
 
 
====Stopping future administration agreement====
 
 
 
This concerns only TAs with a startDateTime in the future. A supplier may wish to terminate this future TA for any reason. Instead of being stopped, the future TA is cancelled, making it clear that there has been no PeriodOfUse.
 
 
 
The recognisability of a cancel-TA is needed e.g. for it to be processed correctly when preparing a medication summary. It is of course important for a healthcare provider to know whether something actually took place and then was stopped, or that it never took place. Distinguishing the cancel-TA and stop-TA makes this transparent.
 
 
 
The 'cancel-TA' basically works the same as the stop-TA described in [[#Discontinuing an administration agreement|paragraph 2.3.6.3]] but with two important differences:
 
* stop type is ‘cancelled’ instead of ‘discontinued’
 
* startDateTime and endDateTime of the cancel-TA are the same
 
 
 
===Process step: Supply===
 
 
 
After creating the TA, the supplier prepares the product and supplies it to:
 
*The patient in a community setting,
 
*The patient admitted to a hospital, nursing home or other institution.
 
The supplier records an MVE<ref>In a clinical situation, product may be taken from the department’s own supply, after which administration takes place immediately and the administration is recorded.</ref>.
 
 
 
Medication supply to patients:
 
*In an ambulatory situation only occurs on the basis of a VV or a repeat VV,
 
*In a clinical situation occurs on the basis of the MA without the need for a VV.
 
 
 
===Process step: Send and/or make available===
 
 
 
This step involves information exchange. Information can be sent or made available with different intentions:
 
 
 
* As a request to the prescriber to create a new medication agreement (VMA) or a new dispense request (VVV).
 
* Informing the prescriber about the processing of the prescription (TA and/or MVE).
 
* Making available the medication data (TA, MVE), so that fellow health professionals and/or the patient can query them at a later date.
 
 
 
===Postcondition===
 
*A TA may have been created.
 
*Medication supply may have taken place and, if necessary, the patient has received instructions on how to use the medicinal product.
 
*Fellow health professionals have been informed or may inform themselves. The prescriber has been informed.
 
*If necessary, the prescribing physician has been requested to provide a new/modified MA or VV.
 
 
 
===Information systems and transaction groups===
 
 
 
The prescriber and the supplier as well as other health professionals and users all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (EVS), a pharmacist information system (AIS, incl. ZAIS), a XIS and a PGO<ref> XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records. </ref>. These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the prescription process.
 
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all  information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. The most important elements for the prescription process are included in the overview below.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 6}}
 
[[Bestand:Uc_Ter_hand_stellen_20231002.png|900px|Figuur 6 Processeps and transactions - dispense]]
 
 
 
===Practical examples===
 
The following specific practical examples have been elaborated:
 
*[[#New medication agreement, medication dispense of the same product|New medication agreement, medication dispense of the same product ]]
 
*[[#New medication agreement, more precise product specification|New medication agreement, more precise product specification]]
 
*[[#Existing administration agreement is adequate|Existing administration agreement is adequate]]
 
*[[#Proposal to prescriber for medication agreement|Proposal to prescriber for medication agreement]]
 
*[[#Request and dispense|Request and dispense ]]
 
*[[#Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)|Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat) ]]
 
*[[#Patient requests repeat prescription via supplier|Patient requests repeat prescription via supplier]]
 
*[[#Proactive repeat prescription by supplier|Proactive repeat prescription by supplier]]
 
*[[#Deviation from prescribed quantity in DispenseRequest|Deviation from prescribed quantity in DispenseRequest]]
 
*[[#Splitting a prescription|Splitting a prescription ]]
 
*[[#Starting and continuing a GDS|Starting and continuing a GDS ]]
 
*[[#Supplier changes commercial product|Supplier changes commercial product ]]
 
*[[#Adding medication to a GDS|Adding medication to a GDS ]]
 
*[[#Discontinuing medication in a GDS|Discontinuing medication in a GDS ]]
 
*[[#GDS supplier supplies other commercial product|GDS supplier supplies other commercial product]]
 
*[[#Parallel administration agreements with GDS and non-GDS dispense|Parallel administration agreements with GDS and non-GDS dispense ]]
 
*[[#Handling a stop-medication agreement|Handling a stop-medication agreement]]
 
*[[#Dispense with someone else’s administration agreement|Dispense with someone else’s administration agreement ]]
 
*[[#Modification of someone else’s administration agreement|Modification of someone else’s administration agreement ]]
 
 
 
==Process: administer==
 
 
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
This paragraph describes the administration process. This process comprises the compilation of the administration list for (professional) administrators and the administration which is carried out by a (professional) administrator, the patient himself or an informal caregiver. Professional administrators are physicians, nurses and caregivers (home care/institution).
+
In certain situations, parallel MAs may arise or threaten to arise. Example:
 +
* When recording a new MA, it was not noticed that an MBH already exists for this medication.
 +
If at any time it appears that there are parallel MAs, one of them must be discontinued.
  
In paragraph 2.4.1, the current situation is described, followed by a description of the new, altered situation.
+
==Interrelationships pharmaceutical treatment and medication building blocks==
 +
An MBH may contain various building blocks. The interrelationships between the building blocks within an MBH is explained below, along with their numerical ratios, i.e. how often one building block may occur in relation to another building block within a single MBH. This concerns instances of the building blocks.
  
===Current situation===
+
===Interrelationships MBH - building blocks===
In the current situation, the (professional) administrator, together with the patient, verifies the medication which should be administered, using the available information (paper and/or digital administration list(s), the dosing schedule for, for example, anticoagulant medication, the information on the label), and, subsequently, administers the medication. In case of uncertain administration instructions, the administrator contacts the prescriber or supplier. Uncertainties are more likely to occur with an increasing number of prescribers, suppliers and administrators who are involved in the administration process.
+
The following applies to the interrelationships between an MBH and the building blocks (based on the MBH):<br>
In the current situation, for administrators, there are several challenges in the transfer of medication data:
 
*Transfer of medication data between inpatient health care or home care, and hospital health care is missing or is not available in time;
 
*Medication changes are not received (in time), and medication stops are missing;
 
*Up-to-date data on the administration list is not available in the case of supply by multiple pharmacies during after-hours care (evening, night or weekend);
 
*Separate dosing schedules, in addition to the administration list, of (highly) variable dosages, for example anticoagulant medication;
 
*Problems related to a separate dosing schedule of (highly) variable dosages; for example, loss of the dosing schedule, verbal information regarding changes of the dosing schedule;
 
*Medication as needed, injection schedules (for example, for insulin) are missing on the administration list (the injection schedules will be worked out in the information standard in the future);
 
*An overview is missing of all health professionals and healthcare providers which are involved.
 
  
In the current situation, the supplier compiles the administration list for the (professional) administrator or the patient. This administration list comprises the administration times, which are geared to the rounds of the home care organisation, with account for the pharmaceutical ranges. A paper or digital administration list is used by the (professional) administrators for the registration of the medication administration. A paper administration list (including the administration registration) is in the patient’s home, and is therefore accessible for all professional administrators (irrespective of organisation). The digitally recorded MTDs are only exchanged with other health professionals in exceptional situations (for example, it may be exchanged in the case of admission or special circumstances). With the transition to an electronic administration registration, the administration list (with the recorded administration times) is no longer physically present; instead the administration is recorded in the E-TDR/E-TRS (electronic administration registration/electronic administration registration system) (see paragraph 2.4.8). The involved professional administrators of different organisations (with possibly different E-TRS applications) cannot consult or can only consult with difficulty the registered administration procedures of other organisations, because of registration in different applications and/or databases.
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width: 85%;"
 +
! style="text-align:left;" colspan="2"|Pharmaceutical treatment → other building blocks
 +
|-
 +
| style="width: 60%; vertical-align: top;"|In principle, an MBH has at least one MA.
 +
|There may be exceptions; some examples are:<br>  • Self-care medication has only been recorded with building block MGB.<br>  • Medication has been administered immediately in an acute situation and an MTD has been recorded.<br>  • It has been agreed that the supplier may always provide stomach protection with an NSAID or prednisone.<br>In such cases, there is an MBH without MA.
 +
|-
 +
| There may be 0 to more MAs active within an MBH: 0 or 1 current MA, and 0 or more future MAs. See [[#Is a building block active?|section 4.4.1]] for an explanation of the terms active, current, and future.
 +
|
 +
|-
 +
| An MBH can have 0 or more of the building blocks VV, WDS, TA, MVE, MGB and MTD. An MBH always contains at least 1 building block.
 +
|
 +
|}
  
===Precondition===
+
===Interrelationships between building blocks===
 +
The table below shows the numerical ratios between the building blocks, starting with the MA. For each building block, the number of instances of another building block that can occur within the same MBH is indicated. Where necessary, statements are accompanied by examples.<br>
 +
When the word ‘refer’ is used, it refers to a Relationship field as it appears in the dataset in ART-DECOR. If such a relationship does not exist, but a statement is made about the numerical ratios between the building blocks, this is marked with an asterisk (*).<br>
  
The patient administers medication to himself or the patient must be administered medication by a(n) (professional) administrator and, therefore, requires an administration list.
+
'''Some general rules about referencing:'''
 +
* A building block can reference a previously defined building block of the same type. This reference is not mandatory.
 +
* Stop building blocks must contain a reference to the building block to be stopped, provided that it is present in the MBH.
 +
* A normal building block never refers to a technical stop building block. Only a stop building block can refer to a technical stop.
  
===Trigger event===
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width: 85%;"
 
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication agreement → other building blocks
The moment the medicinal products must be administered.
+
|-
 
+
| style="width: 40%; vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be succeeded by a new MA.
===Process step: Administration list===
+
| Examples:<br>  • Modifying existing medication.<br>  • Discontinuing existing medication.<br>The new MA and any stop-MA then refer to the original MA.
 
+
|-
The (professional) administrator or patient receives or queries the medication data needed for the automated generation of the administration list. The administrator must have access to current medication data prior to administration. For the administration list, among other things the medication-building blocks MA, WDS, TA and MTD are needed. In order to compile a complete administration list, the (guide) administration times and dosing instructions are required. These data can be entered by the supplier in the TA or by the prescriber in the MA or WDS. Recently stopped medication administrations (including recently stopped or modified medication) are also shown in the administration list. In general, suppliers and prescribers in the ambulatory setting do not register the (guide) administration times and, therefore, they should receive a trigger which indicates that it concerns an ‘administration patient’; a patient who is aided in the medication administration or a patient who requires an administration list. For some medication, it is necessary to provide information on the previous locations of administration; this is registered in InjectionPatchSite in the MTD. In the case of inpatient health care, administration lists are available for all patients, and (guide) administration times are registered by default.
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more WDSs.
 
+
|
Most (guide) administration times are chosen based on the administration times of other prescribed medication and the rounds of the administrator, especially for MAs and TAs with standard flexible (guide) administration times. If the administration of a drug requires a specific time of administration, for example because of medication interactions, this is communicated by entering in the TA and/or MA that the (guide) administration time is not flexible.
+
|-
 
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more VVs.
The administration list can differentiate between GDS medication (GDS: medication distribution system, in Dutch ‘Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem’) and non-GDS medication based on the distribution type. This information is extracted from the building block TA. Subsequently, the administrator (administration software) compiles the administration list with differentiation according to administration moment. Prescribers, suppliers and administrators are responsible for providing the medication data which is necessary for generating the administration list.
+
| Examples:
 
+
{| class="wikitable"
If, due to circumstances, no current MA/TA is available, the (professional) administrator can record the separate administrations in the eTDR. Examples of situations where this might occur are:
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|0
* verbal adjustment in the medication prescription,
+
| • The patient still has sufficient supplies<br> • It concerns self-care medication.
* in an emergency situation where no current MA/TA is available, this situation is described in [[#Medication administration without MA or TA|paragraph 4.3.13]].
+
|-
 
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|1
===Process step: Administering===
+
| Prescribing a course of antibiotics.
The following paragraphs describe the different situations in which an MTD is created: Registering a new MTD, correcting a registered MTD and suspending an administration.
+
|-
 
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|>1
====Registering a new medication administration====
+
| Repeat medication associated with long-term MA.
The (professional) administrator has received or queried the medication data that is required for the medication administration. The (professional) administrator, together with the patient, verifies the available medication and the administration data. If agreed and needed, the professional administrator prepares the medication for administration. The medication is administered and the administrator records the administration. Deviations in the medication administration (not administered, adjusted dosage, refusal by the patient, swallowing problems, adverse effects, etc.) are recorded as well, if applicable as a correction or suspension. Corrections and suspensions are explained in more detail in the next paragraphs.
+
|}
 
+
|-
====Correcting a medication administration====
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more TAs.
When an MTD is made available but has to be corrected, another MTD is registered. The ''AdministeredAmount'' of a correcting MTD can be negative. This makes the sum of the ''AdministeredAmount'' from different MTDs the final amount that has been administered. When registering a correction the ''ReasonForDeviation'' can be filled in with e.g. ‘Incorrect registration of medication’ or ‘Drug spat out by patiënt’.
+
| Examples:
 
+
{| class="wikitable"
====Suspending a medication administration====
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|0
When a planned administration cannot be done, it is possible to register that the administration did not take place. This MTD will then have a ''AdministeredAmount'' of 0. If the administration is not intended to be given at a later moment, this can be communicated in the ''Comment'' data element of this MTD. When the medication is administered at a later moment, this is registered in a new MTD.
+
| • A new MA where no medication needs to be dispensed because the patient still has sufficient stock from a previous treatment.<br> • This concerns an MA for medication that does not require a legal prescription and that is obtained by the patient themselves from a chemist.
 
+
|-
===Process step: Send and/or make available===
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|1
 
+
| The most common situation, where a TA follows an MA.
In this step, information is exchanged. Information can be sent or be made available with different intentions:
+
|-
* The recorded MTDs and deviations can be sent for information to a fellow health professional;
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|>1
* Making available the medication data (MTD), so that fellow health professionals and/or the patient can query them at a later date. For example, the administration data can be queried upon transfer of the patient to another department or institution. Also, a health professional can check which medication is administered to a patient.
+
| The supplier changes the commercial product or starts supplying the medication via GDS (Medicine Distribution System).
 
+
|}
===Postcondition===
+
|-
 
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may refer to a previously recorded TA.
The patient has administered medication by himself or has been administered medication. If MTDs have been recorded in an information system, they are sent and/or made available to fellow health professionals and the patient.
+
| Example:<br>  • A TA has been created for the dispensing of self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the TA.
 
+
|-
===Information systems and transaction groups===
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MA may refer to a previously recorded MGB.
 
+
| Example:<br>  • The patient has created an MGB for self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the MGB.
The prescriber and the supplier as well as other administrators and patients (optional) all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (‘elektronisch voorschrijfsysteem’ - EVS), an electronic client file (‘elektronisch cliëntendossier’ - ECD), a pharmacist information system (‘apothekersinformatiesysteem’ - AIS), a hospital pharmacist information system (‘ziekenhuisapotheekinformatiesysteem’ - ZAIS), an administration registration system (‘toedieningsregistratiesysteem’ - TRS), a thrombosis service information system (‘trombosedienstinformatiesysteem’ - TrIS) and a personal health environment (‘persoonlijke gezondheidsomgeving’ - PGO). These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the administration process. The information systems may have a function in compiling an administration list, and in the registration, the exchange and the delivering of an MTD.
+
|-
Chapter 6 provides an example of compiling an administration list. The most important elements for the administration process are included in the overview below.
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Variable dosing regimen → other building blocks
 
+
|-
{{anchor|figuur 7}}
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A WDS refers to an MA.
[[Bestand:Uc_Toedienen_20231002.png|900px|Figuur 7 Processtappen en transacties - toedienen|800px]]
+
|
 
+
|-
===Practical examples===
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A WDS may refer to a previously recorded WDS.
 
+
| Example:<br>  • Modification of the variable dosing regimen.
The following practical examples for medication administration have been elaborated:
+
|-
 
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Dispense request → other building blocks
*[[#Creating an administration list| Creating an administration list]]
+
|-
*[[#Exact administration times required| Exact administration times required]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A VV refers to 1 or more MAs.
*[[#Missing (guide) administration times| Missing (guide) administration times]]
+
| Example:<br>  • In the event of an interim dosage increase, a VV can be recorded which, on the one hand, supplements the stock for the existing MA and, on the other hand, serves to start the stock for the future MA.<br>
*[[#Non-GDS medication as needed| Non-GDS medication as needed]]
+
Exception:<br>
*[[#Medication supply by multiple pharmacies| Medication supply by multiple pharmacies]]
+
In the transactions Making medication data available and Sending medication data, it is possible for a VV to exist without reference to an MA. This is only possible in the case of system migration, and sometimes in hybrid situations.
*[[#Change in GDS from the next supply or immediately| Change in GDS from the next supply or immediately]]
+
|-
*[[#Increasing dosage of GDS in new MBH| Increasing dosage of GDS in new MBH]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A VV may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs.
*[[#Decreasing dosage of GDS in new MBH| Decreasing dosage of GDS in new MBH]]
+
| Examples:<br>  • 0 : The patient does not collect the medication.<br>  • 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.<br>  • >1: GDS with VV for 3 months, dispensed weekly.
*[[#Change processed by the supplier| Change processed by the supplier]]
+
|-
*[[#Change not processed by the supplier| Change not processed by the supplier]]
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Administration agreement → other building blocks
*[[#Extra instructions for administering, explanation in MA, TA and/or WDS| Extra instructions for administering, explanation in MA, TA and/or WDS]]
+
|-
*[[#Medication administration deviates from administration list| Medication administration deviates from administration list]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A TA may be succeeded by a new TA.
*[[#Medication administration without medication agreement and administration agreement| Medication administration without medication agreement and administration agreement]]
+
| Examples:<br>  • Modification of the existing MA.<br>  • Supplying a product with a different PRK or HPK due to preference policy or stock shortage.<br>  • Change in administration times or distribution form.
*[[#Medication administration of self-medication| Medication administration of self-medication]]
+
|-
*[[#Correction of an administration| Correction of an administration]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|Multiple (possibly parallel) TAs may refer to the same MA.
*[[#Medication not administered| Medication not administered]]
+
| Examples:<br>  • Supplying a medicine in the form of two or more products with different strengths that together produce the desired strength (parallel TAs).<br>  • Supplying a medicine with a different PRK or HPK, for example due to preference policy or stock shortage (serial TAs).<br>  • Supplying a medicine both in GDS and in a separate box as ’as needed’ medication. This involves different forms of distribution, so two TAs are required (parallel TAs).
*[[#Medication administration on hold| Medication administration on hold]]
+
|-
*[[#Medication administration by a prescriber| Medication administration by a prescriber]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|A TA may exist without reference to an MA.
*[[#Multiple administration organisations| Multiple administration organisations]]
+
| Example:<br>  • The supplier dispenses self-care medication and creates a TA in a new MBH.<br>  • The supplier dispenses a supplementary medicine for which there is no prescription yet. He creates a TA for this in a new MBH and sends a VMA for the supplementary medicine to the prescriber.
*[[#Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app|Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app]]
+
|-
*[[#Registration (stop-)MA retroactively with interim MTD| Registration (stop-)MA retroactively with interim MTD]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*) A TA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs.
*[[#Registration of separate MTDs per InjectionPatchSite| Registration of separate MTDs per InjectionPatchSite]]
+
| Examples:<br>  • 0: The patient has sufficient stock.<br>  • 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.<br>  • >1: A repeat supply every 2 weeks.
*[[#Patient transfer to a different department with the same GDS supply date| Patient transfer to a different department with the same GDS supply date]]
+
|-
*[[#Patient transfer to a different department with an earlier GDS supply date| Patient transfer to a different department with an earlier GDS supply date]]
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication dispense → other building blocks
*[[#Patient transfer to a different department with a later GDS supply date| Patient transfer to a different department with a later GDS supply date]]
+
|-
*[[#GDS medication dosage increase, no change in administration times (option A)| GDS medication dosage increase, no change in administration times (option A)]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|In an outpatient setting, an MVE is based on a VV. In that case, the MVE refers to that VV.
*[[#GDS medication dosage increase, no change in administration times (option B)| GDS medication dosage increase, no change in administration times (option B)]]
+
| Exceptions:<br>  • Self-care medication obtained from the supplier.<br>  • MVE based on a paper prescription. Paper prescriptions are in principle no longer permitted, but exceptions are possible; see the practical example [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden|Paper prescription]].
*[[#GDS medication dosage increase, change in administration times| GDS medication dosage increase, change in administration times]]
+
|-
*[[#GDS medication dosage decrease| GDS medication dosage decrease]]
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*)An MVE is based on an MA.
*[[#Changing GDS medication to ‘as needed’ medication| Changing GDS medication to ‘as needed’ medication]]
+
| Exception:<br>  • Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
*[[#Splitting GDS medication into GDS medication and ‘as needed’ medication| Splitting GDS medication into GDS medication and ‘as needed’ medication]]
+
|-
 
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*) An MVE is based on a TA.
==Process: use==
+
| Exception:<br>  • Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
This paragraph describes the process of medication use including registration of medication use by the patient or a health professional. The information recorded by the patient or health professional may be used, among other things, for medication verification by the health professional. During medication verification, medication use is established by the health professional. A picture of this process can be found in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]].
+
|-
 
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|(*) An MVE may be associated with multiple TAs.
===Current situation===
+
| Example:<br>  • A new TA has been created that did not require an MVE, because the patient had sufficient stock. The previous MVE then applies to both the old and the new TA.
*There is currently a limited number of information systems available in which the patient can record his own use of medication. Exchange to health professionals is also highly dependent on the information system used and is often limited to one specific health professional via, for example, one specific platform/app.
+
|-
*The current medication profiles are often incomplete and not up to date.
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication use → other building blocks
 
+
|-
===Precondition===
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 MA.
The patient has been prescribed medication.
+
| Examples:<br>  • 0 : A patient records self-care medication with MGB.<br>  • 1: A patient records their use of a medicine over the past few weeks with MGB, with reference to the relevant MA.
 
 
===Trigger event===
 
The patient has used the medication or does not use it (anymore).
 
 
 
===Process step: Medication use===
 
The patient uses the prescribed medication or self-medication. Medication use may be recorded by
 
*The patient himself or his informal caregiver,
 
*A home care or institution nurse and/or
 
*Another health professional.
 
This third option often applies in the event of medication verification (see [[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1]]). A variety of information systems is available to record medication use: PHR, XIS, EPF [electronic patient file] / ECF [electronic client file], app, etc.
 
 
 
The following can be recorded as medication use:
 
*Self-medication and other proprietary medication,
 
*Discrepancies compared to agreements made,
 
*Confirmation of medication use (promoting compliance),
 
*Verified medication (see [[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1]]),
 
*Changes as a result of, for example, side effects.
 
 
 
Patients who are being administered medication by a nurse sometimes take the medication by themselves at a later time, depending on the BEM-score (assessment of medication self-management, in Dutch: 'Beoordeling Eigen Beheer Medicatie'); in that case, MTD data may deviate from MGB.<br>
 
While medication is being used, pharmaceutical care is provided by the supplier (see [[#Process step: Providing pharmaceutical care|paragraph 2.3.4]], e.g. in case of new laboratory values). There may also be follow-up contact during which the pharmaceutical treatment is evaluated (see [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]]).
 
 
 
====''Recording of medication use by the patient''====
 
The patient makes use of a medication profile and indicates actual medication use for each medicinal product for which this is relevant. The patient can indicate whether or not he is using the product and/or whether this is ‘medication use according to agreement’ (whereby the MA and/or TA is displayed) or if there were deviations. In case of deviations, it is possible to enter specific deviations (i.e. with regard to the schedule actually followed by the patient), but deviations can also be entered in more general terms (for example, I take the medication: ‘from time to time’, [x] times per [days/week] on average’, ‘1x daily instead of 2x’, ‘not anymore since 22 January yyyy’ or ‘not anymore since about a month’). In case of deviation from the agreements, the patient also indicates the reason for changing or discontinuing.<br>
 
The patient may also add his own medication to the overview and indicate any side effects as the reason for the changes.
 
 
 
Information about medication use will not always be present. There is also no certainty about the reliability of the information. Sometimes there are agreements between the health professional and the patient about keeping track of medication use, and sometimes the initiative is the patient’s entirely.
 
 
 
====''Recording of medication use by health professionals''====
 
During the process of medication verification ([[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1]]) or evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment ([[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]]) the patient (or his informal caregiver) indicates, for example, that he does not use medication or uses it differently than was agreed. He may also indicate that he uses other medication as well (self-care products or foreign medication). The health professional can record these data as medication use. The data about medication use are recorded in an MGB, with the patient being recorded as the source of the information in Informant, and the health professional as the Author.<br>
 
Instead of or in addition to recording the MGB, a prescriber may also choose to make a new or modified MA with the patient (in accordance with the process described in [[#Process step: Making a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]]). This may occur when the prescriber sees reasons to adjust the agreement in response to the patient’s actual medication use. When the prescriber sees no reasons to adjust the agreement, he may choose to only record the MGB, perhaps with the remark that he has requested the patient to comply with the existing agreements.
 
 
 
In case of deviations in MGB, a supplier may create a VMA for the prescriber (see [[#Process step: Contacting the prescriber|paragraph 2.3.5]]) and/or advise the patient to inform the prescriber about the deviations.
 
 
 
The assessment of medication use (effect and side effect) will be recorded by the physician in the medical history or used as a reason to modify or discontinue an MA.
 
 
 
===Process step: Send and/or make available===
 
The recorded medication data (MGB) can be sent and/or made available to fellow health professionals and the patient.
 
 
 
{{Anchor|2-5-6}}
 
 
 
===Process step: Contacting prescriber by patient===
 
Patients can also contact the prescriber themselves if a new or changed medication agreement or dispense request is required. The process is analogous to the process Contacting prescriber by the supplier  ([[#Process step: Contacting the prescriber|paragraph 2.3.5]]).
 
 
 
===Postcondition===
 
The medication list has been updated by the patient and actual medication use has been added. If necessary, the patient has asked the prescriber for a new or modified MA or VV.
 
 
 
===Information systems and transaction groups===
 
The ''prescriber'' and the ''pharmacist'' as well as other ''health professionals'' and ''users'' all make use of an information system, respectively, an electronic prescribing system (EVS), a pharmacist information system (AIS, incl. ZAIS), a XIS and a PGO<ref>XIS is a generic term for a random (health care) information system. PHR=personal health records.</ref>. These information systems each have different system roles which enable the exchange of data between these information systems as part of the prescription process.<br>
 
[[#Information systems and transactions|Chapter 7]] includes an overview of all information systems, system roles, transactions, etc. The most important elements for the prescription process are included in the overview below.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 8}}
 
[[Bestand:Uc_Gebruiken_20231002.png|900px|Figuur 8 Processtappen en transacties - gebruiken]]
 
 
 
===Practical examples===
 
The practical examples for medication use are described on the basis of registration by the patient. The prescriber may record medication use in the same way but will rather record the assessment of medication use (effect and side effect) in the medical history or use it as a reason to modify or discontinue an MA.
 
 
 
The following specific practical examples for medication use have been elaborated:
 
*[[#Self-care product|Self-care product ]]
 
*[[#Medication from abroad|Medication from abroad ]]
 
*[[#Modification on the patient’s initiative|Modification at the patient’s initiative ]]
 
*[[#Discontinuation of medication on the patient’s initiative|Discontinuation of medication at the patient’s initiative ]]
 
*[[#No more supply|No more supply ]]
 
*[[#Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app|Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app ]]
 
*[[#Registrations of abnormal medication use by patient due to adverse drug reactions|Registrations of abnormal medication use by patient due to adverse drug reactions ]]
 
*[[#Register medication use based on supply|Register medication use based on supply ]]
 
 
 
=Domain-specific handling of the medication process=
 
 
 
==After-Hours General Practice clinics (HAP)==
 
The after-hours general practitioner (AHGP) works on behalf of the regular general practitioner (GP). The AHGP may (among other things) start, modify and discontinue MAs in accordance with the process described in [[#Process: medication verification|paragraph 2.1]]. If necessary, the AHGP will also create the corresponding VVs. In addition to the generic prescription process, it is possible for the AHGP to use the data element ‘NextPractitioner’. When prescribing new medication the AHGP can use this data element to indicate who the regular GP of the patient is. When stopping or changing medication the AHGP can use this data element to indicate who the original prescriber of the medication was. By doing so the AHGP informs the rest of the involved practitioners whom they may contact when the AHGP is no longer available.<br>
 
The AHGP will inform the regular GP about the after-hours contact. In principle, the AHGP will follow the generic prescription process, except that a AHGP will carry out certain steps on behalf of the regular GP.
 
 
 
==Mental health care==
 
There are only few planned admissions in mental health care (almost only in departments for eating disorders, clinical rehabilitation, etc.). Most admissions are admissions as a result of acute crisis situations and are therefore comparable to admissions via the emergency departments in hospitals (see also [[#Starting with medication before admission|paragraph 4.1.19]]).
 
 
 
===Current situation===
 
In the current situation, patient or family/informal caregivers are asked which medication the patient is using. In most cases, the patient is unable to give an answer (often the reason for admission). Family/informal caregivers (if known) are also not always able to answer this. If this is the case, the admitting physician/psychiatrists will contact the general practitioner or the supplier to find out the medication. This is difficult outside office hours and during weekends. When data do come in, only part of them is retyped in the information system of the health professionals.
 
 
 
===Process===
 
In the new situation, it will be possible to query the available medication data and medication overviews. On this basis, medication verification, assessment of the pharmaceutical treatment (as soon as possible) and medication administration (in accordance with [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]]) can be started. Medication dispense is carried out by public pharmacies on an outpatient basis and, in clinical practice, often by a contracted hospital pharmacy.<br>
 
As is the case with hospital discharge, the pharmaceutical treatment will be assessed at discharge from a mental health institution ([[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]] and subsequent). Clinical medication is discontinued and, if necessary, new medication is prescribed or temporarily halted outpatient medication is resumed or permanently discontinued. The physician/psychiatrist focuses mainly on psychiatric medication; somatic medication usually remains unaffected.<br>
 
Letting the psychiatric patient record his own medication use may be experienced as undesirable control instead of it stimulating proper medication use.<br>
 
The medication data will be made available.
 
 
 
==Nursing, care and home care (VVT)==
 
The medication process in a VVT institution (nursing home, care home and home care) is similar to that of the clinical situation. However, in a VVT institution, a geriatrics specialist is responsible for prescribing medication to admitted clients and medication is being dispensed by one or more community pharmacies, possibly as part of GDS if needed. VVT institutions and home care make use of administration lists. Before administration of medication, the medication is checked. After administration the actual MTD's are signed off. Communication regarding MTD's between supplier, prescriber and nursing staff will be explained in more detail further on in this information standard.
 
 
 
==Hospital admission and discharge==
 
A special situation in the transfer of medication data occurs when a patient is admitted to a hospital. At the moment of admission and of discharge, a lot of changes can take place in the MAs and TAs. That is why this subject is separately illustrated in this chapter. This process is described in more detail in instruction manuals for caregivers and software suppliers.
 
 
 
===Prior to admission===
 
Before a patient is admitted to a hospital, changes in medication may be necessary. The prescriber during admission and patient can agree upon starting new medication or stopping ongoing medication a few days before admission. At the time this agreement is made, the exact admission date is often not yet known. In such cases, it must be clear to all healthcare providers in the care chain that the PeriodOfUse of the medication is not yet final. The prescriber issues a MA or a stop-MA, indicating in the data element PeriodOfUse/Condition how many days before admission the patient should start or stop the medication. Once the admission date becomes known or changes, the PeriodOfUse of the MA is adjusted through the standard change process.
 
 
 
===During admission and at time of discharge===
 
When a patient is admitted, the following situations can occur, concerning the outpatient medication:
 
* No change in ongoing use,
 
* Change in dosage,
 
* Generic substitution (active ingredient remains the same),
 
* Pharmacological substitution (active ingredient changes, but medication is registered for the same indication),
 
* (Temporary) stop.
 
 
 
Below, for each situation, an explanation is given for registration of the medication of the patient.
 
 
 
====No change in ongoing use====
 
The patient continues using the outpatient medication during admission.
 
 
 
Both MA and TA continue during admission and after discharge.
 
 
 
====Change in dosage====
 
The patient uses the outpatient medication during admission, but in a different dosage.
 
 
 
The MA for outpatient medication is stopped at admission. During admission, a new MA is registered with the changed dosage. At discharge, the prescriber decides which dosage will apply for the outpatient medication and registers a new MA. When registering the MA the prescriber can make use of the data element ‘NextPractitioner'. In this data element he enters the name of the healthcare provider who, the prescriber expects, will take over authorship of the MA after discharge. The TA is also stopped at admission. During admission, a new TA is registered, based on the new MA. At discharge a new TA will be registered if a new MA is registered.
 
 
 
====Generic substitution====
 
The patient uses a different medicinal product during admission, but with the same active ingredient and dosage as in the outpatient medication.
 
 
 
The MA for outpatient medication continues during admission and after discharge.
 
The TA for outpatient medication is stopped at admission and continued at discharge. During admission, a new TA is registered. This TA will be stopped at discharge.
 
 
 
====Pharmacological substitution====
 
The patient uses a different medicinal product during admission, with a different active ingredient from the outpatient medication. This medicinal product, however, is registered for the same indication as the outpatient medication.
 
 
 
The MA for outpatient medication is stopped at admission and will be continued again at discharge. When registering the MA for after discharge, the prescriber during admission can use the data element ‘NextPractitioner’. In this data element he enters the name of the healthcare provider who, the prescriber expects, will take over authorship of the MA after discharge. During admission, a new MA is registered. This MA will be stopped at discharge. The TA for outpatient medication is also stopped at admission and resumed at discharge by making a new TA with the same content. During admission, a new TA is registered. This TA will be stopped at discharge.
 
 
 
====(Temporary) stop====
 
The patient (temporarily) stops using the outpatient medication during admission.
 
 
 
The MA for outpatient medication is (temporarily) stopped at admission. If the medication is stopped temporarily, a new MA will be registered at discharge. When registering the MA for after discharge, the prescriber during admission can use the data element ‘NextPractitioner’. In this data element he enters the name of the healthcare provider who, the prescriber expects, will take over authorship of the MA after discharge. If the medication is stopped definitively, the MA will not be resumed. The TA for outpatient medication is also (temporarily) stopped at admission. If the medication is stopped temporarily, this TA will be resumed at discharge by registering a new TA with the same content. If the medication is stopped definitively, there will be no new TA after discharge.
 
 
 
=Description of practical examples=
 
This chapter contains a description of various practical examples. Specific practical situations have been described for the various subprocesses. A large number of the practical situations are based on general medical practice, but are illustrative of similar situations in a different setting. This chapter assumes the knowledge as previously described in [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]].
 
Some of these practical examples are accompanied by a visualisation. In these visualisations the acting stakeholders are shown, as well as the building blocks described in the situation. Changes in building blocks and new building blocks are shown as they occur in time.
 
{| class="wikitable" style="width: 60%;
 
 
|-
 
|-
! style="text-align:left;" colspan="5" | Legend visualisations
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|Multiple MGBs may refer to the same MA.
 +
| Example:<br>  • A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="text-align:left;" colspan="5" | ''characters''
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 TA.
 +
| Example:<br>  • 0: A patient records self-care medication provided by the pharmacy using MGB.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Prescriber
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|Multiple MGBs may refer to the same TA.
[[Bestand:Voorschrijver.png|100x100px]]
+
| Example:<br>  • A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
 
 
Recognizable by their stethoscope
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Supplier
 
[[Bestand:Apotheker.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
Recognizable by their pestle and mortar
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Patient
 
[[Bestand:Patiënt.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
Recognizable by their bandage
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Administrator
 
[[Bestand:Toediener.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
Recognizable by their syringe
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Healthcare provider
 
[[Bestand:Zorgverlener.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
Recognizable by their hat
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="text-align:left;" colspan="5" | ''Symbols''
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MGB can refer to only one other building block, MA or TA.
 +
| Reason:<br>  • If an MGB refers to both MA and TA, and there is a difference between TA and MA, it is impossible to deduce the meaning of ’as agreed’.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Start of a relevant building block
+
! colspan="2" style="text-align:left;"|Medication administration → other building blocks
[[Bestand:Start.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
The color indicates the type of building block
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Start of a stopped building block
 
[[Bestand:Gestopt.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
Stopped building blocks are grey
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | End date of a building block
 
[[Bestand:Eind.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
The color indicates the type of building block
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | End date of a stop-building block
 
[[Bestand:Stop.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
The color of the outline indicates the type of building block
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | A building block without an end date
 
[[Bestand:Chronische_duur.png|100x100px]]
 
 
 
The color indicates the type of building block
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | An instance of VV or MVE
+
| style="vertical-align:top;"|An MTD refers to 0 or 1 MA and/or TA and/or WDS, depending on the situation.
[[Bestand:Verstrekking.png|100x100px]]
+
| Examples:<br>  • In ad hoc situations where medication must be administered immediately, the MTD does not refer to any building block.<br>  • In outpatient situations, usually the TA will be referenced. In clinical situations, more likely reference will be made to an MA.<br>  • The MTD can refer to both the MA and TA, if both exist. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the TA refers.<br>  • In the case of a WDS, the MTD will refer to both the WDS and the MA. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the WDS refers.
 
+
|}
The color indicates the type of building block
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Labtest value
 
[[Bestand:Labwaarde.png|100x100px]]
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Direction of sent message
 
[[Bestand:Voorstelbericht.png|100x100px]]
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Signal from the information system
 
[[Bestand:Signaal.png|100x100px]]
 
| style="vertical-align:top; background-color: white;" | Textbox for clarification
 
[[Bestand:Textbox.png|100x100px]]
 
|}  
 
 
 
==Practical examples, Prescribe==
 
 
 
  
===Medication for definite period of time===
+
The proposal data contain proposals for which it is not yet certain whether they will lead to new MAs or VVs. Proposal data always lead to responses containing the decision on those proposals. The numerical ratios for these proposal data are as follows:
A 35-year-old female patient with a history of urinary tract infection brings her urine to the doctor’s assistant and tells her she has the same symptoms as the previous times. The assistant enquires about other symptoms such as fever and pain in the flank and checks the urine. There are no other symptoms and the urine reveals a urinary tract infection. She tells the patient that the general practitioner will prescribe a course of treatment and that she can pick it up from the pharmacy later. The general practitioner checks the previous courses of treatment and any cultures and records an MA. On ''27 January'' it was agreed:
+
* A VMA can lead to 0, 1 or more MAs.
:''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg, 2x daily, 1 capsule, from now on for 5 days.''
+
* A VMA leads to 1 AVMA.
He records this MA in his information system. The general practitioner then immediately also makes a VV for the pharmacy chosen by the patient:
+
* A VVV can lead to 0, 1 or more VVs.
:''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg; 10 capsules.''
+
* A VVV leads to 1 AVVV.
The general practitioner also records this VV in his information system.<br>
 
The general practitioner consults with the patient to find out from which pharmacy she wants to pick up the medication. The prescription (MA and VV) is sent to the pharmacy and the medication data are made available to fellow health professionals (MA only) and patient (MA and VV).<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Kortdurende medicatie.png|800px]]
 
  
===Medication for indefinite period of time===
+
===Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks represented graphically===
The process for ongoing medication is practically the same as for medication for a definite period of time (see [[#Medication for definite period of time|paragraph 4.1.1]]), except that in the case of ongoing medication the MA is made for an indefinite period of time.
+
The statements in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 result in the following figures:<br>
 +
[[Bestand:Samenhang MBH bouwstenen ENG.png|600px|Correlation MBH and building blocks]]<br>
  
For example: the prescriber agrees with a patient who has hypertension that he should use a diuretic on an ongoing basis. On ''30 March yyyy'' it was agreed:
+
''<small>Figure 2.3  Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks</small>''<br>
  
:''Hydrochlorothiazide tablet, 12.5 mg; 1x daily, 1 tablet; from now on <u>for an indefinite period.</u>''
+
Figure 2.3 shows how many instances of therapeutic and logistical building blocks can occur within a single MBH. A patient may have zero or more pharmaceutical treatments.<br>
''For example, the prescriber chooses in the VV an initial supply quantity of 100 tablets.''<br>
+
[[Bestand:20250930 Samenhang verhoudingen en verwijzingen ENG.png|700px|Correlation building blocks within an MBH with mutual references]]<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Doorlopende medicatie.png|800px]]
 
  
===Changing someone else's MA by non-prescriber with delegated responsibility===
+
''<small>Figure 2.4  Interrelationships between building blocks within an MBH with mutual references</small>''<br>
The medical specialist prescribes 300 mg of Niraparib once a day to treat cancer. 24 hours before the scheduled first administration, the hospital pharmacist reviews the lab values and decides that the dosage needs to be adjusted to 200 mg once a day.
 
  
There is an agreement within the hospital that the pharmacist has delegated prescribing authority (see [[#Process: prescribe | paragraph 2.2]]). The pharmacist modifies the medical specialist's MA. The medical specialist remains author of the MA, as the pharmacist acts on his/her instructions.
+
This figure shows the interrelationships between instances of the building blocks within a single MBH. The arrows indicate that one building block can refer to another building block. In the case of double-sided arrows, both building blocks can refer to each other. The following notation is used:<br>
  
[[bestand:ENG Wijzigen van andermans medicatieafspraak in opdracht van1.png|800px]]
+
* '''0..1''' – 0 or 1 time<br>
 +
* '''0..*''' – 0, 1 or more times<br>
 +
* '''1..*''' – at least once<br>
 +
* '''1..1''' – exactly once<br>
  
===Medication as needed===
+
The numbers listed with a building block indicate how often this building block can occur within a single MBH (Figure 2.3), or, within the same MBH, with a single instance of the building block on the other side (Figure 2.4).<br>Example:<br>
A 31-year-old female patient has had headaches a few times in a year, with migraine now being diagnosed. The general practitioner prescribes:
 
:''Rizatriptan tablets, 10 mg, <u>as needed</u> 1d1t under the tongue. First tablet at the next clear migraine attack.''
 
The general practitioner records the MA and makes a VV:
 
:''6 sublingual rizatriptan tablets, 10 mg.''
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Zo nodig medicatie.png|800px]]
 
  
===Course of treatment as needed starting in future===
+
[[Bestand: 20241126 uitleg kardinaliteiten in schema samenhang.png|400px|Explanation of notation numbers in images about MBH coherence and building blocks]]<br>
A 60-year-old patient with post-thrombotic syndrome experiences erysipelas (severe infection of the leg which can require admission if medication is not started quickly) sometimes every other year, sometimes three times a year. At the request of the patient, the general practitioner prescribes an antibiotic treatment that the patient can start immediately in case of a recurrence of erysipelas. The following MA is created:
+
''<small>Figure 2.5  Explanation of notation numbers in images about the interrelationships between MBH and building blocks</small>''<br>
:''Flucloxacillin capsules, 500 mg, 1 capsule 4x daily, for 10 days. In the MA is indicated (condition): start in case of recurrence, as needed.''
 
The general practitioner immediately creates a VV:
 
:''Flucloxacillin 500 mg, 40 capsules.''
 
To prevent the MA from being relevant to the medication overview indefinitely, a stop-MA is created with the actual startDateTime or endDateTime as soon as this is known to the prescriber.<br>
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Kuur zo nodig startend in de toekomst.png|800px]]
+
* One instance of building block X can be associated with 0 or 1 instance of building block Y.
 +
* One instance of building block Y can be associated with 0, 1 or more instances of building block X.
 +
<u>'''NB'''</u>: The cardinalities within transactions are described in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR scenario's}}, see also [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3]].
  
===Two dosages of the same medication at the same time===
+
==<span class="anchor" id="push/pull"></span>Sending and/or making available==
A 79-year-old man with metastatic prostate cancer is increasingly suffering from pain and his medication is being changed. The specialist prescribes oxycodone tablets, 10 mg, 1 tablet 4x daily and as needed for pain during the night, 1 tablet 1x daily, on October 9. The specialist records this in one single MA with two dosing instructions (in data element InstructionsForUse/DosingInstructions) and creates a VV for 60 tablets of oxycodone of 10 mg.<br>
+
A patient's medication data may be stored in various information systems. The aim of Medication Process MP9 is to make these data accessible to all health professionals involved, and to the patient themselves.<br>
<br>
+
There are two methods for exchanging medication building blocks in the healthcare chain: sending and making available.<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Twee doseringen van hetzelfde geneesmiddel tegelijkertijd.png|800px]]
 
  
===The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time===
+
'''Sending'''<br>
The same 79-year-old patient (see [[#Two dosages of the same medication at the same time|paragraph 4.1.6]]) is experiencing even more pain. The specialist discontinues the 10 mg tablets of oxycodone on October 16 and prescribes 20 mg retard tablets of oxycodone, 2 tablets 3x daily, and 20 mg normal release tablets of oxycodone as needed in case of nocturnal pain, 1 tablet 1x daily. The specialist records this in two MAs (with, for the time being, two separate MBHs) and creates a VV for both MAs, respectively 45 retard tablets of 20 mg oxycodone and 30 tablets of 20 mg oxycodone (normal release).<br>
+
Medication data are sent to other parties involved, who receive these data automatically. Medication data are not sent to specific health professionals, but to healthcare providers. When the FD refers to sending to ‘the supplier/general practitioner/pulmonologist, etc.’, it refers to the relevant healthcare providers, not that individual health professional.<br>
 +
In MP9, sending is done using a Sending transaction, for example Sending medication data. The initiative lies with the sending party.<br>
 
<br>
 
<br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Hetzelfde geneesmiddel met verschillende sterkte tegelijkertijd.png|800px]]
+
'''Making available'''<br>
 +
Once recorded, medication data can also be made available. This means that they can be queried. Querying allows other parties involved in the chain to collect all available medication building blocks.<br>
  
===Extra particularities in the medication agreement===
+
Not all data are always made available to everyone:
When selecting a medicinal product, it is possible to deviate from what is expected. This can be clarified in the data elements ‘Comment’ or ‘MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation’ of the MA. The data element ‘MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation’ contains a list of particularities about the MA that are relevant for pharmacovigilance and fulfilment by the supplier. The element ‘Comment’ is used for particularities that cannot be registered in a coded manner in ‘MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation’. Below are three examples of the use of these elements.
+
* Proposal data are only sent by the person making the proposal to the recipient of the proposal, the prescriber.
 +
* Dispense requests are only made available for querying by the patient.
 +
* An information system only makes building blocks available that have been created by the health professional concerned. Any copies from another source are not made available.
 +
* The Height and Weight HCIMs can be sent with the medication prescription. Laboratory results can also be sent. Querying/making these building blocks available is not within the scope of MP9.<br>
  
Example 1: the hospital uses a different formulary than a community pharmacy <br>
+
The actual exchange of data takes place in MP9 with the Query and Making Available transactions, for example Query medication data and Making available medication data. The initiative for this lies with the querying party.<br>
For reasons of efficiency the hospital has opted for a single gastric acid inhibitor: pantoprazole. At admission, a patient with omeprazole is switched to pantoprazole for the duration of the hospitalisation. At discharge, the patient returns to omeprazole. Without intervention, it is possible that the patient will use omeprazole and pantoprazole instead of just the omeprazole.
+
PLEASE NOTE: In these transactions, ''making available'' is a response to a query, so it concerns the actual delivery of the requested data to the querying party.<br>
  
In the MA of the hospital for pantoprazole, a remark can be made in the data element ‘Comment’. This makes it clear that pantoprazole is the replacement of omeprazole.
+
See [[#informatieoverdracht|Chapter 3]] for further explanation of these transactions.
  
Example 2: Half-strengths <br>
+
=<span class="anchor" id="informatieoverdracht"></span>Information exchange=
The hospital sometimes has tablets available with half the strength of the normal commercial preparation. When a patient enters the hospital with a prescription of 25 mg of chlorthalidone, once a day half a tablet, he will receive 12.5 mg of chlorthalidone once a day while in the hospital. This means nursing staff does not have to break tablets.
+
This chapter provides an overview of the information systems, system roles, transactions and the associated building blocks in MP9. It briefly describes how these concepts relate to each other and how they are used in the description of this information standard. The purpose of this chapter is to clarify the basic principles of information exchange within MP9. For detailed information, please refer to the source data in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR index}}.
  
There is a risk here that the patient will use 25 mg again at home, but now a whole tablet at the time. In the MA of the last chlorthalidone 25 mg the element ‘MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation’ can be used to indicate whether this was a deliberate increase.  
+
==Overview of concepts==
 +
Recorded medication data are exchanged in the form of instances of medication building blocks. This takes place via ''transactions'' between the information systems of health professionals. Transactions are grouped into transaction groups, which in turn are part of scenarios. These can be found in the Scenarios tab in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR scenario's}}.<br>
 +
An overview of the transactions per ''system role'' can also be found there (actor: system). A system role is a function that the system fulfils in the exchange of data. Each information system in MP9 must be able to fulfil certain system roles in order to be able to execute the corresponding transaction.<br>
  
Example 3: Specific commercial product (HPK), medical necessity <br>
+
The Dataset tab in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}} contains the ''generic'' dataset with all data types relevant to MP9. A ''transaction'' dataset is a subset of this generic dataset. It contains the building blocks and data elements that can or must be exchanged in the transaction in question. The cardinality and conformity of the data elements are specified for each transaction. For an explanation of this, see the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|Handleiding Kardinaliteiten}}.<br>
When a prescribed product has to be a very specific commercial product (HPK), the prescriber can specify this in the MA. The prescriber indicates uses the element ‘MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation’ of the MA with the code ‘medical necessity’ to communicate that a specific commercial product is necessary.
 
  
===New medication agreement, no dispense request===
+
A use case describes a practical situation in healthcare for which the exchange of information is specified on the basis of:
'''First example'''
+
* '''Actors''': Persons and information systems involved in the use case. This concerns the roles that these actors fulfil:
 +
**''Business roles'': prescriber, supplier, administrator, patient
 +
**''System roles'': sending, receiving, querying and making available
 +
* '''Transactions''': What information is exchanged, when, between which systems and system roles, and which business roles are involved.
  
A 50-year-old man comes to the general practitioner with back problems. The symptoms have been present for three weeks and he is already using paracetamol. The general practitioner agrees with the patient that he can additionally use diclofenac:
+
The report {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|informatiestandaarden in de zorg}} provides further explanation and background information on these concepts and their interrelationships.
  
On ''30 January'' it was agreed:
+
==Information systems, system roles and transactions==
:''Diclofenac tablet, 50 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily, from now on for 3 weeks.''
+
This section describes the information systems, system roles, transactions and associated building blocks within MP9.
He records this MA in his information system. The patient indicates there is sufficient supply at home: his wife still has an ample supply of diclofenac left because of a different problem a year ago.
+
===Types of information systems===
 +
Within MP9, different types of information systems are distinguished based on their functional role:<br>
 +
*EVS – electronic prescription system
 +
*AIS – pharmacy information system
 +
*PGO – personal health environment
 +
*eTDR – electronic administration registration system
 +
*TrIS – thrombosis information system<br>
  
A VV is therefore not needed and the pharmacy does not supply any medication.<br>
+
XIS is the generic term used to refer to an information system.
The general practitioner makes the new MA available to fellow health professionals and the patient.<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak geen verstrekkingsverzoek_a.png|800px]]
 
  
'''Second example'''
+
===System roles and associated transactions and building blocks===
 +
A system role is a function that the system performs in the exchange of data. It involves the following general functions:
 +
* Sending system – sends data to a Receiving system
 +
* Receiving system – receives data from a Sending system
 +
* Querying system – requests data from an Available-making system
 +
* Available-making system – sends the requested data to a Querying system
 +
An information system can fulfil one or more of these system roles.<br>
  
Mr Simons receives medication from the pharmacy weekly. In the past there were many requests for extra medication, which led to clear agreements about the dispense policy.
+
The table below provides an overview of the system roles within MP9 with their abbreviations, the corresponding transaction and the building blocks that may be involved. In the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR scenario's}} can be found how the building blocks involved are implemented for each transaction.
  
This is about:
+
{| class="wikitable"
:''MA: Diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 4x daily, from 1 January yyyy for an indefinite period''
+
! style="text-align:left;" | System role
:''VV: 28 tablets with 10 repeats; remark: weekly medicatieverstrekking''
+
! style="text-align:left; width: 70px" | Abbreviation
The VV is repeated every 11 weeks.
+
! style="text-align:left;" | Transaction
The last VV is planned for 3-6-yyyy:
+
! style="text-align:left; width: 35%" | Possible building blocks involved
:''one week (28 tablets) with 10 repeats''
+
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;"| '''Scenario Medication prescription'''
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftSturend
 +
| MP-VOS
 +
| Sending medication prescription
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"| MA with or without VV; Length, Weight (if applicable)<br> If necessary, kidney function values can be sent along with the prescription via the Lab2Zorg transaction. See {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|leeswijzer}}.
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftOntvangend
 +
| MP-VOO
 +
| Receiving medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;"| '''Scenario Medication prescription processing'''
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend
 +
| MP-VAS
 +
| Sending data on processing of medication prescription
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"| TA with or without MVE
 +
|-
 +
| VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend
 +
| MP-VAO
 +
| Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;" |'''Scenario Medication data'''
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensSturend
 +
| MP-MGS
 +
| Sending medication data
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align:top;"|1 or more:<br> MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend
 +
| MP-MGO
 +
| Receiving medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
 +
| MP-MGB
 +
| Making medication data available
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
 +
| MP-MGR
 +
| Query medication data
 +
|-
 +
! colspan="4" style="text-align:left;"|'''Scenario Proposal data'''
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-VMS
 +
| Sending proposal medication agreement
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|VMA with or without Length, Weight
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-VMO
 +
| Receiving proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-AVMS
 +
| Sending reply proposal medication agreement
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|AVMA
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVMO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-VVS
 +
| Sending proposal dispense request
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|VVV
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-VVO
 +
| Receiving proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-AVVS
 +
| Sending reply proposal dispense request
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;"|AVVV
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVVO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal dispense request
 +
|}
  
<br>
+
Certain system roles are each other's logical counterparts and therefore always occur together in a system. For example, sending a prescription and receiving confirmation that the prescription has been processed. This concerns the following Send/Receive pairs:
<br>
+
* MP-VOS and MP-VAO
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak geen verstrekkingsverzoek_b.png|800px]]
+
* MP-VOO and MP-VAS
 +
* MP-VMS and MP-AVMO
 +
* MP-VMO and MP-AVMS
 +
* MP-VVS and MP-AVVO
 +
* MP-VVO and MP-AVVS
  
The last few years have been quiet. Mr. Simons is no longer asking for extra medication. At the last consultation (at 31-3-yyyy) he indicated that since three weeks diazepam, 3x daily, is sufficient. This has been recorded in a MA:
+
===<span class="anchor" id="systeem"></span>Information systems and system roles===
:''1 April yyyy Diazepam, 5 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily, from 1 April yyyy for an indefinite period.''
+
An information system can fulfil various system roles. The table below shows which roles these are for each information system.<br>
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! system role !! EVS !! AIS !! PGO !! eTDR !! TrIS
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VOS || √ || - || - || - || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VOO || - || √ || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VAS || - || √ || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VAO || √ || - || - || - || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGS || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGO || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGB || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGR || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VMS || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VMO || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVMS || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVMO || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VVS || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|-
 +
| MP-VVO || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVVS || √ || - || - || - || -
 +
|-
 +
| MP-AVVO || √ || √ || √ || √ || √
 +
|}
  
The previous MA will be terminated as of 31 March yyyy (see discontinuation of medication in [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]]).
+
Figure 3.1 is a graphical representation of this:<br>
  
In the current situation, the general practitioner would have called the pharmacy to make sure that 21 tablets of diazepam would be given with the following medicatieverstrekking, instead of 28. No new VV would have been needed at the time.
+
[[Bestand:informatiesystemen_en_systeemrollen ENG.png|500px|Information systems and system roles]]<br>
 +
''<small>Figure 3.1 Information systems and system roles</small>''
  
In the new situation, the general practitioner sends the new MA to the pharmacy. Based on the new MA, the pharmacy supplies 21 tablets per week. With the new MA a new VV is not instantly required. The previous VV is still sufficient.
+
==Scenarios==
 +
This section describes the following scenarios:
 +
* Medication prescription
 +
* Medication prescription processing
 +
* Medication data
 +
* Proposal data
 +
In the description of each scenario the sub-processes in which it may occur are indicated. The corresponding process descriptions can be found in [[#mp|Chapter 5]].<br>
 +
A subdivision per scenario rather than per use case has been chosen. This is because there is no one-to-one relationship between use cases and scenarios within the medication process. For example, the Prescription sub-process includes the use case of sending a medication prescription, but also the use cases of receiving data on the processing of a prescription, receiving and responding to a proposal from a supplier, or drawing up an overview of medication data. All scenarios apply in this sub-process. Conversely, the Medication data scenario can be used for all kinds of different use cases. A description per scenario is therefore the most efficient approach.
  
<br>
+
===Scenario Medication prescription===
[[Bestand:800px-ENG Voorschrijven Nieuwe medicatieafspraak geen verstrekkingsverzoek cv2.png|800px]]
+
====Objective====
 +
The objective is for the prescriber to send a prescription to the supplier.
 +
====Process====
 +
This scenario applies to the use case of prescribing medication during the Prescribing sub-process.
 +
====Business roles and activity diagram====
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Business role (actor) !! Description of business role
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber || Sending medication prescription to supplier
 +
|-
 +
| Supplier || Receiving medication prescription from prescriber
 +
|}
 +
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Medicatievoorschrift ENG.png|500px|Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription]]
  
===New dispense request under existing medication agreement===
+
====Systems and system roles====
A prescriber may also create a new VV as part of an existing MA. This MA may have been created by a different prescriber, for example a psychiatrist. This concerns repeat medication. The practical example for repeat medication is described in [[#Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)|paragraph 4.2.6]].
+
The prescriber uses an EVS. The supplier uses an AIS.
  
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Nieuw verstrekkingsverzoek onder bestaande medicatieafspraakv2.png|800px]]
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! System !! Name system role !! System role code !! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| EVS || VoorschriftSturend || MP-VOS || Sending medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| AIS || VoorschriftOntvangend || MP-VOO || Receiving medication prescription
 +
|}
  
===Dosage change (sufficient supply)===
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
Patient (37 years old, asthma) visited the pulmonologist on 13 August yyyy for a checkup of his asthma. The pulmonologist has established that patient’s asthma is not adequately controlled.<br>
+
{| class="wikitable"
The patient is currently using beclomethasone in accordance with a previously made and registered MA: on 10 June yyyy it was agreed:
+
! Scenario
:''Beclomethasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; 1 inhalation 2x daily; from 10 June yyyy for an indefinite period.''
+
! Business role
On 13 August yyyy, the pulmonologist agrees with the patient on a dosage increase:
+
! System
:''Beclomethasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; 2 inhalations 2x daily; from 13 August yyyy for an indefinite period; reason for adjustment: insufficient effect.''
+
! System role code
The previous MA of 10 June yyyy is no longer valid: it is terminated (see Changing medication in [[#Changing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.5]]). The patient still has a sufficient supply, a VV is therefore not needed.
+
! Transaction group
<br>
+
! Transaction
<br>
+
|-
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Wijziging in dosering voldoende voorraadv2.png|800px]]<br>
+
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription
In case the patient has no more supply, a new VV will be created.<br>
+
| Prescriber
The information system of the pulmonologist makes the new MA available to the other health professionals of this patient. This modification is received by the supplier (fellow health professional). The supplier processes the modification. The supplier may also choose to accept the modifications automatically.
+
| EVS
 +
| MP-VOS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription (Sending/Receiving)
 +
| Sending medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| Supplier
 +
| AIS
 +
| MP-VOO
 +
| Receiving medication prescription
 +
|}
  
===Prescription no longer needed after first dispense request===
+
===Scenario Medication prescription processing===
A 16-year-old woman has a boyfriend and does not want to become pregnant. After explanation she opts for the pill. The general practitioner prescribes ethinylestradiol/levonorgestrel tablets of 20/100 µg, 1 tablet 1x daily for 21 days, then no tablet for 7 days, then another 21 days of taking a tablet once a day. Start on the first day of the next menstruation. The general practitioner records the MA and creates a VV for 63 coated microgynon 20 tablets. He explains to her that if she does not experience any problems, she can continue to get the pill via the pharmacy. For this, no new VV is required. This drug falls under one of the 3 categories (insulins, oral contraceptive pill and non-oral UR contraceptives) where prescriptions may be written for more than one year. It does not matter how the initial VV is filled.<br>
+
====Objective====
Three months later, the woman requests a repeat supply at the pharmacy. The pharmacy supplies the product and communicates the MVE to the general practitioner.
+
The objective is for the supplier to inform the prescriber about the processing of a medication prescription.
 +
====Process====
 +
This scenario applies to the use case of processing medication prescriptions during the sub-process Dispense.
 +
====Business roles and activity diagram====
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Business role (actor) !! Description of business role
 +
|-
 +
| Supplier || Sending data on processing of medication prescription to prescriber
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber || Receiving data on processing of medication prescription from supplier
 +
|-
 +
|}
 +
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Afhandelen medicatievoorschrift ENG.png|500px|Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription processing]]
  
<br>
+
====Systems and system roles====
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Recept niet meer nodig na eerste verstrekkingsverzoek.png|800px]]<br>
+
The supplier uses an AIS. The prescriber uses an EVS.
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! System !! Name system role !! System role code !! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| AIS || VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend || MP-VAS || Sending data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| EVS || VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend || MP-VAO || Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|}
  
{{Anchor|4-1-13}}
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Scenario
 +
! Business role
 +
! System
 +
! System role code
 +
! Transaction group
 +
! Transaction
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription processing
 +
| Supplier
 +
| AIS
 +
| MP-VAS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication prescription processing (Sending/Receiving)
 +
| Sending data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber
 +
| EVS
 +
| MP-VAO
 +
| Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
 +
|}
  
===Discontinuing medication===
+
===<span class="anchor" id="Scenario Medicatiegegevens"></span>Scenario Medication data===
Patient (37 years old, asthma) visits the pulmonologist on 13 August yyyy for a checkup of his asthma. The patient is suffering from a side effect. The patient is currently using Beclomethasone in accordance with a previously made and registered MA. On ''10 June yyyy'' it was agreed:
+
====Objective====
:''Beclomethasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; 1 inhalation 2x daily; from 10 June yyyy for an indefinite period.''
+
The objective is to enable health professionals and patients to exchange medication data by sending, receiving, querying and making the data available. Examples of use cases include:
On 13 August yyyy, the pulmonologist agrees with the patient to discontinue the medication (medicamenteuze behandeling is discontinued). Medication verification is also applicable here. In addition, medication monitoring may also be relevant here, for example if gastroprotective drugs are being used because of the use of the medication to be discontinued (the information system will not always signal this automatically).<br>
+
* Making available an MGB that has been recorded during the medication verification process;
The pulmonologist records:
+
* Querying medication data for the purpose of drawing up an administration list;
:''Beclomethasone aerosol, 100 microgram/dose, inhaler; stop type ‘discontinued’; from 13 August yyyy. Because of a side effect.''
+
* Sending a stop-MA by a prescriber to the prescriber of the original MA;
The stop-MA is sent to the supplier and made available to fellow health professionals and the patient. In addition, the pulmonologist decides to send the stop-MA to the general practitioner as well.
+
* Making a TA and MVE available by the supplier;
<br>
+
* Querying medication data by a patient.
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Stoppen medicatiev2.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Temporarily halting/resuming medication===
+
====Process====
A patient is being treated with simvastatin (cholesterol-lowering agent): 40 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily, for an indefinite period. Because of a throat infection in combination with an allergy for the first antibiotic of choice, Clarithromycin, 250 mg, 1 tablet 2x daily (antibiotic) is prescribed for 1 week. During that week, simvastatin is temporarily halted because of an interaction.<br>
+
This scenario applies to various use cases during each of the sub-processes in [[#mp|Chapter 5]].
The general practitioner records:
 
:''Simvastatin 40 mg; halt temporarily; for 1 week; reason: interaction''
 
:''Clarithromycin, 250 mg; 1 tablet 2x daily; for 1 week (and a corresponding VV)''
 
The general practitioner sends a stop-MA with stop type 'suspended' to the supplier to temporarily halt the simvastatin. He also makes and sends a new MA to resume the simvastatin after a week and an MA with VV for the clarithromycin. See also Temporarily halting and resuming medication in [[#Temporarily halting and resuming medication|paragraph 2.2.5.4]].
 
  
<br>
+
====Business roles and activity diagram====
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Onderbreken hervatten medicatie.png|800px]]<br>
+
The Medication data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Business role (actor)
 +
! Description of business role
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | All actors
 +
| Sending medication data to fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|-
 +
| Receiving medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|-
 +
| Query medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|-
 +
| Providing requested medication data to fellow health professionals/patient
 +
|}
 +
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Medicatiegegevens ENG.png|500px|Activity diagram scenario Medication data]]
  
===Temporarily halting for an intervention===
+
====Systems and system roles====
A 62-year-old man is taking acetylsalicylic acid 100 mg, 1 tablet 1x daily because of coronary artery disease. He needs to have a colon polyp removed. The general practitioner discusses with him that he should stop taking the acetylsalicylic acid three days before the procedure and resume it the day after the procedure. If the date of the procedure is unknown or uncertain, the data element PeriodOfUse/Condition of the stop-MA indicates that the medication should be stopped three days prior to the procedure. In the new MA, it is specified that the start date is one day after admission. Once the procedure date is known, the MAs are updated to reflect the actual start and stop times.  See also Temporarily halting and resuming medication in [[#Temporarily halting and resuming medication|paragraph 2.2.5.4]] and Prior to admission in [[#Prior to admission|paragraph 3.4.1]].
+
The generic term XIS can refer to any information system, including EVS and AIS, as well as PGO, TrIS and eTDR.
<br>
+
{| class="wikitable"
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Onderbreken voor een ingreep.png|800px]]<br>
+
! System
 +
! Name system role
 +
! System role code
 +
! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | XIS
 +
| MedicatieGegevensSturend
 +
| MP-MGS
 +
| Sending medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend
 +
| MP-MGO
 +
| Receiving medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
 +
| MP-MGR
 +
| Query medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
 +
| MP-MGB
 +
| Providing requested medication data
 +
|}
  
===Paper prescription - ''no more allowed''===
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
The Dutch law Wegiz (Wet elektronische gegevensuitwisseling in de zorg) states that per January 1st, 2024, prescriptions on paper only are not allowed anymore. Therefore the contents of this practical example have been removed.<br>
+
{| class="wikitable"
However, there are exceptional situations conceivable where a paper prescription may still be needed. Examples include:
+
! Scenario
* foreign patients without a BSN
+
! Business role
* the patient's preferred pharmacy is not in the Netherlands.
+
! System
* network failure
+
! System role code
The supplier will then have to make a TA without referral to an MA.
+
! Transaction group
 +
! Transaction
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication data
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | All actors
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | XIS
 +
| MP-MGS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication data (Sending/Receiving)
 +
| Sending medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGO
 +
| Receiving medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGR
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Medication data (Querying/Making available)
 +
| Query medication data
 +
|-
 +
| MP-MGB
 +
| Making medication data available
 +
|}
  
===Carrying out medication verification and evaluation of foreign or self-medication===
+
===Scenario Proposal data===
When medication cannot be found in the information system (such as foreign medication and self-medication), this medication will be recorded as MGB (see [[#Process step: Making a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]]).
+
NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).
 +
====Objective====
 +
The objective is to make a proposal regarding an MA or VV to the prescriber. All actors can make such a proposal.
 +
====Process====
 +
This scenario applies in use cases during all sub-processes. In [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] the working method with proposal data is explained in more detail.
  
===Day treatment===
+
====Business roles and activity diagram====
An admission for day treatment is comparable with an outpatient consultation or an emergency admission during which the medication is supplied by the hospital pharmacy. In the case of admission for a day, extensive medication verification does not usually occur. In the case of admission for a day, the medication prescribed is recorded (often on the basis of protocols according to which verification is carried out afterwards) and administered.<br>
+
The Proposal data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).
For treatments with a course of cytostatics, for example, there is an MA, but it is not always clear in advance when the medication dispense/administration takes place. Reason: treatment courses are often postponed and then supplied and administered later.
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Business role (actor)
 +
! Description of business role
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | All actors
 +
| Sending proposal MA/VV to prescriber
 +
|-
 +
| Receiving reply proposal MA/VV from prescriber
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Prescriber
 +
| Receiving proposal MA/VV from all actors
 +
|-
 +
| Sending reply proposal MA/VV to all actors
 +
|}
 +
[[Bestand:Activiteitendiagram scenario Voorstelgegevens ENG.png|700px|Activity diagram scenario Proposal data]]
  
===Starting with medication before admission===
+
====Systems and system roles====
Prior to cataract surgery, Nevanac is started three days before the surgery. The eye drops are used until three weeks after surgery (a total duration of medication use of 24 days). The specialist creates an MA for Nevanac, 1 drop in the morning, for 24 days. When the date of the surgery is unknown or uncertain, mention can be made in PeriodOfUse/Condition that Nevanac should be started 3 days before surgery takes place. See Prior to admission in [[#Prior to admission|paragraph 3.4.1]].
+
The prescriber uses an EVS. All actors use an XIS.
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Starten met medicatie voor opname.png|800px]]
+
{| class="wikitable"
<br>
+
! System
 +
! Name system role
 +
! System role code
 +
! Description of system role
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | XIS
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-VMS
 +
| Sending proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVMO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-VVS
 +
| Sending proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-AVVO
 +
| Receiving reply proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align: top" | EVS
 +
| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
 +
| MP-VMO
 +
| Receiving proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
 +
| MP-AVMS
 +
| Sending reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
 +
| MP-VVO
 +
| Receiving proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
 +
| MP-AVVS
 +
| Sending reply proposal dispense request
 +
|}
  
===Emergency admission===
+
====Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions====
In the event of an emergency admission, extensive medication verification is not carried out beforehand as would normally be the case with clinical admissions. Agreeing on medication with the patient is also often not possible in the event of an emergency admission. Often, the patient is administered medication as soon as possible and verification only takes place afterward
+
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! Scenario
 +
! Business role
 +
! System
 +
! System role code
 +
! Transaction group
 +
! Transaction
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
 +
| All actors
 +
| XIS
 +
| MP-VMS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal medication agreement (VMS/VMO)
 +
| Sending proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber
 +
| EVS
 +
| MP-VMO
 +
| Receiving proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
 +
| All actors
 +
| XIS
 +
| MP-AVMO
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMS/AVMO)
 +
| Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber
 +
| EVS
 +
| MP-AVMS
 +
| Sending reply proposal medication agreement
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
 +
| All actors
 +
| XIS
 +
| MP-VVS
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal dispense request (VVS/VVO)
 +
| Sending proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber
 +
| EVS
 +
| MP-VVO
 +
| Receiving proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Proposal data
 +
| All actors
 +
| XIS
 +
| MP-AVVO
 +
| rowspan="2" style="vertical-align: top" | Reply proposal dispense request (AVVS/AVVO)
 +
| Receiving reply proposal dispense request
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber
 +
| EVS
 +
| MP-AVVS
 +
| Sending reply proposal dispense request
 +
|}
  
===Interim discharge===
+
=<span class="anchor" id="consolideren"></span>Consolidation: what, why and how=
When a patient temporarily leaves the hospital/institution to go home, for example, for weekend leave, the clinical medication continues. In order to keep the patient’s own general practitioner informed, the medication overview is provided to the patient and the medication data are made available.
+
Consolidation involves merging data and then applying rules to create a coherent whole.<br>
 +
This chapter explains the what, why and how of consolidation.<br>
 +
Section 4.1 explains what consolidation is in the context of this information standard.<br>
 +
Section 4.2 explains the purpose of consolidation.<br>
 +
Section 4.3 describes the consolidation process.<br>
 +
Section 4.4 explains the concepts that are important in this context.<br>
 +
Section 4.5 describes the consolidation rules.<br>
 +
Section 4.6 explains what consolidation means for medication data overviews.<br>
  
===Transfer to another institution===
+
==What is consolidation?==
In case of a transfer to another institution, the MBH is evaluated (see [[#Process step: Evaluating a pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 2.2.4]] and [[#Process step: Making a medication agreement|paragraph 2.2.5]]). The medication data are sent to fellow health professionals and the patient and/or made available to them. The new attending physician evaluates the MBH and determines the institutional medication.
+
Consolidation is the merging of data and the application of rules to the merged set in order to arrive at a coherent whole.<br>
 +
In this information standard, this concerns the set of building blocks that is collected during querying. This collection can be very extensive. There may be different MBHs, each of which may also contain multiple building blocks. This can even amount to hundreds of building blocks.<br>
 +
After querying, consolidation rules are used to determine how each building block in the set should be interpreted.
  
===Do not dispense before===
+
==What is the goal of consolidation?==
The prescribing physician creates a VV on 14 April yyyy but wants to indicate in that same VV that medication dispense may only take place on or from a later date, for example, 23 April yyyy. This cannot be recorded in a structured manner in the VV, but is included in the Comment data element (as free text).
+
The purpose of consolidation is to create a ‘coherent whole’ within the collection of building blocks. What this means exactly depends on the purpose of the query. An administration list requires different data than a general practitioner who wants to view the medication history of a new patient.
<br>
+
It must be clear which building blocks provide the desired data. The consolidation rules can be used to determine the status of each building block within 1 MBH on the basis of two criteria:<br>
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Niet verstrekken voorv2.png|800px]]
+
:* Is a building block ‘active’ or not?
<br>
+
:* Is a building block ‘valid’ or not?
 +
This status determines whether a building block contains the correct information for the intended application.<br>
  
===Discontinuation of medication by third parties===
+
The concepts ‘active’ and ‘valid’ are explained in [[#begrippen consolidatieregels|section 4.4]].
Medication can be discontinued by the prescriber himself (see [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraph 2.2.5.3]] and example in [[#Discontinuing medication 2|paragraph 4.1.13]]) but also by another prescriber. For example, the specialist can end MAs made by a general practitioner that are up to date according to the information system, but turn out not to be, for example after medication verification. When a health professional discontinues medication, he creates a new stop-MA. The health professional cannot modify someone else's MA, only create a stop-MA. He sends the stop-MA to the health professional who made the original MA to inform him of this. The health professional of the original MA then processes if possible the stop-MA in their own information system.
 
<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:Uc4.1.24v2.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
 
 
===Two PRKs in a single pharmaceutical treatment===
 
In certain circumstances, the supplier is allowed to select a different PRK for the TA  than is indicated in the MA made by a prescriber. If, for instance, a failure of the prescriber’s information system would result in only the communication of the TA, a subsequent prescriber will only have this TA with the new PRK. The next prescriber will then probably assume that this PRK is also the PRK of the MA. A modification of the MA will then also result in a stop-MA (without referring to the original MA) and a new MA on the basis of this PRK. This means that there are now two MAs with different PRKs under the same MBH. These two MAs continue to exist. After any information system failure, (the information system of) the prescriber must check whether there have been changes and implement them, if necessary (see also [[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|paragraph 4.1.24]]).
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Twee PRKs onder een medicamenteuze behandeling.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Creating a medication agreement after the fact===
+
==Consolidation process==
In emergency situations, for example, it may happen that the MA is only created after the medication has been supplied or administered. This may lead to conflicting MAs. This means that one or more MAs must be discontinued in order to prevent the occurrence of parallel MAs.
+
Consolidation involves the following steps: <br>
 +
'''Collecting building blocks'''<br>
 +
Building blocks for a specific period of time are collected from all available sources. This is done using the Query medication data transaction (see [[#Scenario Medicatiegegevens|section 3.3.3]]).<br>
 +
In some situations, a building block may appear to be active and valid when in fact this is no longer the case. For this reason, the stop-building block with the most recent {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} must also be provided for each MBH, using the query parameter LastStop. The available-making system will then provide the last stop-MA, stop-TA and stop-WDS, even if such a building block falls outside the requested time period. In this way, it can still be determined that the building block has been stopped.<br>
 +
'''Deduplicating identical building blocks'''<br>
 +
In principle, duplicate building blocks should not occur, as the information systems involved in this transaction are only allowed to make their own medication data available. In some cases, however, this can still occur. The information system must therefore be able to identify and deduplicate any identical building blocks.<br>
 +
'''Applying consolidation rules'''<br>
 +
Consolidation rules are used to determine the activeness and validity of each building block in an MBH. This is explained in more detail in the following sections.
  
===Single medication use===
+
==<span class="anchor" id="begrippen consolidatieregels"></span>Terms relevant to the description of the consolidation rules==
For medications intended for single use, the period of use can be specified with a startDateTime and Duration, a start and endDateTime, or a Duration and endDateTime. An example of this is a situation where the patient is required to take diazepam once, the day before surgery. The prescriber then indicates the period during which this use should occur.
+
This section explains the terms used in the consolidation rules. The general rules are described using examples. These rules are explained in detail in section 4.5.
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Eenmalig gebruik.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Provisional and final medication order===
+
===Is a building block active?===
The prescriber at the clinic prescribes medication. This is recorded in a provisional medication order (the MA). The hospital pharmacist verifies this order and records it as a final medication order (the TA). See also <ref name="MO"/>.
+
Active means that the ''effective'' end date/time of a building block, viewed from the present, lies in the future.
 +
The following section explains what is meant by the word ‘effective’ in the above sentence.<br>
  
===Inadvertently ‘outstanding’ medication or 'orphans'===
+
====Effective period====
In a transitional situation and in a situation where not every XIS is connected, MAs for the same treatment may exist that have been created by different information systems under different MBHs. These MAs should ideally be combined in a single MBH. This particularly applies to medication with an open endDateTime, as this medication may have been discontinued under a different MBH. The MA therefore remains open, resulting in continued medication dispense. This is a so-called ‘orphan’ (a building block that has been registered, but in which, at a certain point, the health professional no longer has an active role. However, his information system continues to provide the building block, even if it has already been discontinued elsewhere). For medication with an endDateTime, this problem will solve itself over time. Therefore, it is not necessary to take any action. When medication verification or medication assessment reveals that the medication is inappropriately still ‘open’, a stop-MA is created under the same MBH. This stop-MA is sent to the the original prescriber. The original prescriber processes the stop-MA into their own information system. See also [[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|paragraph 4.1.24]] and [[#Modification of someone else's medication agreement|paragraph 4.1.37]].
+
The ''effective period'' of a building block is the period during which a building block is (or has been) current. <br>
<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Onterecht openstaande medicatie of weeskinderen.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Missing digital medication agreement at admission===
+
Once a building block has been established, it does not change (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]). This also applies to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}. In practice, however, the actual start and end dates of an agreement may differ from those specified in the building block.<br>
If no digital MA is available when medication verification is carried out, a new MBH is started by recording MGB. When this MGB has to be discontinued, a stop-MA is created under the same MBH. If possible, the stop-MA is sent to the original prescriber and the patient's pharmacy.
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Ontbreken digitale medicatieafspraak bij opname.png|800px]]
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
===Own articles (90 million numbers)===
+
<u>General rule</u>: The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.<br>
It is possible to exchange a 90 million number. The condition is that within an organisation a 90 million number once created may never be modified. During the exchange, the root OID (unique technical identification of the organisation) in combination with the 90 million number ensures that it is unique compared to all 90 million numbers form other organisations. The substances that make up this article are included as ingredients in the MA, in data element AgreedMedicine. At least one ingredient must be registered, as is the case with magistrals.
 
  
===Free-text prescribing===
+
'''Example'''<br>
It is, in exceptional circumstances, possible to prescribe without a code from the G-Standard. This is what we understand as "free-text prescribing". This is only permitted when there is no suitable code available in the G-Standard, for example, with investigational medication. Free-text prescribing is thus explicitly the exception, among other reasons because medication monitoring cannot be performed without a G-standard code.
+
A patient is prescribed a medication for an indefinite period. The MA has {{fhir|startDateTime}} = day 1 and no {{fhir|endDateTime}}. After two weeks, the prescriber decides that the patient should stop taking the medication due to side effects. The stop-MA has the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the original MA = day 1 and {{fhir|endDateTime}} = day 14. <br>
 
+
On day 30, the MA appears to be current when viewed on its own, as it has no {{fhir|endDateTime}}. However, the effective end date/time of the MA has become that of the stop-MA. <br>
===Dosing with minimum waiting period between intake moments===
 
Prescribing medication with a minimum waiting period between intake times should be done partly in free text. For example, if needed, a maximum of 3 times a day, a minimum of 6 hours between the intake moments: ''if needed, a maximum of 3 times a day'' is recorded in the standard way, in InstructionsForUse. The instruction “''at least 6 hours between intake times''” is recorded in free text in AdditionalInstructions.
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Dosering met minimum interval.png|800px]] <br>
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
===Dispense request with number of repetitions ===
+
<u>General rule</u>: The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.<br>
The prescriber makes a VV with an MA in which she enters the NumberOfRefills. The prescriber hereby indicates to the provider that he may make additional dispenses.
 
  
The number of refills in combination with the quantity to be supplied results in: (NumberOfRefills + 1) X Amount. In case of “NumberOfRefills = 3” and “Amount = 30 units” the provider may supply 4 times 30 units (total 120 units).
+
'''Example'''<br>
 +
A patient is prescribed a medication for 5 days. The MA has {{fhir|startDateTime}} = day 1 and {{fhir|endDateTime}} = day 5. The patient picks up the medication after 3 days. The TA therefore has a {{fhir|startDateTime}} = day 4 and an {{fhir|endDateTime}} = day 8.<br>
 +
On day 6, the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the MA has passed. If only that MA is considered, it no longer ''appears'' to be current. However, the TA shows that the MA should still be considered current. The MA has an effective start date/time = day 4 and an effective end date/time = day 8.<br>
  
The number of refills in combination with the duration of medication usage results in: (NumberOfRefills + 1) x PeriodOfUse/Duration. The amount to be supplied depends on the dosage. In case of “Dosage = 3 x per day 2 units”, and “PeriodOfUse/Duration = 30 days” the provider may supply 4 x (6 units per day X 30 days = 180 units) = a total of 720 units.
+
These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.1.
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Verstrekkingsverzoek met aantal herhalingen.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
  
===Prescribing non-medicines===
+
====Active and non-active====
Non-medicines can be prescribed from the G-standard at HPK level. For example, this could be an inhaler (Aerochamber, HPK 1915185) as an aid to prescribed aerosols. Non-medicinal products are not applicable for the medication overview or medication monitoring.
+
Active building blocks have an effective end date/time that lies in the future relative to the present. Active building blocks are:
 +
* ''Current'' building blocks, where the present lies between the effective start date/time and the effective end date/time.
 +
* ''Future'' building blocks, where the effective start date/time lies in the future.
  
===Send renal function value in the prescription===
+
Non-active building blocks have an effective end date/time in the past. These building blocks form the history of a treatment. This also allows the course of a treatment in the past to be viewed.<br>
  
'''A) Renal function value with a new prescription:''' <br>
+
Figure 4.1 illustrates these concepts graphically.
For the prevention of stroke, a patient (male, 65 years old) is prescribed Dabigatran for the first time. The patient has renal impairment and the prescriber has a recent renal function value available. Based on this renal function value, the prescriber deviates from the standard dose and makes an MA with a lower dosage of Dabigatran twice a day 1 capsule of 110 mg, starting from January 15, yyyy. The prescriber also makes a VV and sends the prescription (MA, VV and the laboratory result of the renal function value) to the supplier.
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift aV2.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
'''B) Renal function value reason for a change:''' <br>
+
[[Bestand:Huidige actuele toekomstige bouwstenen ENG.png|700px|Huidige actual and future building blocks]]<br>
A 70-year-old man was prescribed 1 tablet of metformin 500 mg 3 times a day a few days ago (MA and VV). At the same time, the doctor initiated a blood test to determine the renal function value of the patient. The value was not yet known at the time of prescription.
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift b1V2.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
The blood test shows that renal function is impaired and gives reason to adjust the MA. The prescriber adjusts the dose on January 17, yyyy to 2 tablets metformin 500 mg twice a day and discusses this with the patient. The new prescription (the 'technical' stop-MA, new MA and the laboratory result of the renal function value) is sent to the supplier by the prescriber. Because the patient had already collected the medication and therefore has enough stock, no new VV is sent along.
+
''<small>Figure 4.1. Active (present + future) and non-active building blocks within an MBH</small>''<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift b2V2.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
'''C) Renal function value due to drug:''' <br>
+
===Is a building block valid?===
The patient is prescribed Nitrofurantoin 100 mg, 1 capsule twice daily as a 5-day course due to a bladder infection and must start immediately on January 6, yyyy. With this drug, the renal function value (if known and not older than 13 months) needs to be sent along. The prescriber has a renal function value available for this patient, but this does not lead to an adjusted dosage. The prescriber sends the prescription (MA, VV and the laboratory result of the renal function value) to the supplier.
+
Valid refers to whether a building block accurately reflects the real situation. This depends on the context, in the form of possible other building blocks in the MBH concerned.<br>
<br>
+
Once recorded, the information in a building block does not change. However, how that information should be understood may change when a subsequent building block is recorded within the same MBH.<br>
[[Bestand:ENG Voorschrijven Nierfunctiewaarde sturen met het voorschrift cV2.png|800px]]<br>
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
 +
<u>General rule</u>:  A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.<br>
  
===Cancelling a prescription that was sent earlier ===
+
'''Example''' <br>
A patient visits the general practitioner (GP) one morning because of stomach complaints.  The GP prescribes pantoprazole and sends the prescription (MA + VV1) to the preferred pharmacy as known to him. In the afternoon the patient calls the GP. He hasn’t picked up the prescription yet and he would like to pick it up at another pharmacy due to a recent move, but forgot to ask this morning. The GP resends the prescription to the old pharmacy, but the VV in the newly sent prescription contains a CanceledIndicator (MA + VV1 “cancelled”), so the supplier knows he should not dispense on this prescription. The prescriber then sends a new prescription (MA + VV2) to the patient's new pharmacy. The patient can pick up the medication there.<br>
+
There is an MA for an indefinite period with an accompanying VV. Can the supplier dispense medication based on this MA?<br>
In medication building blocks it looks as follows:<br>
+
<u>Situation A:</u> No stop-building block with reference to this MA has been recorded. The MA is valid: the information in this building block is a correct representation of the actual situation.<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Annuleren eerder verstuurd voorschrift_a.png|800px]]<br>
+
The answer is Yes. Based on the information in this building block, the supplier may dispense the medicine.<br>
<br>
 
The transactions look as follows:<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Voorschrijven_Annuleren eerder verstuurd voorschrift_b.png]]<br>
 
  
===Modification of someone else's medication agreement===
+
<u>Situation B:</u> The MA has been followed by a stop-MA with reference to this MA. The MA has therefore been stopped and thus been made invalid: this MA does not provide an accurate representation of the real situation.<br>
A patient takes 40 mg Lisinopril once a day because of hypertension. This MA was previously made by the GP with the patient. The patient is admitted to the A&E department because of a fall due to dizziness. The specialist notices hypotension and decides to reduce the dose of Lisinopril to 20 mg once a day. The specialist then stops the current MA and starts the new MA with a lower dose. With this he changes the MA with the patient. The specialist sends a stop-MA and the new MA to the original prescriber (the general practitioner). The prescriber of the original MA processes the stop-MA in their own information system.
+
The answer is No. The supplier may no longer dispense the medicine, even though it is an MA for an indefinite period.<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:Eng Uc 4.1.37 wijzigen van andermans medicatieafspraakv3 - Kopie - Kopie.png|800px]]
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
===Setting up a variable dosing regimen===
+
<u>General rule</u>: Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid<br>
The prescriber prescribes anticoagulants and states in the MA that the medication is used as recorded by the schedule of the thrombosis service (‘gebruik volgens schema trombosedienst'). The prescriber sends a VV to the supplier and the patient is registered with the thrombosis service. In order to bridge the period until thrombosis care can take over, the prescriber creates a WDS for the first period. After registration, the thrombosis service creates a dosing regimen that overwrites or succeeds the previous regimen. From this moment on, the thrombosis service takes over creating the dosing regimen from the original prescriber. As the WDS is a separate medication building block, the medication overview remains unchanged (the MA is specified, not altered by the WDS). The WDS is used to compile the administration list, together with the medication data in the MA, TA and MTD.
 
[[Bestand:4.1.38 Uc Opstarten WDSv3.png|800px]]
 
 
 
===Changing a variable dosing regimen during period of use===
 
It could be necessary to revise the dosing regimen from a WDS before the scheduled endDateTime. For example, when the patient unexpectedly has to undergo minor surgery. In this case, the prescriber stops the current WDS with a technical stop (not visible to the user) and creates a new WDS with a few 0 doses the days before the procedure. In the meantime, the MA continues as usual.
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Uc_Changing_WDS.png|800px]]
 
 
 
===Stopping medication with a variable dosing regimen===
 
When the patient has to (temporarily) stop using anticoagulants completely, this is recorded at the level of the MA. The thrombosis physician creates a stop-MA. This also stops the underlying WDS and the associated TA. The original prescriber also processes the endDateTime in his MA as described in [[#Inadvertently_.E2.80.98outstanding.E2.80.99_medication_or_.27orphans.27|4.1.29 Inadvertently outstanding medication or 'orphans']].
 
If the anticoagulants need to be restarted after several months, the original prescriber of the anticoagulant medication does this by following the process of starting a WDS, i.e. by creating a new MA and a first WDS (see the practical example [[#Setting up a variable dosing regimen|Setting up a variable dosing regimen]]).<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Uc_stopping_WDS.png|800px]]
 
 
 
===Merging building blocks under one MBH===
 
A patient has an active MA from their general practitioner. The patient has not given permission to make their medication information available. When a nurse wants to register the patient's medication use, the nurse will not be able to register this under the same MBH the MA is active in. When the patient later does give permission for making their medication information available, multiple building blocks become available under different MBHs that should be in one MBH. Merging the MBH works according to the [[mp:Vkickstart_MigratieHybride#Ontdubbelen_van_MBH.27s|implementation guide for migration and hybrid situations.]]
 
 
 
[[Bestand:ENG Uc Merging MBHs.png|800px]]
 
  
==Practical examples, Dispense==
+
'''Example'''<br>
 +
There is a current MA and TA for a medicine that needs to be administered. The TA is not followed by a stop-TA. Can the administrator administer the medicine?<br>
 +
<u>Situation A:</u> The corresponding MA has not been followed by a stop-building block. The MA and the TA are therefore both valid.<br>
 +
The answer is Yes. The administrator may administer the medicine in question.<br>
  
===New medication agreement, medication dispense of the same product===
+
<u>Situation B</u>: The corresponding MA has been stopped by a stop-MA with immediate effect. However, this stop-MA has not yet been processed in the pharmacy, which means that no stop-TA has been created yet. Although the TA is still current, it has become invalid due to the stop-MA.<br>
The patient is at the pharmacy on 27 January yyyy to collect his medication. The supplier opens the file of the patient and verifies the medication file. It is a new MA for this patient. The relevant information of the prescribing physician is displayed on the screen of the supplier.<br>
+
The answer is No. The administrator may no longer administer the medicine.<br><br>
MA: ''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg, 1 capsule 2x daily, from now on for 5 days.''<br>
 
VV: ''Nitrofurantoin CR capsule, 100 mg; 10 capsules.''<br>
 
The supplier selects a product on the basis of the MA and other factors (such as the pharmacy’s stock and the preference policy of the healthcare insurer):<br>
 
''FURABID CR CAPSULE, 100 MG''. The supplier carries out medication monitoring using the information system, no (warning) signals are given.<br>
 
The supplier carries out pharmaceutical care (compliance, education, et cetera) and agrees with the patient on how she will use the medication. This TA on 27 January yyyy reads:<br>
 
''FURABID CR CAPSULE, 100MG; 1 capsule 2x daily; from now on for 5 days''.<br>
 
The supplier supplies the medication to the patient:<br>
 
''on 27 January yyyy, FURABID CR CAPSULE, 100 MG; 10 capsules.''<br>
 
The TA and MVE are sent to the prescriber and made available to fellow health professionals and the patient.
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak medicatieverstrekking zelfde product.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===New medication agreement, more precise product specification===
+
These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.2.
Here, the difference when specifying the product is that the TA and also the MVE deviate from the MA the patient has made with the prescribing physician. The process is otherwise the same as described in the previous paragraph.
 
  
<u>'''Example'''</u><br>
+
==<span class="anchor" id="Consolidatieregels"></span>Consolidation rules==
''MA: Nitrofurantoin capsule mga 100 mg, 1 capsule 2 times a day from today for 5 days.''
+
Section 4.4 shows that a building block can be valid without being active. Conversely, a building block can also be active without being valid. The corresponding rules for both are set out below.
  
The supplier specifies a different product:<br>
+
===<span class="anchor" id="regels effectieve periode"></span>Rules for determining the effective period of a building block===
''Nitrofurantoin MC Actavis capsule <u>50</u> mg.''<br>
+
Section 4.4.1.1 lists two general rules regarding the effective period:  
The supplier agrees with the patient on how she will use the medication. This TA on 27 January yyyy reads:<br>
 
''Nitrofurantoin MC CR capsule 50 mg, 1 capsule 4x daily, from now on for 5 days.''<br>
 
The supplier supplies the medication to the patient:<br>
 
''on 27 January yyyy, Nitrofurantoin MC Actavis 50 mg; 20 capsules.''
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Nieuwe medicatieafspraak nadere specificering product.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Existing administration agreement is adequate===
+
<u>General rules</u>:<br>
The process of repeat MVEs on the basis of an existing MA and possibly existing VV and TA occurs in case of repeat medication and is described in [[#Splitting a prescription|paragraph 4.2.10]], situation 2.
+
The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.<br>
 +
The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.<br>
  
===Proposal to prescriber for medication agreement===
+
The effective start date/time and end date/time, and therefore the effective period of a building block, are derived data. They are therefore not part of the dataset. The derivation rules are explained below. The number next to each derivation rule indicates the order in which the rules must be executed.<br>
<u>'''Example 1 - adjusting dosage:'''</u><br>
 
For a 70-year-old patient with a creatinine clearance of 45 mL/min, the supplier enters a TA for gabapentin tablets of 600 mg, 1 tablet 3x daily. Renal function has been recorded in the patient’s file at the pharmacy, and based on this a signal appears that the maximum dosage is 900 mg daily. The supplier sends the prescriber a VMA with an adjusted dosage of 300 mg, 3x daily, and the reason for this proposal (maximum dosage exceeded). The prescriber receives the VMA in his EVS. The prescriber sends an adjusted MA and possibly an AVMA back to the supplier.
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatieafspraak gewenst - informeren voorschrijver_a.png|800px]]<br>
+
'''Starting medication'''<br>
 +
''Making a medication agreement''<br>
 +
Medication is started by recording an MA.
 +
Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
 +
''Making an administration agreement''<br>
 +
A TA fills in an MA in concrete terms.
 +
Rule 1b: The effective period of a TA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
 +
If an MA has an associated TA, the following applies:
 +
Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.
 
<br>
 
<br>
<u>'''Example 2 – temporarily halting a medicinal product:'''</u><br>
+
'''Stopping medication'''<br>
For a 50-year-old patient with on oral fluconazole as part of his current medication, the supplier enters a TA for simvastatin. A message appears with the advice to consider temporarily halting simvastatin. The supplier can make a VMA for halting the simvastatin (stop type ‘suspended’). See example 1 for further steps.
+
''Stopping a medication agreement''<br>
<br>
+
Medication is permanently stopped by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘stopped’ and:
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatieafspraak gewenst - informeren voorschrijver_b.png|800px]]<br>
+
:* {{fhir|startDateTime}} = {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the original MA
<br>
+
:* {{fhir|endDateTime}} = date on which the medication is stopped.
<u>'''Example 3 – adding a medicinal product:'''</u><br>
+
The effective period of the original MA is replaced by that of the new stop-MA.
For a 55-year-old woman, the supplier enters a TA for prednisone, 10 mg daily for thirteen weeks. The patient is not using osteoporosis prophylaxis. A message appears with the advice to add a bisphosphonate drug and to check whether the patient is taking calcium and vitamin D. If the patient is not, the supplier can make a VMA for these products. See example 1 for further steps.
+
Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.
<br>
+
''Stopping an administration agreement''<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatieafspraak gewenst - informeren voorschrijver_c.png|800px]]<br>
+
<u>Situation A:</u> The TA is stopped while the MA remains unchanged.<br>
<br>
+
The effective period of the original TA is replaced by the effective period of the stop-TA. According to rule 1b, the latter is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.<br>
PLEASE NOTE: it will depend on the situation whether it is useful to create an automated proposal for adjustment/addition of an MA. If the advice is complex, it may still be useful to phone and to consult instead of sending a digital proposal.<br>
 
The VMA may help the prescriber to enter this change in the system. The latter is important when MAs are queried, for example, by service observation general practitioners.
 
 
 
===Request and dispense ===
 
It is possible to create multiple MVEs under the same TA:
 
*A VV comes in with an MA with a one-year use period
 
*There will be a first MVE with a new TA and a medication supply that is sufficient for, for example, a period of 4 months.
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Aanschrijven en verstrekken_a.png|800px]]<br>
 
 
 
*The second MVE is performed based on the existing MA, VV and TA (no new prescription or new TA is needed). The new second MVE (with new RequestDate and the pre-existing associated TA) is sent to the prescriber when the MedicationDispenseDateTime is registered. See [[#Notification date or dispense date (pharmacist information system)|paragraph 8.3]].
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Aanschrijven en verstrekken_b.png|800px]]<br>
 
 
 
===Patient requests repeat prescription via physician (reactive repeat)===
 
A physician has previously diagnosed hypertension in a patient (57 years old) and has prescribed the patient medication for this. The patient uses this medication and the medication is running out. The patient makes a request to repeat the medication, for example through the repeat line, by phone, by email to the practice, counter/boxes, website, app or portal of the physician. The physician approves the repeat. This leads to a new VV.<br>  
 
<u>For example:</u>
 
The general practitioner makes, in the context of the MA of 30 March yyyy:
 
:''Nifedipine CR 30 mg; 1 tablet 1x daily, from 30 March yyyy <u>for an indefinite period</u>''
 
on 13 April yyyy a VV to a pharmacy chosen by the patient:
 
:''Nifedipine, CR tablet, 30 mg; ‘for three months’.''
 
The prescriber sends the VV with accompanying MA to the patient's pharmacy. The prescriber also makes the new VV available for the patient. The existing MAs had already been made available.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG Ter hand stellen Patiënt vraagt herhaalrecept via arts - reactief herhalenV2.png|800px]]<br>
 
The supplier receives the VV together with the MA and processes it in accordance with the dispense process and starts with the pharmaceutical care process step.
 
 
 
When the patient, on the basis of a TA or on the basis of his use asks for repeat medication, and the MA is not digitally available, the physician creates a new MA based on this TA or the patient’s MGB of the medication. In that case, no RelationMedicationAgreement will be registered.
 
  
===Patient requests repeat prescription via supplier===
+
<u>Situation B:</u> The TA is stopped as a result of a stop-MA.<br>
The patient requests a repeat medication from the supplier, for example through repeat line, by phone, email, counter/boxes, website, app or portal of the pharmacy.<br>
+
The stop-TA fills in the stop-MA in concrete terms. It is possible that the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the stop-TA is later than that of the stop-MA, for example because the stop-MA specifies that the stop can take effect with the next GDS medication role. In such a case, the effective period of the MA changes, according to rules 1b and 2a.<br>
The supplier sends a VVV for authorisation to the prescriber. The physician evaluates the VVV and approves it. He sends a new VV with accompanying MA, and possibly an AVVV to the supplier. The supplier continues the dispense process and starts with the pharmaceutical care process step.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Patiënt vraagt herhaalrecept via apotheker - informeren voorschrijver.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
If the prescriber does not issue a VV, he lets the supplier know by sending an AVVV.
 
  
===Proactive repeat prescription by supplier===
+
Rules 1b and 2a: effective period stop-MA = effective period stop-TA = {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} stop-TA.<br>
The patient has signed up in the past for proactive repeats and the supplier has registered this in his own pharmacist information system. The repeat module of this information system will generate a signal when the patient needs new medication. When a new VV is needed, this is similar to the process described in the previous paragraph, only the trigger is not the patient but the supplier (or his information system). Proactive repeats are also used for GDS, see [[#Starting and continuing a GDS|paragraph 4.2.11]].
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Proactief herhaalrecept door apotheker - informeren voorschrijver.png|800px]]<br>
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
 +
'''Changing medication'''<br>
 +
''Changing medication agreement''<br>
 +
The prescriber changes medication within the MBH by discontinuing the original MA1 and creating a new MA2. This does not change the previous derivation rules:<br>
  
===Deviation from prescribed quantity in DispenseRequest===
+
Rule 1a: effective period of new MA2 = {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of MA2.<br>
 
+
Rule 1c: effective period MA1 = effective period technical stop-MA.<br>
For a patient with stomach complaints, the general practitioner prescribes pantoprazole 1x per day 1 capsule for 28 days and sends a VV to the pharmacist for 28 pieces. The supplier only has packaging of 30 pieces. There are two capsules left at the end of the course, but the MA can still be met. A TA for 28 pieces follows. The MVE states that 30 units have been delivered, optionally with an explanation as to why this deviates from the TA, but this is not mandatory.
 
 
 
[[Bestand:Voorgeschreven hoeveelheid MA less Eng.jpg|800px]]
 
 
 
For a patient with stomach complaints, the general practitioner prescribes pantoprazole 1x per day 1 capsule for 30 days and sends a VV to the supplier for 30 pieces. The supplier only has packaging of 28 pieces. The supplier contacts the prescriber based on professional judgment. There will be a provision of 28 pieces with a TA for 28 days. The TA and MVE deviate from the MA the patient has made with the general practitioner. The pharmacy's information system makes the TA and MVE available to the patient's co-practitioners.
 
 
 
[[Bestand:Voorgeschreven hoeveelheid MA more 30 Eng.jpg|800px]]
 
  
===Splitting a prescription===
+
''Changing the administration agreement''<br>
The patient has been using the same medication for a number of years, which means that the MA can be created for an indefinite period. The TA is also valid for an indefinite period. In such a case, the patient can be given a prescription for a year. This single year prescription will be split into several prescriptions by the supplier.
+
<u>Situation A:</u> The TA is changed while the MA remains the same.<br>
 +
An MA is filled in in concrete terms by a TA. A change can be made to this TA (see [[#wijzigen TA|section 5.3.2.4]]). This means that several consecutive TAs can be created under one MA. The effective period of the MA is now determined by all associated TAs.
 +
Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest {{fhir|startDateTime}} to the latest {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the associated TA's.
 +
Parallel TAs may exist under a single MA whose {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} and {{fhir|startDateTime}} are the same. This does not change rule 2b.<br>
  
There are three possible situations:<br>
+
<u>Situation B:</u> The TA is changed as a result of a change in the MA. This does not change the previous rules.<br>
1) The patient returns to his attending physician still suffering from the same symptoms. The prescriber prescribes the same medication (in the case of an expired MA, a new MA is created with a new VV and in the case of an MA that is still valid, only a new VV is created).<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Knippen van recept_a.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
2) Prescriber and patient initially agree on 90 tablets with 3 repeats. The patient receives the first 90 tablets. The next time the patient visits the pharmacy, an MVE is made under the existing agreements.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Knippen van recept_b.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
3) Prescriber and patient initially agree on 360 tablets for one year. The supplier splits this into 4 separate occasions of MVE. The patient is initially supplied with 90 tablets and without a new VV, can go to the pharmacy 3 more times to pick up another 90 tablets each time.<br>
 
Situation 3 best describes the way in which a supplier splits a year prescription.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Knippen van recept_c.png|800px]]<br>
 
 
<br>
 
<br>
 +
'''Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication'''<br>
 +
Medication is interrupted by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘interrupted’ and with the same {{fhir|startDateTime}} as the original MA. The {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the stop-MA is the moment of the temporary interruption. Resumption is done by creating an MA with the date of resumption as {{fhir|startDateTime}}. However, the stop type ‘interrupted’ ensures that the effective period remains based on the effective {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the original MA.
 +
Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.
  
===Starting and continuing a GDS===
+
====Summary of rules for determining the effective period====
The following example shows the process for one medicinal product used by the patient for an indefinite period of time. The information system of the prescriber and the supplier contains (among other things) the following data on a patient:
+
The rules described must be applied in numerical order:
*The MA of 2 January yyyy reads: Metoprolol, CR tablet, 100 mg (succinate); 1x tablet daily; from 2 January yyyy for an indefinite period.
+
* Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
*The TA of 2 January yyyy reads: Metoprolol PCH retard, 100 CR tablets of 95 mg; 1x tablet 1x daily; from 2 January yyyy for an indefinite period.
+
* Rule 1b: The effective period of a (stop-)TA is equal to its {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
This elderly patient is taking so much medication that he has problems overseeing it all: a potentially dangerous situation. On 6 February, the supplier and the prescriber agree that the supply of medicinal products to this patient will take place via GDS.
+
* Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.
 +
* Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.
 +
* Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.
 +
* Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest {{fhir|startDateTime}} to the latest {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the associated TA’s.<br>
  
The GDS is started: the supplier sends a VVV (a similar event to the current combined prescription or authorisation form).
+
===<span class="anchor" id="geldigheidsregels"></span>Rules for determining the validity of a building block===
 +
Section 4.4 lists two general rules regarding the validity of building blocks within 1 MBH. These are specified in more detail below.<br>
 +
<u>General rules:</u><br>
 +
A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.<br>
 +
Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid.<br>
  
The VVV of 6 February reads:
+
Stopping and making invalid other building blocks takes effect from the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the stop-building block. The specific validity rules within a single MBH are as follows:<br>
*VV for the MA of 2 January yyyy: Metoprolol, CR tablet, 100 mg (succinate), and a PeriodOfUse to ensure enough stock up to and including 1 May yyyy.
 
The supplier sends the proposal to the prescriber. The prescriber approves the proposal on February 6 and sends it unchanged to the supplier as a VV.
 
  
The supplier and the patient select an administration schedule for the product. This TA reads as follows:
+
:1. A stop-MA makes invalid at its {{fhir|endDateTime}}:
*On 7 February it was agreed: Metoprolol PCH retard, 100 CR tablets of 95 mg, 1 tablet in the morning, from 11 February (week 6), for an indefinite period.
+
:::* the original MA to which this stop-MA refers, and
 +
:::* the TA and WDS that also refer to that original MA, and
 +
:::* all previously recorded MGBs
 +
:2. A stop-TA makes invalid at its {{fhir|endDateTime}}:
 +
:::* the original TA to which this stop-TA refers, and
 +
:::* all previously recorded MGBs
 +
:3. A stop-WDS makes invalid on its {{fhir|endDateTime}}:
 +
:::* the WDS to which this stop-WDS refers, and
 +
:::* all previously recorded MGBs
 +
:4. Each type of MA, TA and WDS makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs.
 +
:5. Each type of MGB makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs, provided they originate from the same type of author.<br>
 +
:<u>Exception</u>: In the case of parallel TAs, a new MGB only makes invalid the older MGBs that belong to the same TA and originate from the same type of author.<br>
  
Every second week, the pharmacy supplies the patient with a Baxter medication roll containing (among other things) the metoprolol:
+
The same rules apply to cancelation-building blocks.<br>
*MVE 1: The pharmacy dispenses, on Friday, 8 February yyyyy: 14 tablets, scheduled for weeks 6 and 7 (a PeriodOfUse of 2 weeks).
 
*MVE 2: The pharmacy dispenses, on Friday, 22 February: 14 tablets, scheduled for weeks 8 and 9.
 
*MVE 3, 4, 5, etc.
 
With each MVE, it is indicated that dispense of medication was carried out via GDS, in data element DistributionForm.<br>
 
After three months, there is a new VVV from the supplier to the prescriber, etc.
 
<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Het opstarten en continueren van GDS.png|800px]]<br>
 
'''Consideration ''' <br>
 
*The application of a VVV instead of an authorisation form makes its meaning unambiguous.
 
*In the current situation, TAs and MVEs are registered as a single dispense. This makes it difficult to find useful information in the large number of messages. By dividing the dispense message into two building blocks, the overview is easier to understand: there are no new MAs and only one new TA is created. There are no hidden surprises in the remaining logistical data and the prescriber does not have to monitor the multiple MVEs.
 
*This way of registering and exchanging prevents double registration, and errors caused by this.
 
*The TAs are the basis for the administration list and checklists of nursing homes and care homes. Signing them corresponds to the administration(s).
 
  
===Supplier changes commercial product===
+
The validity rules apply to agreement building blocks, i.e. MA, TA, and WDS. MGBs are not agreement building blocks, but may still be relevant. That is why they are also included in the consolidation rules. In the case of MGBs, ‘invalid’ can be interpreted as ‘the information in this building block may be out of date’.<br>
This scenario builds on the previous scenario: after half a year a different commercial product is agreed with the patient (TA), because the original product is not available. No new MA is made, as there is no change needed on that level. The TA is changed:
+
MTDs are not included in these rules. An MTD is a record of an action that has already taken place. A stop-building block has no influence on an MTD that has already been recorded.<br>
*On 1 July it was agreed: Metoprolol Sandoz ret, 100 CR tablets, 95 mg, 1 tablet in the morning; from 3 July, for an indefinite period. Reason: Drug not available - out of stock (in data element AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation).
 
The TA is a modification of the TA of 7 February, which stops on 2 July (11:59 p.m.) and is an actual handling of the MA of 2 January. The supplier sends the new TA and any MVE to the general practitioner.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_De apotheker wijzigt van handelsproduct.png|800px]]<br>
 
'''Consideration ''' <br>
 
This change in the actual handling of the MA using a TA, changes nothing in the validity of the MA itself, improving the overall view for all parties. In addition, since the supplier records and communicates the reason for the adjustment, the prescriber is better able to assess whether the information is relevant.
 
<br>
 
  
===Adding medication to a GDS===
+
<u>'''NB'''</u>: Once a building block has been made invalid, it cannot be made valid again. A new building block must then be created.<br>
When new medication is added to an existing GDS, the prescriber may opt for immediate addition to the current roll (Change in GDS immediately) or for addition starting  from the next roll (Change in GDS per change of roll). The prescriber indicates this in the data element AdditionalInformation in the MA.
 
  
If ‘Change in GDS immediately’ is chosen, the supplier will first supply the medication separately, in addition to the existing GDS. This means that a TA is created by the supplier for the bridging period. Starting with the new roll, the new medication is added to the roll. Starting with the startDateTime of the new roll, a TA can be made by the supplier with specific administration times. If the ‘bridging-TA’ already includes the correct administration times, no new TA is created at the date of inclusion in the roll.<br>
+
The rules are applicable in the most common situations within an MBH. However, there may be situations that are not adequately covered by these rules. If a system cannot determine which building blocks are valid based on the above rules, this must be indicated to the end user. The end user can then assess this further themselves.<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_Medicatie toevoegen aan GDS.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
If 'Change in GDS per change of roll' is chosen, the supplier will start to include the medication in the roll on the startDateTime of the first new roll. In this case, a TA for the bridging period is not required.
 
  
===Discontinuing medication in a GDS===
+
The rules are illustrated with examples on the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/Voorbeelden_geldigheidsregels|Examples of validity rules]].<br>
When medication is discontinued, the prescriber creates a stop-MA. The stop-MA is sent to the supplier who can adjust the supply accordingly. The supplier will create a stop-TA. See [[#Discontinuing medication|paragraphs 2.2.5.3]] and [[#Discontinuing an administration agreement|2.3.6.3]].
+
The [[mp:Implementatiehandleiding_Consolidatie/afleidingsregels|Implementation manual Consolidation/derivation Rules]] provides a (non-normative) step-by-step plan for a possible practical application of the rules.<br>
  
===GDS supplier supplies other commercial product===
+
==Medication data overviews==
It is possible that a GDS supplier delivers a different commercial product than that which is included in the TA by the pharmacy. This is therefore a change in the HPK which results in a changed TA. This may be done only afterwards, after feedback from the GDS supplier of the filling details.
+
After consolidation, for each building block in an MBH is known whether it’s valid or invalid, and active or non-active. This allows all data to be placed in its correct context.<br>
<br>
+
Based on this, various overviews of medication data can be generated. There are all kinds of situations and purposes in which an overview of medication data can be used. Therefore, there is no single definition or description for this. Such an overview can also take various forms (paper, PDF, presentation on a screen, etc.).<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Ter hand stellen_GDS leverancier levert ander handelsproduct.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Parallel administration agreements with GDS and non-GDS dispense===
+
The consolidation rules are used to compile:
A patient takes 20 mg of Sandoz pantoprazole 2-3 times a day for gastric complaints.<br>
+
* a medication overview as described in the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|richtlijn}}
''TA: pantoprazole Sandoz tablet 20 mg, 2-3x a day 1 tablet''<br>
+
* an administration list
Over time, it is decided to start supplying the patient’s medication in GDS. For pantoprazole, this means that the fixed dose of 2 tablets will be supplied in GDS. These are tablets from Apotex because the GDS supplier does not supply pantoprazole from Sandoz. The third “as needed” tablet will continue to be dispensed separately. The supplier splits the existing TA into two new TAs, with the same startDateTime.<br>
 
''TA: pantoprazole Sandoz tablet 20 mg, as needed 1x a day 1 tablet''<br>
 
''TA: pantoprazole Apotex tablet 20 mg, 2x a day 1 tablet<br>
 
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG-Uc4.2.16.png|800px]]
 
  
===Parallel administration agreements of which one is changed===
+
For each situation a proper presentation can be chosen, in consultation between the user or organisation and the supplier. The effective period can be used, for example, to show the course of a treatment, or to classify medication as current, future and recently discontinued.<br>
A patient visits the general practitioner with stomach complaints, upon which the general practitioner prescribes pantoprazole.
+
Further information on administration lists can be found in [[#Toedienlijsten|section 5.4.2]].<br>
  
''Pantoprazole tablet 20 mg; 2-3x daily.''
+
There are also situations in which the consolidation rules do not lead to a complete and/or accurate overview, for example because the patient has not given permission to share information. Medication verification is therefore always desirable.
  
The fixed dosage of two tablets goes into GDS are supplied by the GDS-provider of the Sandoz brand. The third tablet is dosed ‘as needed’ and is provided separately from the Apotex brand by the patient's regular pharmacy. This results in two parallel TA’s. At a certain point, the GDS supplier can no longer supply pantoprazole. The supplier does have stock of Apotex and adjusts the GDS TA for the fixed dose to a separate dispensing of 1 tablet of 20 mg Pantoprazole Apotex twice a day.
+
=<span class="anchor" id="mp"></span>Medication process=
Stopping the GDS TA does not effect the ‘as needed’ TA. This creates two parallel TA’s that are both dispensed separately by the supplier. The one containing the fixed dose and the other the ‘as needed’ dose. In this way, they remain visible separately on the administration list as fixed dose and ‘as needed’ dose.
+
This chapter describes the medication process in relation to recording and exchanging the necessary data. The generic medication process essentially consists of the sub-processes of prescribing, dispensing, administering and using. The process begins when a patient starts using a medicine, whether prescribed or not. It ends when the use of the medicine in question stops.<br>
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.2.17 stopping parallelTA (1).png|800px]]
+
The process can vary depending on the sector and situation. Not all parts are always applicable; for example, a VV is required for medication dispensing in an outpatient situation, but not in a clinical situation. Sub-processes can also be carried out iteratively or in a different order.<br>
  
===Handling a stop-medication agreement===
+
Supporting activities such as medication verification and medication monitoring are also necessary to ensure that the medication process is carried out responsibly. Medication verification is involved in various sub-processes and is therefore also included as a separate sub-process.<br>
When the prescriber agrees to discontinue medication, a stop-MA is created. This stop-MA is processed by the supplier by discontinuing the corresponding TA.
+
Because MP9 contributes to the completeness of medication data, better medication monitoring can be carried out. Medication monitoring itself falls outside the scope of this FO.<br>
  
===Dispense with someone else’s administration agreement===
+
The sub-processes are described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.<br>
A patient takes two times daily 20 mg pantoprazole because of gastric complaints. During the holidays the patient notices that he has forgotten to bring his medication. He visits the after-hours general practice clinic and asks for extra tablets for during his holidays. The attending physician creates a VV under the existing MA. The physician then sends the prescription, consisting of the VV and a copy of the existing MA, to the after-hours pharmacy. <br>The after-hours pharmacy's supplier reads the medication prescription and creates an MVE, using the existing TA, for the ten tablets that the patient needs. The supplier notifies the after-hours physician about the medication dispense, and sends a copy of the original TA. <br>
+
Section 5.6 explains proposal data.<br>
The MVE is made available to fellow health professionals (including the original prescriber and supplier) and patient, the VV only to the patient.<br>
+
Section 5.7 contains some points of attention regarding the clinical situation.<br>
<br>
+
Section 5.8 summarises the information relating to GDS medication from the previous sections.<br>
[[Bestand:ENG-Uc4.2.18.png|800px]]
 
<br>
 
  
===Modification of someone else’s administration agreement===
+
The functional description is illustrated with practical examples. All practical examples can be found on a  [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden|separate overview page]]. In addition, there are separate pages with practical examples for each sub-process and for GDS (Medicine Distribution System, Dutch: Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem):
A patient takes two times daily 20 mg pantoprazole because of gastric complaints. During the holidays the patient notices that he has forgotten to bring his medication. He visits the after-hours general practice clinic and asks for extra tablets for during his holidays. The after-hours physician sends a VV to the after-hours pharmacy, using an existing MA.<br>
+
* [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/medicatieverificatie|Practical examples sub-process Medication verification]]
The after-hours pharmacy's supplier notices that they have no pantoprazole from Sandoz in stock, but they do have pantoprazole from Apotex. Therefore, she stops the current TA, starts a new TA for the Apotex, and creates an MVE for the ten tablets from Apotex.
+
* [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/voorschrijven|Practical examples sub-process Prescribe]]
<br>
+
* [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/ter_hand_stellen|Practical examples sub-process Dispense]]
[[Bestand:ENG-Uc4.2.19.png|800px]]
+
* [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/toedienen|Practical examples sub-process Administer]]
<br>
+
* [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/gebruiken|Practical examples sub-process Use]]
 +
* [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/GDS|Practical examples GDS]]
 +
Some practical examples are relevant to multiple sub-processes and can therefore be found on different pages.
  
==Practical examples, Administer ==
+
==<span class="anchor" id="Deelproces Medicatieverificatie"></span>Sub-process Medication verification==
 +
This section describes the medication verification process. Medication verification involves determining the actual use of medication by the patient, together with the patient or their representative. Other information that may be relevant to that use (contraindications, allergies, serious side effects and laboratory values) may also be requested. The aim is to gain optimal insight into the actual use of medication by a patient, so that good care can be provided. Medication verification may be necessary or desirable at various points in the care process. For example, prior to prescribing, dispensing or administering medication, when evaluating a treatment, or when preparing for admission. To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/medicatieverificatie|Practical examples sub-process Medication verification]].
  
===Creating an administration list===
+
===Overview of the sub-process Medication verification===
When an administration list has to be created, for example when a patient starts to receive medication administered by a (professional) administrator, or when GDS medication or non-GDS medication is started, an intake is planned with the patient and the prescriber, supplier or administrator (the exact process may differ across institutions). Then, the prescriber, supplier, administrator and/or the patient consult on the administration list (which medication is recorded on the administration list, which (guide) administration times are suitable). The supplier records the (guide) administration times in the TA and sends the required medication data for the administration list to the administrator and/or patient and/or makes these data available to them.
+
Using the Query medication data transaction, the health professional collects the available medication building blocks, including any MGBs recorded by the patient. After consolidation, the health professional has an overview of the patient's medication.<br>
 +
In addition, sources such as the following can also be used:
 +
* medication brought along
 +
* telephone information from the patient's pharmacist or general practitioner
 +
The health professional discusses this information with the patient and can record the verified medication (including self-care medication and medication from abroad) with the MGB building block.<br>
 +
The recorded data on medication use are made available to fellow health professionals and the patient so that they can be queried.
  
===Exact administration times required===
+
===Results of Medication verification===
When exact administration times are required, for example because of medication interactions, the prescriber or the supplier can indicate that an exact administration time is required (the administration time is not a guideline but denotes an exact time). The prescriber or supplier can register an exact administration time by indicating that the administration time is not flexible in the data element IsFlexible under AdministeringSchedule in the MA or TA. By default, administration times are flexible. Exact administration times should be presented on the administration list, to ensure that the administrator is informed that it is not allowed to deviate from the entered administration time.
+
====How is a medicine used?====
 +
When verifying medication, the following outcomes are possible for each medicine:
 +
* The medicine is being used as agreed.
 +
* The medicine is not being used as agreed. Examples:
 +
::– The patient is using the medicine differently than agreed, or wants to do so.
 +
::– The patient is using a different medicine than the one known to the health professional.
 +
* It is unknown whether the use is as agreed. Example:
 +
::– The patient has been prescribed medication abroad, but the prescription is no longer available.
  
===Missing (guide) administration times===
+
The health professional can record these findings for each medicine using the MGB building block. This is explained in more detail in section 5.1.3.<br>
When (guide) administration times are missing in the MA and TA, an administrator will contact the prescriber or supplier to retrieve the (guide) administration time. This is not supported digitally in this information standard.
 
  
===Non-GDS medication as needed===
+
In the event of deviating use, a prescriber may also decide to record a new MA or MA with modification (see [[#MA|section 5.2.2]]). If the prescriber sees no reason to do so, they may also record only an MGB, possibly with a comment that he or she has requested the patient to adhere to the agreements made earlier.<br>
Non-GDS medication as needed is included in the administration list, but the administration moment and/or time is not available beforehand. If relevant (for example because of drug interactions), (guide) administration times can be entered.
+
In the event of deviating use, a health professional can also send a VMA to the prescriber (see [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]]) and/or advise the patient to inform the prescriber about the deviating use.
  
See the following practical examples: [[#Medication as needed|4.1.4 Medication as needed]], [[#Course of treatment as needed starting in future|4.1.5 Course of treatment as needed starting in future]], [[#Two dosages of the same medication at the same time|4.1.6 Two dosages of the same medication at the same time]], [[#The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time|4.1.7 The same medicinal product with different strengths at the same time]].
+
====Inadvertently outstanding medication or ‘orphans’====
 +
During verification, it may become apparent that medication is incorrectly still outstanding. In certain situations, building blocks (MAs, TAs) may have remained inadvertently active, known as ‘orphans’. Examples:<br>
 +
* In the hybrid situation, something went wrong when merging building blocks for the same medication.
 +
* Medication has been discontinued in a system other than that of the prescriber, and this system is no longer available for exchanging building blocks. As a result, the stop-MA is not provided and the original MA therefore still appears to be active and valid.<br>
 +
In the case of building blocks with {{fhir|endDateTime}}, the problem is limited because that medication is automatically no longer active after the {{fhir|endDateTime}}. Building blocks without an {{fhir|endDateTime}}, however, would continue to appear active and valid without intervention. Such ‘orphans’ can be identified during medication verification. The health professional must correct this with a stop-building block. If possible, the stop-building block is sent to the health professional who recorded the original building block.
  
===Medication supply by multiple pharmacies===
+
===Directions for recording data in the building block medication use===
Multiple pharmacies may be involved in the medication supply for one patient, for example in the following situations: medication supply by an outpatient pharmacy, in addition to supplies by a community pharmacy or supplies of add-on medication by a hospital pharmacy. In the case of medication supply by multiple pharmacies, each supplier is responsible for the medication data that is required for the administration list, including the (guide) administration times in the TA. It is the responsibility of the prescriber or supplier who has made the most recent medication adjustments to determine whether an addition/modification is appropriate with regard to the total of (known) medication data; this concerns both medication monitoring and (guide) administration times. Because the medication details from all pharmacies involved have been made available, they can all be shown in one administration list.
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR index}}. The table below shows how certain data elements should be filled in in different situations.<br>
  
===Change in GDS from the next supply or immediately===
+
The health professional performing the verification is the {{fhir|Author}} of the building block. In {{fhir|Informant}}, the source of the relevant information can be indicated, for example the patient, a health professional or another person involved. In {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}} or {{fhir|RelationAdministrationAgreement}}, reference is made to the MA or TA that was the reference for specifying this use.
If GDS medication is altered, it depends on the situation whether this change should occur immediately or from the next supply. The prescriber can indicate in the MA when the change in GDS medication should be implemented. An immediate modification should be immediately shown on the administration list, to ensure that the (professional) administrator administers the correct (amount of) medication. In contrast, a modification that should be implemented from the next supply, should not be processed immediately in the administration list, since previous agreements remain valid until the next supply. Thus, the administration list should not be modified until the change in GDS modification has become effective.
+
<section begin=tabel medicatiegebruik/>
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="width: 17%;" rowspan="2"|Situation !! style="width: 1%;" rowspan="2"|Use Indicator !! style="width: 1%;" rowspan="2"|AsAgreed Indicator !! style="width: 1%;" rowspan="2"|MedicationUse StopType !! style="width: 42,5%;" colspan="3"|PeriodOfUse (fill in a maximum of 2 out of 3) !! style="width: 14%;" rowspan="2"|DosingInstructions
 +
|-
 +
! style="text-align:center;"|startDateTime || style="text-align:center;"|Duration || style="text-align:center;"|endDateTime
 +
|-
 +
| style="text-align:center;" colspan="8"|<big>Medication is/will be used in PeriodOfUse</big>
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2"|'''This is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;" rowspan="2"|yes || style="text-align:center;" rowspan="2"|yes || style="text-align:center;" rowspan="2"|leave empty || style="text-align:center;" colspan="3"|fill in in accordance with MA or TA || rowspan="2"|fill in in accordance with MA or TA
 +
|-
 +
| date/time when medication use started or will start || (intended) duration of medication use || date/time when medication use is or will be discontinued
 +
|-
 +
| '''This is not as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|yes || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || date/time when deviating medication use started or will start || (intended) duration of non-compliant medication use || date/time when non-compliant medication use is or will be discontinued || the actual dosage used must be entered
 +
|-
 +
| '''There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|yes || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || date/time when medication use started or will start || (intended) duration of medication use || date/time when medication is or will be discontinued || the dosage agreed upon by the patient must be entered
 +
|-
 +
| style="text-align:center;" colspan="8"|<big>Medication is not/will not be used in PeriodOfUse</big>
 +
|-
 +
| '''This is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|yes || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty or fill in in accordance with stop-agreement || date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended || n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use || n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed || leave empty, there is no dosage
 +
|-
 +
| '''This is not as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|discontinued / suspended || date/time from which use will be discontinued or suspended || n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use || n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed || leave empty, there is no dosage
 +
|-
 +
| '''There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed''' || style="text-align:center;"|no || style="text-align:center;"|leave empty || style="text-align:center;"|discontinued / suspended || date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended || n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use || n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed || leave empty, there is no dosage
 +
|}
 +
<section end=tabel medicatiegebruik/>
  
See also practical example [[#Adding medication to a GDS|4.2.13 Adding medication to a GDS]].
+
===Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Medication verification===
 +
During the Medication verification sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
  
===Increasing dosage of GDS in new MBH===
+
{| class="wikitable"
A patient is administered 1 tablet propranolol 40 mg 1 time a day. Due to insufficient effects, the prescriber decides to increase the dosage to 80 mg 1 time a day. A new MBH is created for this MA, as there is a change on prescription level. However, the patient still has the 40 mg tablets in the GDS medication roll for the coming days. Therefore, the supplier decides to supplement the GDS medication with the administration of 1 tablet propranolol 40 mg, separately from the GDS package, in addition to the tablet in the GDS package, until the next GDS medication roll change in 5 days. The supplier creates two TAs: one for the previous GDS medication and one for tiding over the period with a medication dispense separate from GDS. In the new GDS supply (medication roll change), the 80 mg tablets are incorporated in this new GDS package. <br>
+
! style="text-align:left;"|type of information exchange !! style="text-align:left;"|system role !! system role code
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Toedienen_Verhogen dosering GDS-medicatie in nieuwe MBH_beta.png|800px]]<br>
+
|-
 +
| The health professional queries the available medication data.  
 +
|| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
 +
|| MP-MGR
 +
|-
 +
| The health professional's information system responds to the query by providing the recorded medication data.
 +
|| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
 +
|| MP-MGB
 +
|-
 +
| The health professional can send the recorded medication data to other health professionals.  
 +
| MedicatieGegevensSturend
 +
|| MP-MGS
 +
|-
 +
|}
  
===Decreasing dosage of GDS in new MBH===
+
Health professionals who perform medication verification can use various information systems. See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
A patient is administered 1 tablet propranolol 80 mg 1 time a day. Due to a too strong effect, the prescriber decides to reduce the dosage to 40 mg 1 time a day. A new MBH is created for this MA. The patient still has 80 mg tablets in the GDS medication roll for several days. Because the administrator is not allowed to divide the tablets into halves, the supplier decides that the remaining GDS packages should be collected the same day and be replaced by a new GDS medication roll with 40 mg tablets.<br>
 
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Toedienen_Verlagen dosering GDS in nieuwe MBH_beta.png|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
  
===Change processed by the supplier===
+
==Sub-process Prescribe==
A change by the prescriber, such as starting new medication, adjusting the dosage, (temporarily) halting medication, is recorded by the prescriber in the MA and/or the VV. Then, the supplier processes this change in the TA and/or the MVE. This may be done during the opening hours of the community pharmacy, or after hours when a medication supply is needed. The after-hours pharmacy supplies the medication; in this case, multiple pharmacies are supplying medication (see also [[#Medication supply by multiple pharmacies|paragraph 4.3.5]]). To prepare the administration list, the medication data are sent and/or made available to the administrator by the prescriber(s) and supplier(s). Requesting medication data for the purpose of drawing up a administration list is preferably done automatically. Recently stopped medication administrations are also shown in the administration list.
+
This section describes the prescribing process. The prescriber role may be cariied out by anyone with prescribing authority under the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|wet}}. In addition, a prescriber may delegate this task to other health professionals without their own prescribing authority. This is only permitted within the conditions set out in the Act and within the agreements of the healthcare organisation concerned.<br>
 +
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden/voorschrijven|Practical examples sub-process Prescribe]].
  
===Change not processed by the supplier===
+
===Overview sub-process Prescribe===
When medication is changed by a prescriber after the opening hours of the community pharmacy and no medication supply is needed, no supplier is involved. In this case, the MA sent and/or made available by the prescriber is leading. The administrator will be informed of the changed or stopped MA; this MA overrules all medication building blocks within the same MBH. Recently stopped medication administrations are also shown in the administration list. Requesting medication data for the purpose of drawing up a administration list is preferably done automatically. This situation also applies if the supplier has not processed the modification by the prescriber yet. The supplier is responsible for adjusting the TA as soon as possible.
+
====Process of prescribing in general====
  
===Extra instructions for administering, explanation in MA, TA and/or WDS===
+
'''Starting the prescribing process'''<br>
Extra instructions regarding the administration of medication can be provided to the (professional) administratior and/or to the patient. An example is the situation when fentanyl patch therapy is stopped; the patch has to be removed. Another example is the dosing of half a tablet; there has to be an instruction on what should be done with the other half. These extra instructions are registered as free text in the data element Comment in the MA, TA and/or WDS.
+
The prescribing process can start during a consultation or following a proposal from another health professional or the patient regarding their medication treatment. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for an explanation of proposal data.<br>
 +
The prescriber evaluates the patient's situation, including their medication treatment. An overview of medication data can be used for this purpose (see [[#consolideren|Chapter 4]]).<br>
  
===Medication administration deviates from administration list===
+
'''Possible actions when prescribing'''<br>
It may happen that the administration deviates from the instructions as entered by the prescriber and supplier in the MA or TA. This may be a deviation in AdministrationDateTime, AdministeredAmount, RouteOfAdministration, AdministeringSpeed, AdministrationProduct or no administration at all. A (professional) administrator can deviate from the rules, in consultation with the prescriber, for valid reasons, and under the condition of safe medical practice and safe working practice. The reason for deviation can be entered in MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation in the MTD.
+
The prescriber then decides to start, continue, stop or change medication. The following medication building blocks can be recorded:
 +
* MA for recording the prescriber's therapeutic intention.
 +
* WDS for specifying the dosing regimen for medicines with varying dosages (e.g. anticoagulant medication)
 +
* VV for the logistical processing of the prescribed medication.
 +
This is further elaborated for each building block in sections 5.2.2 to 5.2.4.<br>
 +
Section 5.2.5 contains instructions for completing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.<br>
  
===Medication administration without MA or TA===
+
'''Exchanging data'''<br>
In an emergency situation, the MA and TA may be missing. Therefore, the administrator has to administer medication based on verbal or telephone consultation with a prescriber. This medication will not be included in the administration list. In this situation, the administrator records the MTD in the information system of the administrator (e.g., ECD, eTDR). This is the first building block in a new pharmaceutical treatment with which the administrator creates an MBH. If necessary, an MA and TA can be recorded within this MBH afterwards.
+
The prescriber sends the (stop-) MA with or without VV to the supplier using the Sending medication prescription transaction. If necessary, a WDS, information about the patient's height or weight, or kidney function value can be sent along with it. The recorded data are also made available. The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.2.6.<br>
 +
Medication monitoring is carried out during the prescribing process; the details of this are outside the scope of this FD.
  
===Medication administration of self-medication===
+
====Some specific situations====
According to the safety principles in the medication chain, the administrator has no task in the administration of self-care medication. Self-care medication can only appear on the administration list if a prescriber has made this a policy and has created an MA for this, and/or if a provider has created a TA for this.
+
<u>GP out-of-hours service (huisartsenpost, HAP)</u><br>
 +
A GP out-of-hours service works on behalf of the regular GP. In principle, the generic prescribing process is followed by the HAP. The HAP can also start, continue, change, and stop medication. If necessary, the HAP will also make the corresponding dispense requests.
 +
To supplement this process, the GP out-of-hours service prescriber can use the data element {{fhir|NextPractitioner}} (see [[#vb|section 5.2.5.1.7]]).<br>
  
===Correction of an administration===
+
<section begin=specifieke situaties voorschrijven /><u>Medication process in the clinical situation</u><br>
This concerns correcting or cancelling an MTD, because an administrator has made a mistake in the registration and the administration is different from what has been registered.<br>
+
The medication process in the clinical situation is dealt with separately in [[#mp klinische situatie|section 5.7]].<br>
If the MTD has not yet been sent and/or made available to other healthcare providers, the administrator can adjust the MTD by himself, or remove (cancel) the registration from his own information system.<br>
 
If the MTD has already been sent and/or made available to other healthcare providers, a correction can be made by sending and/or making additional medication administrations. Below two examples of corrections are described.
 
  
'''Correction with negative ''AdministeredAmount'' '''
+
<u>Medication on the administration list</u><br>
 +
For some patients, medication is listed on an administration list (administration patients). This medication can be administered by an administrator or by the patient themselves. The data required to generate an administration list can be recorded by the prescriber in MA or WDS and/or by the supplier in the TA<section end=specifieke situaties voorschrijven /> (see [[#aanwijzingen bouwstenen voorschrijven|section 5.2.5]] and [[#Toedienlijsten|section 5.4.2]]).
  
A patiënt is prescribed pantoprazole 40mg by their GP. Due to issues with logistics, the supplier hands out pantoprazole 20mg, and instructs to take 2 tablets per day. The patiënt receives support for taking her medication by a home case organisation. The home care worker gives 1 tablet to the patiënt. After registration of the administration, she notices two tablets should have been given. She administers the second tablet and corrects the medication administration. This can be exchanged as an MTD with -1 tablet to nullify the first MTD, and consecutively an MTD with 2 tablets given.
+
===<span class="anchor" id="MA"></span>Medication agreement===
 +
The MA is the therapeutic building block in a prescription. In it, the prescriber records what has been agreed with the patient about the medicine in question. The MA reflects the prescriber's therapeutic intention.<br>
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.15a.png|800px]]
+
In general terms, a prescriber can create an initial MA within a new MBH, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing MA. This is explained in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. See also [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]] for an explanation of the procedure for stopping and modifying a building block.<br>
 +
<br>
 +
<section begin=gebruiksperiode voorschrijven />The intended duration of the medication is specified in the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}:
 +
* Medication for an indefinite period: only {{fhir|startDateTime}} is entered, without {{fhir|duration}} or {{fhir|endDateTime}}
 +
* Medication for a specific period: 2 of the 3 data elements must be entered. This also applies to medication for single use.
 +
* If an {{fhir|endDateTime}} is specified, the time must always be provided. This is to avoid confusion between ‘until’ and ‘up to and including’. In the case of an ‘up to and including’ date (i.e. a whole day), the time 23:59:59 applies.<section end=gebruiksperiode voorschrijven />
 +
<br>
 +
Section 5.2.5.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.
 +
====Starting medication====
 +
An initial MA usually marks the start of an MBH. Sometimes, an MBH can also start with a different therapeutic building block. Examples:
 +
* MTD in situations where acute administration of a medicine is required.
 +
* TA if the supplier does not (yet) have access to the digital MA, for example in the hybrid situation.
 +
* MGB recorded by the patient.
 +
In such cases, the first MA in an MBH can follow after the other building block has been recorded. Even then, the MA always takes precedence in reflecting the prescriber's therapeutic intention.<br>
  
'''Correction with additional MTD'''
+
An MA can be created to take effect immediately, but it can also be planned in advance, with a start date in the future (TMA). This TMA has a {{fhir|startDateTime}} that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.
  
A patient has to take 1000mg calcium due to osteoporosis. He receives help from a home care worker once per day. The supplier delivers calcium tablets of 500mg with the instruction to take two tablets per day. The tablets are quite large so the patient can only take them separately. The home care worker administers 1 tablet calcium 500mg and registers this in an MTD. After a few minutes the second tablet is administered. The home care worker corrects the MTD by registering another MTD of 1 tablet calcium 500mg.
+
====<span class="anchor" id="Continueren medicatie"></span>Continuing medication====
 +
Examples of continuing medication are:
 +
* Repeat medication; only a new VV is required for an existing MA.
 +
* Upon admission to an institution where home medication is continued.
 +
In both cases, the existing MA does not need to be adjusted unless the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the MA has passed. In that case, a new MA must be recorded.<br>
 +
<u>'''NB'''</u>: Continuing treatment with a drug with a different PRK is not considered continuation, but a change
 +
(see [[#wijzigen medicatie|section 5.2.2.4]]).
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.15b.png|800px]]
+
====<span class="anchor" id="Stoppen medicatie"></span>Stopping medication====
 +
An MA in which an {{fhir|endDateTime}} has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-MA is required in this case.<br>
 +
If the medication needs to be discontinued earlier, or if an MA does not have an {{fhir|endDateTime}}, a stop-MA must be specified within the same MBH. The stop-MA contains the following new data:
 +
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"| data-element  in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"| explanation
 +
|-
 +
| endDateTime || The date on which the MA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
 +
|-
 +
| Prescriber || Name of the health professional creating the stop-MA.
 +
|-
 +
| RegistrationDateTime || Date and time on which the stop-MA is recorded.
 +
|-
 +
| MedicationAgreementStopType || 'discontinued'
 +
|-
 +
| RelationMedicationAgreement || Reference to the MA being stopped. A stop-MA must include this reference, unless there is no MA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains TA(s) and/or MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-MA without a RelationMedication Agreement. In that case, the stop-MA will not get a reference to a TA or MGB either.
 +
|-
 +
| ReasonModificationOr Discontinuation || Reason for stopping the MA. Filling in this data element is mandatory in outpatient settings. In clinical settings, this only needs to be completed if relevant for exchange within the care chain.
 +
|}
  
===Medication not administered===
+
From the referenced MA, the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:
A patient is given 1 tablet of propranolol 80mg every day. The patient has lower blood pressure than normal due to fever. The (professional) administrator contacts the prescriber, and in consultation it is decided to not administer the medication that day.  The reason is recorded in MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation in the MTD.
 
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.16.png|800px]]
+
{| class="wikitable"
 
+
! style="text-align:left;"| data-element in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"| explanation
===Medication administration on hold===
+
|-
It may happen that the medication administration was unsuccessful, but that is still possible to administer the medication at a later moment, in consultation with a prescriber or supplier. If the medication administration is in keeping with the agreements on flexible administration times, the administrator is allowed to deviate from the (guide) administration time.
+
| startDateTime || The original start date.
 
+
|-
An example of suspending the medication administration:
+
| AgreedMedicine || The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
* Medication administration is unsuccessful, but the medication can be administered at a later moment. First, an MTD can be registered with an ''AdministeredAmount'' of 0, and possibly a ''MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation''. Then, if the medication is administered at a later moment, this is registered in a new MTD, possibly with a ''MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation''.
+
|-
 
+
| InstructionsForUse || The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-MA.
===Medication administration by a prescriber===
+
|}
A prescriber, like a (professional) administrator, can administer medication to a patient, and record this procedure in an MTD.
+
The MA can be stopped immediately with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} today.<br>
 
+
The MA can also be stopped with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} in the future. If the prescriber subsequently wishes to shorten the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} further, a second stop-MA is created. This second stop-MA refers to the most recent MA, in this case the first stop-MA.<br>
===Multiple administration organisations===
 
Multiple administration organisations may be involved in a patient’s medication administration. For example, medication may be administered by another organisation during the evening/night than during the day. If multiple administration organisations are involved in providing patient care, these health professionals can query each other’s MTDs to track the process of medication administration. The acts of one organisation can affect the process of another organisation (for example, has medication been administered, have there been deviations from the administration list, etc.). Below an example of such a situation is described.
 
 
 
A patient with renal failure must visit the hospital three times a week for renal dialysis. In addition, the patient receives home care in the morning and evening for assistance with medicine intake. Both at home and in the hospital, the patient is administered medication.  
 
Due to a bacterial infection, the patient is prescribed an antibiotic treatment by the general practitioner. 
 
Ciprofloxacin tablet 500mg; 2x a day; for 10 days
 
  
To prevent blood clotting during dialysis, the patient is given nadroparin via the dialysis line in advance in the hospital.  
+
Creating a stop-MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDSs and TAs. A stop-TA must also be created for the TAs. No stop-WDS is required for the WDS.
Nadroparin injection into the arterial line 5700 IE / 0,6 ml; 1x prior to dialysis
 
  
The administrator consults the current overview with the patient's medication administration and the patient's other MTDs to track the process of medication administration of the last 24 hours.
+
======<span class="anchor" id="stoppen MA andere voorschrijver"></span>Stopping a medication agreement by another prescriber======
The administration organisation itself is responsible for what is or is not administered at that time within its own organisation.
+
A MA can be stopped by the prescriber themselves, or by another prescriber. When a prescriber stops a medication, they create a stop-MA. This is also the case when stopping someone else's MA. The stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the MA that is being stopped (transaction Sending medication data).<br>The stop-MA must also be sent to the supplier. The prescriber can find this supplier by querying the TAs associated with the MA (transaction Query medication data). They then send the stop-MA to the supplier with an active TA (transaction Sending medication prescription).
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.19.png|810px]]
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="annuleren TMA"></span> Canceling a future medication agreement=====
 +
Stopping an MA with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future (TMA) is called canceling. The TMA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TMA. This is a stop-TMA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TMA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TMA.<br>
 +
The cancelation-TMA works the same as the stop-MA described above, but with two differences:
 +
*The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
 +
*The {{fhir|startDateTime}} and {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the cancelation-TMA are the same.
 +
The distinction between a cancelation-TMA and a regular stop-MA clarifies whether a medication has never been used (according to that TMA) or whether its use was first started and then stopped.
  
===Feedback to patient through a medication adherence app===
+
====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen medicatie"></span>Modifying medication====
In this example the patient uses an app on his mobile phone to help manage his medication. The patient or the supplier has created an administration schedule with reminder times (where possible using app functionality to suggest the times of administration based on the MVEs or TAs). When it is time to take his medication, the patient receives a reminder signal from the app. The patient registers the MTD and thus indicates whether he has taken the medicine or not (for instance because he forgot to bring it along with him). If the app is linked, for example, to the patient’s PGO (personal health record), medication adherence is tracked automatically.
+
Modifying medication can, for example, concern dosage, route of administration, period of use, or prescriber.<br>
<br>
 
[[Bestand:ENG_Feedback_to_patient_through_a_medication_adherence_app.PNG|800px]]<br>
 
<br>
 
  
===Registration (stop-)MA retroactively with interim MTD===
+
If a modification results in a different PRK, the prescriber discontinues the medication and records a new PRK in a new MBH (see [[#starten nieuw MBH|section 2.4.2]]). Examples include a change in route of administration or strength, or switching to a different medication.<br>
 +
If the PRK of the prescribed medication remains the same, modifications are recorded under the same MBH.<br>
  
The patients is taking propranolol and suffers more and more from the side effects during the weekend. In consultation with the prescriber, a decision is made on Sunday morning to stop the medication. However, the registration of stopping the Medication Agreement, the stop MA, is only done on Monday. As a result, during the administration round on Sunday evening, the administrator is not yet aware that the MA was stopped and another medication administration takes place. Since the registration date is known, it is still possible to find out how this administration could have taken place. The MTD is a registration of an action that has taken place. A stop MA or TA therefore has no influence on the validity of an MTD.
+
Medication is modified by recording a technical stop-MA and a new MA with the modification within the same MBH. The technical stop-MA has an {{fhir|endDateTime}} equal to the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new MA with the modification (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]).<br>
 +
The new MA includes a reference to the original MA in {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}}. If relevant for exchanges within the chain, the reason for the modification can be recorded in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
  
[[Bestand:ENG 4.3.20 Toedienen Registration (stop-)MA retroactively with interim MTD.png|800px]]
+
Extending the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of an MA can be done in two ways:
 +
* Creating a new MA2 with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} after the {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the original MA1. A stop-MA is not required for MA1; it expires automatically on its {{fhir|endDateTime}}. The new MA2 can be created either during or after the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of MA1.
 +
* Extending the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of the original MA1 if it has not yet expired. This is a change with a technical stop-MA and a new MA2 with the extended {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}.
  
===Registration of separate MTDs per InjectionPatchSite===
+
A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future. If the modification is implemented in a future MA, a technical cancelation-TMA is created and a new TMA with the modification.<br>
A patient uses long-acting insulin Glargine 50 units a day in the evening. Every evening, an healthcare worker comes every evening to administer the insulin. Because of the high amount of insulin that has to be administered, the administration must be done in two administrations. The administration list shows 1 line for abasaglar 50 units. The healthcare worker first administers 25 units with InjectionPatchSite ‘left upper leg’ and MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation ‘2 administrations in relation to 50 units’. Thereafter, the healthcare worker administers another 25 units. In this MTD, the healthcare worker registers the ‘InjectionPatchSite ‘right upper leg’.
 
  
[[Bestand:ENG Toedienen 4.3.x Uc Registration of separate MTDs per InjectionPatchLocation.png|800px]]
+
The technical stop-MA and technical cancelation-TMA work the same way as the regular stop-MA and cancelation-TMA. They also have the stop type ‘discontinued’ or ‘canceled’ (see [[#Stoppen medicatie|section 5.2.2.3]]).<br>
  
===Patient transfer to a different department with the same GDS supply date===
+
The technical stop-MA and new MA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} (see [[#stop-bouwstenen|section 2.4.3.1]]). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TMA and new TMA.
A patient is transferred from one department to another. At the current department the patient has medication supplied through GDS packaging. The date for the next GDS supply at the new department is the same as the supply date of the first department. Good communication between the departments is required in order to ensure correct medication administration on the day of the transfer, and correct resupply of GDS packaging at the new department.
 
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS3.png|800px]]
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="corrigeren MA"></span>Correcting a medication agreement=====
 +
A prescriber may have made a mistake in an MA, for example, a typo in the dosage. If the incorrect MA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the prescriber can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. If the PRK remains the same, correction follows the process of modifying an MA. Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:
 +
* A new MA with the correct information and ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
 +
* A technical stop-MA with the stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the MA to be corrected in {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}}.
 +
Correcting a future MA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TMA plus a new TMA.<br>
  
 +
If the correction involves prescribing medication with a different PRK, it is not considered a modification. In that case, the MA is stopped with a stop-MA with ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}. The new MA is recorded in a different MBH.
  
===Patient transfer to a different department with an earlier GDS supply date===
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen MA andere voorschrijver"></span>Modifying a medication agreement by another prescriber=====
A patient is transferred from one department to another. At the current department the patient has medication supplied through GDS packaging. The date for the next GDS supply at the new department is earlier than the supply date of the first department. Good communication between the departments is required in order to ensure correct medication administration on the day of the transfer, correct resupply of GDS packaging at the new department and the recollection of the GDS packaging from the first department.
+
An MA may be modified by the prescriber themselves or by another prescriber.<br>
 +
The technical stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the original MA (transaction Send medication data).<br>
 +
The technical stop-MA and new MA are sent, with or without VV, to the supplier with an active TA (see [[#stoppen MA andere voorschrijver|section 5.2.2.3.1]]).
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS2.png|800px]]
+
====<span class="anchor" id="tijdelijk"></span>Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication====
 +
<section begin=tijdelijk onderbreken/>Temporarily interrupting means stopping the medication for a certain period of time. The interruption can take effect immediately or a future interruption can be planned. During the interruption period, the medication is considered active because of the intention to resume it in the future.
 +
Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:
 +
* A stop-MA with stop type ‘suspended’, reference to the MA to be interrupted in {{fhir|RelationMedicationAgreement}} and, if relevant for exchange within the chain, the reason for interruption in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
 +
* A new MA for resumption with a reference to that stop-MA and, if applicable, the reason for resumption in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}. This new MA can be created immediately or later, for example, only when the date of resumption is known.
 +
<section end=tijdelijk onderbreken/>
 +
If the prescriber wishes to permanently stop the interrupted MA, a stop-MA with stop type ‘discontinued’ is created with reference to the stop-MA with which the original MA was interrupted.<br>
  
 +
Temporary substitution with another medicine is not a modification or interruption but an actual discontinuation of the first medicine and the start of a new MBH with the substitute.
  
===Patient transfer to a different department with a later GDS supply date===
+
===Variable dosing regimen===
A patient is transferred from one department to another. At the current department the patient has medication supplied through GDS packaging. The date for the next GDS supply at the new department is later than the supply date of the first department. Thus, the patient will be out of medication before the GDS supply at the new department. The pharmacy will have to supply this medication separately in the meantime.
+
For some medicines, the dosage regimen is variable, for example because it depends on certain blood values. An example is anticoagulant medication. In this case, the prescriber determines the therapeutic INR range (International Normalised Ratio, a measure of blood clotting time) within which the treatment should take place.<br>
 +
The dosage instructions are then recorded in the WDS rather than the MA. With a WDS, the dosage of the medication can be adjusted without having to change the MA.<br>
 +
The thrombosis specialist draws up the specific dosage instructions within the agreed INR range and based on the measured INR value. This INR value is recorded in the WDS {{fhir|Comment}} data element, so that it is clear on which value a particular regimen is based.
 +
The prescribing physician who created the MA remains responsible for the VVs.
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS1.png|800px]]
+
====<span class="anchor" id="opstarten wds"></span>Starting a variable dosing regimen====
 +
The prescriber prescribes anticoagulant medication and records the following in the MA:
 +
* {{fhir|AgreedMedicine}}: the prescribed medication. The WDS always records the same medication as in the MA.
 +
* {{fhir|AdditionalInstructions}} ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’; no dosage instruction is therefore included in the MA.
 +
* {{fhir|Comment}}: the INR range within which treatment should take place.
 +
The prescriber creates an initial WDS to bridge the period until thrombosis care is involved. Based on the INR value and, if necessary, their professional assessment, the thrombosis specialist draws up a WDS that modifies or follows the prescriber's schedule. From this point on, the thrombosis service takes over the drawing up of the WDSs from the prescriber.
  
 +
====Continuing a variable dosing regimen====
 +
A WDS will always be drawn up for a fixed period. It is updated based on relevant measurements. When the WDS expires at the end of the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}}, it will be replaced by a new WDS (but see also [[#wijzigen wds|section 5.2.3.4]]). The new WDS will contain a link to the MA and to the previous WDS. A stop-WDS is not required.
  
===GDS medication dosage increase, no change in administration times (option A)===
+
====Stopping a variable dosing regimen====
Due to high blood pressure, one tablet of propranolol 80mg is administered to the patient every morning at 8:00. Due to a lack of drug action the prescriber decides to increase the dosage to two tablets 80mg propranolol every morning at 8:00. The dosage increase has to happen immediately and cannot wait for the next GDS supply. One option (A) in this situation is to supply separate medication in parallel with the GDS medication until the next resupply takes place. This depends on the degree of independence of the patient. The administration times do not change in this case. The higher dose is supplied in the next GDS packaging.  
+
As long as there is an MA, there must also be a dosage instruction. If this is filled in by a WDS, a WDS must always exist for the duration of the MA.<br>
 +
Permanently stopping a WDS is done by stopping the MA. The thrombosis physician or other prescriber creates a stop-MA, or sends a VMA with a proposal to stop to the prescriber. Stopping the MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDS. No stop-WDS is then required.<br>
 +
If treatment needs to be restarted after some time, the normal procedure of creating an MA and starting a WDS is followed.
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS4a.png|800px]]
+
====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen wds"></span>Modifying a variable dosing regimen====
 +
In case of anticoagulant medication, the MA must always be accompanied by a WDS. Therefore, the WDS wil usually continue until after the next measurement of the relevant blood value. This means that a WDS usually needs to be modified. This is done according to the normal modification process by recording a new WDS and a technical stop-WDS (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]).<br>
 +
The new WDS references the MA and the previous WDS. The reason for the modification can be recorded in {{fhir|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}} in the WDS. A new INR value will usually be the starting point for the new schedule; this is recorded in the {{fhir|Comment}} data element of the WDS.<br>
  
===GDS medication dosage increase, no change in administration times (option B)===
+
Modifications relating to the dosage instruction are included in the WDS. Modifications to other treatment policies must be recorded in the MA.
Due to high blood pressure, one tablet of propranolol 80mg is administered to the patient every morning at 8:00. Due to a lack of drug action the prescriber decides to increase the dosage to two tablets 80mg propranolol every morning at 8:00. The dosage increase has to happen immediately and cannot wait for the next GDS supply. One option (B) in this situation is to recollect the previous GDS packaging and supply the full dose separately outside of GDS packaging until the next resupply. This depends on the degree of independence of the patient. The administration times do not change in this case. The higher dose is supplied in the next GDS packaging.  
 
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS4b.png|800px]]
+
=====Modifying a variable dosing regimen by another prescriber=====
 +
A WDS can be modified by the author of the WDS themselves, but also by another prescriber. The latter then sends the technical stop-WDS to the health professional who created the original WDS.
  
===GDS medication dosage increase, change in administration times===
+
====Interrupting the dosing schedule====
Due to high blood pressure, one tablet of propranolol 80mg is administered to the patient every morning at 8:00. Due to a lack of drug action the prescriber decides to increase the administration schedule to one tablet 80mg propranolol every morning at 8:00 and one tablet every afternoon at 16:00. The frequency increase has to happen immediately and cannot wait for the next GDS supply. In this situation the previous GDS packaging has to be recollected and the full dose is supplied separately outside of GDS packaging until the next GDS resupply. The administration times have changed in this case. The higher dose is supplied in the next GDS packaging.  
+
It may be necessary to temporarily interrupt the dosing schedule, for example due to co-medication or a planned procedure.
 +
This can be done in two ways:
 +
* If the intended start of the interruption is known, the dosage for the relevant period in the WDS is adjusted to 0. A new WDS with the zero dosage and a technical stop-WDS are created.
 +
: In this case, the MA and TA continue. This makes it clear that only the dosage schedule has been temporarily interrupted; the therapeutic treatment has not been stopped.
 +
* If the exact period during which the interruption is to take place is not known, the interruption must be carried out via a stop-MA. See [[#tijdelijk|section 5.2.2.5]].
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS5.png|800px]]
+
===Dispense request===
 +
The VV is the logistical building block in a prescription. In the VV, the prescriber describes how much of a medicine should be dispensed.<br>
 +
Section 5.2.5.2 explains how a number of data elements should be filled in in certain situations.
  
===GDS medication dosage decrease===
+
====Making a dispense request====
Due to high blood pressure, once per day two tablets of propranolol 80mg are administered to the patient. Due to too strong drug action the prescriber decides to decrease the dosage to one tablet 80mg propranolol per day. The dosage increase has to happen immediately and cannot wait for the next GDS supply. In this situation the previous GDS packaging has to be recollected and the new dose is supplied separately outside of GDS packaging until the next GDS resupply. The dosage decrease is supplied in the next GDS packaging.  
+
If a patient needs a (new) supply of medicine, a VV is created. For example, at the start of a treatment with a new medicine.
 +
A VV does not have to be created at the same time as an MA is recorded. In the case of an MA with a longer period of use, several VVs are created over time while the MA remains the same.<br>
 +
In a clinical setting, a VV is not necessary: the hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA.  
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS6.png|800px]]
+
=====Making a dispense request by another prescriber=====
 +
A prescriber other than the one who created the MA may issue a VV under this MA. This applies to repeat prescriptions. In that case, in the prescription the MA from the original prescriber is sent along with the VV to the pharmacy.
  
 +
===<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen bouwstenen voorschrijven"></span>Directions for recording data in the building blocks medication agreement and dispense request===
  
===Changing GDS medication to ‘as needed’ medication===
+
====<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen MA></span>Directions for recording data in the building block medication agreement====
The prescriber makes a prescription of temazepam to help insomnia caused by stress. The symptoms are decreasing so the prescriber decides to change the prescription from once per day 10mg temazepam to once per day 10mg temazepam as needed. The change has to take effect immediately and cannot wait for the next GDS resupply. This means that from now on the medication has to be supplied outside of GDS packaging and the current GDS packaging has to be recollected by the pharmacy.
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
 +
=====<span class="anchor" id="aanvullendeinformatie"></span>MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation=====
 +
<section begin=aanvullende informatie/>In the {{fhir|MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation}} data element, a prescriber can indicate, among other things, whether or not an MA should take effect immediately. The following values are available for this purpose:
 +
* Immediately on the administration list or in GDS
 +
* After regular prescription processing on the administration list or in GDS
 +
* Per next GDS medication role change on the administration list
 +
If one of these values is entered in the new MA when modifying medication, the technical stop-MA must be assigned the same value. When discontinuing medication, this information can be recorded in the stop-MA.<section end=aanvullende informatie/><br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS7.png|800px]]
+
=====AgreedMedicine=====
 +
'''G-standard and free text'''<br>
 +
In {{fhir|AgreedMedicine}}, the medicine to be prescribed is recorded using a code from the G-standard, usually at PRK level.<br>
 +
It is possible to prescribe without such a code, i.e. in free text. However, this is only permitted if no suitable code is available in the G-standard, for example in the case of investigational medicines. This may only be done in exceptional circumstances, partly because medication monitoring cannot be carried out without a G-standard code.
  
 +
'''Non-medicines'''<br>
 +
Non-medicines can also be prescribed at HPK level from the G-standard. Example: inhaler (Aerochamber, HPK 1915185) as an aid for prescribed aerosols. Non-medicines are not applicable for a medication overview or medication monitoring.
  
===Splitting GDS medication into GDS medication and ‘as needed’ medication===
+
'''Own articles'''<br>
The prescriber makes a prescription for diazepam 5mg twice per day to help with anxiety. Due to too strong drug action the prescriber changes the prescription to diazepam 5mg once per day, and diazepam 5mg once per day as needed. The change has to take effect immediately and cannot wait for the next GDS resupply. This means that for now the medication has to be supplied outside of GDS packaging and the current GDS packaging has to be recollected by the pharmacy. The dosage decrease is supplied in the next GDS packaging, and the as needed medication is supplied separately in parallel.  
+
Own articles (90 million number) can also be recorded in this data element. The condition is that once a 90 million number has been created within an organisation, it may never be changed. During the exchange, the root-oid (unique technical identification of the organisation) in combination with the 90 million number ensures that it is unique in relation to all 90 million numbers from other organisations.<br>
 +
The substances that make up this article are recorded as ingredients in this data element of the MA. At least one ingredient must be recorded, as is the case with magistral preparations.
  
[[Bestand:ENG Uc4.3.GDS8.png|800px]]
+
=====InstructionsForUse=====
 +
<section begin=aanwijzing gebruiksinstructie voorschrijven />'''Description'''<br>
 +
Instructions for use are provided electronically in two ways:
 +
* Structured in accordance with the data structure under InstructionsForUse.
 +
* As free text in the {{fhir|Description}} data element. This contains the complete instructions for use in readable form, for example: 1 piece once a day.<br>
  
==Practical examples, Use==
+
The option to display free text is intended for situations in which the receiving system cannot process the structured information properly, so that correct information can still be displayed to the end user.<br>
  
===Self-care product===
+
It is expressly intended that suppliers make as much use as possible of the structured information to generate their own descriptions during implementation.  
A patient has acquired Ibuprofen from the drugstore and takes 1200 mg every day. The patient enters this product as MGB, with such data as startDateTime and Dosage, and possibly the ReasonForUse.
+
The structured information and the free text must correspond completely. The structured information must not contain anything that is not mentioned in {{fhir|Description}}.
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Zelfzorgmiddel.png|800px]]<br>
 
  
===Medication from abroad===
+
'''Additional Instructions'''<br>
A patient has been prescribed medication on holiday and is taking this. The patient enters the medication as MGB, with data such as startDateTime and Dosage, and possibly the ReasonForUse. If known, the name of the prescriber is also recorded.
+
<u>Anticoagulant medication</u> (see [[#opstarten wds|section 5.2.3.1]])<br>
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Medicatie uit buitenland.png|800px]]<br>
+
For medicines with a variable dosing regimen, no {{fhir|DosingInstructions}} are included in the MA and TA. In {{fhir|AdditionalInstructions}}, ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’ is specified.
  
===Modification on the patient’s initiative===
+
<u>Medication that must be administered</u><br>
The patient has been prescribed propranolol. The patient is having severe problems sleeping because of this and has reduced the medication herself. The patient records MGB with the modified dosage and the startDateTime of the use of this lower dose. The patient also indicates that she initiated this change herself, in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuationOfUse.<br>
+
<section begin=medicatie die toegediend moet worden />Additional instructions for administration may be given to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:
In the case where a patient initiates a dose reduction, the patient can keep on using the medication for a longer period than initially agreed because she still has a supply. The patient can indicate this as additional use.<br>
+
*    Indicate that when stopping a fentanyl patch, the patch must be removed.
In the case where a patient initiates a dosage increase, the patient’s supply may run out sooner. The patient may then have to return to the physician earlier than expected.
+
*    When dosing half a tablet, indicate what should be done with the other half of the tablet.
<br>[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Wijziging op initatief patiënt.png|800px]]<br>
+
Such information cannot be recorded in a structured manner. It is recorded in free text in the {{fhir|AdditionalInstruction}} data element of the MA, TA and/or WDS.<section end=medicatie die toegediend moet worden /><br>
  
===Discontinuation of medication on the patient’s initiative===
+
'''DosingInstructions'''<br>
Since he started using propranolol, the patient suffers from insomnia. On August 13, he decides to stop without informing the prescribing physician. The patient records that he has discontinued medication, indicating the date of discontinuation in startDateTime, and registering 'Adverse reaction to drug' in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuationOfUse. In the Comment, he adds that the adverse effect concerns insomnia.<br>
+
<u>‘As needed’ medication</u><br>
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Stoppen_medicatie_op_initiatief_patiënt_V2.png|800px]]<br>
+
In the case of ‘as needed’ medication, the data element {{fhir|AsNeeded.Condition}} specifies the situation in which the medication must be taken.<br>
  
===No more supply===
+
<u>Dosage instruction with an interval of once every 36 hours</u><br>
A patient has received medication ‘as needed’ for his skin problems. The medication is still active in the medication profile, but is no longer available at the pharmacy. The patient indicates that the medication has been discontinued and registers Drug not available - out of stock as reason in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuationOfUse, possibly with the addition that the symptoms have disappeared.
+
A dosage instruction that prescribes the intake of 1 tablet every 36 hours can usually be recorded as 1 MA with a {{fhir|Dose}} of 1 tablet and an {{fhir|Interval}} of 36 hours. However, not all information systems support intervals longer than 24 hours. In that case, an alternative method is required.<br>
<br>
+
A practical solution is to use a three-day {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}} with different {{fhir|DosingInstructions}} for each day:
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Geen voorraad meer_a.png|800px]]<br>
+
* day 1 one dose in the morning
<br>
+
* day 2 one dose in the evening
The patient may also make a VVV to replenish his supply. In this case, the AVVV comes back to the patient (and if approved, a VV is also sent from the prescriber to the supplier).<br>
+
* day 3 no intake or administration.
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Geen voorraad meer_b.png|800px]]<br>
+
Repeating this schedule still results in a correct dosing pattern with administration times that are 36 hours apart.
  
===Registrations of abnormal medication use by patient due to adverse drug reactions===
+
<u>(Recommended) administration times for medication that must be administered</u><br>
Since he started taking propranolol, a patient has been suffering from insomnia. The patient records this side effect in the explanatory notes in the MGB. When the patient changes the use of this medication from what was previously agreed, for example when he takes less tablets, he can give the side effect as a reason for this change, in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuationOfUse. When his symptoms diminish or cease, the patient records this in the explanation in the MGB.<br>
+
<section begin=richttoedientijden />An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. Flexible (recommended) administration times are assumed as standard.<section end=richttoedientijden /><br>
It is possible that the patient is suffering from side effects without exactly knowing which medicinal products cause them. There is no provision within the information standard to record this (yet).
 
  
===Register medication use based on supply===
+
<section begin=exacte toedientijden />Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element {{fhir|AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible}} to ‘no’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.<section end=exacte toedientijden /><section end=aanwijzing gebruiksinstructie voorschrijven />
This applies in the transition period from the old medication process standard 6.12 to this medication process information standard.
 
  
Only MVE is available digitally (according to medication process version 6.12). However, the user's information system offers the possibility to record all medication use. In that case, the MGB can be recorded with reference to the ID of the version 6.12 MVE.
+
=====PeriodOfUse=====
<br>
+
<section begin=onzekerheidscriterium 1/><section begin=onzekerheidscriterium 2/>If there is a situation-dependent {{fhir|startDateTime}} or {{fhir|endDateTime}}, this can be indicated in the data element {{fhir|PeriodOfUse.Condition}}. This condition makes explicit what the situation dependency entails. Examples of this are:
[[Bestand:ENG_Gebruik_Gebruik registreren op basis van verstrekking.png|800px]]<br>
+
*    ‘Start X days before admission’ – if the exact start time depends on a planned hospital admission.
 +
*    ‘Stop X days after holiday’ – if the medication is tapered off after a specific event with an uncertain end date.<section end=onzekerheidscriterium 2/>
  
=Medication overview and inference rules=
+
See the page [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/voorbeelden_onzekerheidscriterium|Examples uncertainty condition]] for details on how to use this condition.<section end=onzekerheidscriterium 1/>
This chapter shows a sample medication overview and also specifies inference rules for 'The most current relevant building block', Verification for each MBH, etc.
 
  
==Introduction==
+
=====RegistrationDateTime=====
This page contains an example of a medication overview. This example was developed in the Medication Process Information Standard program and serves as an example of how data can be displayed in an application. The data numbered in the pictures below are normative, they are mandatory to show. The other (unnumbered) data in the example is optional and may be added as normative in the future. The layout of the overview in an information system can differ per target group and per device. For suppliers, for example, only TAs are initially visible, after which it is possible to click further to get to the corresponding MA and the MGB. If only MGB or an MA is known, this will of course be shown immediately. The basic principle is that the overview shows all medication of the patient, not just the medication that is registered in the patient's own information system.
+
<section begin="registratiedatumtijd" />The {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} indicates the date and time at which the medication building block was recorded and is used to correctly determine the sequence of the building blocks. Further explanation of the {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} can be found in ART-DECOR.<section end="registratiedatumtijd" />
  
The overview is described generically and therefore the same for all suppliers. The requirements of the end users are included on this page and no statements are made about the technical realisation or implementation. The existing KNMP specification “User requirements specification Medication overview 2.0”, the “Guideline Transfer of Medication data in the chain of care, Revision 2018/2019”, and the new insights from the Medication process program have been incorporated in this chapter.
+
=====Comment=====
 +
In the case of anticoagulant medication, the INR range within which the treatment should take place is recorded in {{fhir|Comment}}.
  
Principles for the overview are:
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="vb"></span>NextPractitioner=====
*Health professionals want to see a distinction between the therapeutic building blocks on a medication overview:
+
This data element can be used to record the health professional who can be contacted if there are any questions about this MA. If the health professional is not known, the relevant healthcare provider may be entered as an alternative. This data element can be used, for example, upon discharge from a clinical situation, see [[#bij ontslag|section 5.7.2.3]].<br>
**MA
 
**TA
 
**MGB
 
*Logistical building blocks (VV, MVE) and the MTD building block are not relevant for the medication overview.
 
  
 +
It may also be relevant for a prescriber at a GP out-of-hours service (HAP). Examples:
 +
* New MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the regular GP here.
 +
* Modifying existing MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the prescriber of the original MA in the new MA here.
 +
* Stopping existing MA: The GP out-of-hours service prescriber can enter the name of the original prescriber in the stop-MA here.
 +
This makes it clear to the entire chain, even outside GP out-of-hours hours, which prescriber to contact for matters such as handling questions.
  
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_1_v0.5.PNG|Medicatieoverzicht v0.5]]
+
====Directions for recording data in the building block dispense request====
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_2_v0.5.PNG|Medicatieoverzicht v0.5]]
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the VV in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
 +
=====Quantity of medicine to be dispensed=====
 +
In a VV, either the Amount to be dispensed or the {{fhir|ValidityPeriod}} can be specified. When specifying a {{fhir|ValidityPeriod}}, the quantity to be dispensed must be clearly derivable from the MA's {{fhir|DosingInstructions}}.<br>
 +
<u>Please note</u>: the {{fhir|endDateTime}} in a {{fhir|ValidityPeriod}} has a different meaning than the {{fhir|endDateTime}} in the {{fhir|PeriodOfUse}} of an MA. These may be different.
 +
*{{fhir|ValidityPeriod.endDateTime}}: date until which the supplier has permission to dispense (and thus provide the patient with sufficient stock for use until that date).
 +
*{{fhir|PeriodOfUse.endDateTime}}: date on which the patient must stop taking the medication (this may be the same as the {{fhir|ValidityPeriod.endDateTime}} or may be further in the future).
  
==Functional specification==
+
=====Medication not in GDS=====
In the figures below the parts with normative data are included. The other parts are not yet normative. The numbered elements in the table are normative, other elements are optional for the time being.
+
<section begin=aanvullende wensen/>In the {{fhir|AdditionalWishes}} data element of the VV, the prescriber can indicate that a medicine may not be dispensed in GDS.<section end=aanvullende wensen/><br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
===Heading and General===
+
===<span class="anchor" id="informatieoverdracht voorschrijven"></span>Information exchange during sub-process Prescribe===
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_KopAlgemeen_v0.5.PNG]]
+
====Sending kidney function value along with medication prescription====
 +
For some medicines, kidney function is important. The kidney function value then determines the choice and/or dosage of the medicine. For such medicines, the kidney function value is always sent along with the medication prescription. Also, if new results have become available since the previous dispensing, these must be sent again with the medication prescription for the new dispensing.<br>
 +
This kidney function value is recorded in the LaboratoryTestResult building block and sent via the Sending Laboratory Results transaction. See the {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|lab2zorg}}. Sending the kidney function value in LaboratoryTestResult separately, without a medication prescription, falls outside the scope of the MP9 information standard.
  
Filter: N/A
+
====Include height and weight with medication prescription====
 +
When sending the medication prescription, the prescriber can also include the patient's height and weight. This can be done, for example, when prescribing for children, or when prescribing medication for which weight (e.g. anticoagulants) or body surface area (e.g. some oncology drugs) are important.<br>
  
Sort: N/A
+
This refers to the height and weight that the prescriber has used to determine the prescription. This may differ from the height or weight that is generally recorded for the patient.<br>
  
NOTE: In the viewer, all dates are shown with the month in characters, so that there is no confusion between day-month and month-day (American format).
+
BodyHeight and BodyWeight are separate building blocks and can only be sent in the transactions Sending medication prescription and Sending proposal medication agreement. This information cannot be queried.
  
 +
====Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Prescribe====
 +
During the Prescribe sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|type of information exchange !! style="text-align:left;"|system role !! style="text-align:left;"|system role code
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber sends a new MA to the supplier chosen by the patient, accompanied by a VV in the outpatient situation. This instructs the supplier to dispense the medication. || rowspan="4"| VoorschriftSturend|| rowspan="4"|MP-VOS
 
|-
 
|-
! No !! Header !! Dataset !! Explanation
+
| The prescriber sends a stop-MA and any new MA to the supplier, accompanied by a VV or not. In doing so, the prescriber instructs the supplier to implement a change in medication policy.
 
|-
 
|-
| 1 || Name || Patient – NameInformation (Initials, LastName, LastNamePartner), DateOfBirth, Gender ||
+
| The prescriber sends a new VV with existing MA to the supplier. This instructs the supplier to dispense medication again.
 
|-
 
|-
| 2 || Telephone || Patient – ContactInformation – TelephoneNumbers || Primary telephone number of patient
+
| The prescriber sends height and/or weight along with the prescription.
 
|-
 
|-
| 3 || BSN || Patient – PatientIdentificationNumber  || Always BSN
+
| The prescriber sends a kidney function value along with the prescription. || VoorschriftSturend + LabResultaatSturend|| MP-VOS + LAB-LRS
 
|-
 
|-
| 4 || Address || Patient – Address data ||  
+
| The prescriber receives a message when the supplier has processed the prescription. || VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend || MP-VAO
 
|-
 
|-
| 5 || Healthcare Provider Name || HealthcareProvider – OrganizationName || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| rowspan="4"|The prescriber can receive a VMA and/or VVV from other health professionals and return an AVMA and/or AVVV to the proposer. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend  || MP-VMO
 
|-
 
|-
| 6 || Healthcare Provider Address || HealthcareProvider – AddressInformation || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend  || MP-AVMS
 
|-
 
|-
| 7 || Healthcare Provider Telephone || Healthcare Provider – ContactInformation – TelephoneNumbers || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend  || MP-VVO
 
|-
 
|-
| 8 || Healthcare Provider Email || Healthcare Provider – ContactInformation – EmailAddresses || Healthcare Provider who has compiled the medication overview
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend  || MP-AVVS
 
|-
 
|-
| 9 || Date of Medication Overview || Document data – DocumentDate || The time at which the document was created
+
| rowspan="4"|The prescriber can also send proposal data to another prescriber and receive responses. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend  || MP-VMS
 
|-
 
|-
|  || Height|| BodyHeight – HeightValue, HeightDateTime ||
+
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend || MP-AVMO
 
|-
 
|-
|  || Weight|| BodyWeight – WeightValue, WeightDateTime ||
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend || MP-VVS
 
|-
 
|-
|  || Checked by Health professional || DocumentData – VerificationHealthProfessional ||
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend || MP-AVVO
 
|-
 
|-
|  || Verified with Patient/Informal Caregiver || DocumentData – VerificationPatient ||  
+
| When queried, the EVS provides the recorded medication data. VV is only provided to the patient. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend  || MP-MGB
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber queries the available medication data to perform medication verification and/or evaluate the patient's medication treatment of the patient. || MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend || MP-MGR
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2"|The prescriber sends medication data to/receives medication data from another health professional, for example at the patient's request or upon discharge. || MedicatieGegevensSturend  || MP-MGS
 +
|-
 +
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend  || MP-MGO
 +
|-
 +
| The prescriber sends medication data (MA and WDS) to the thrombosis service if the prescriber has created an initial WDS as a bridging measure. || rowspan="3"|MedicatieGegevensSturend  || rowspan="3"|MP-MGS
 +
|-
 +
| In the event of corrected data, the prescriber assesses who they must actively inform by sending the correct data.
 +
|-
 +
| In the event of stopping someone else's MA, the prescriber sends the stop-MA to the prescriber of the stopped MA.
 
|}
 
|}
Elements 5 through 8 are not shown if the patient is the creator of the medication summary.
+
The prescriber uses an electronic prescribing system (EVS). See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
  
===Contra-indications and hypersensitivities (CiO)===
+
==Sub-process Dispense==
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_ICA_v0.5.PNG]]
+
This section describes the process of dispensing by a supplier. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place.
 +
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden/ter_hand_stellen|Practical examples sub-process Dispense]].
  
Active contra-indications and hypersensitivities (intolerances, allergies/adverse reactions) (in Dutch: 'contra-indicaties en overgevoeligheden' - CiO).
+
===Overview sub-process Dispense===
  
Filter: endDateTime is not filled, is in the future or was less than a year ago when compiling the overview.
+
====Process of dispensing in general====
 +
'''Starting the dispensing sub-process'''<br>
 +
The dispensing sub-process starts when the supplier receives a new medication prescription (MA with or without VV). A request from the patient for repeat medication dispensing, or a signal from the repeat module of the AIS may also be a reason for starting this sub-process. Sometimes a change in the patient's situation is a reason for starting the dispensing sub-process, for example because their medication must now be dispensed in a Medication Distribution System (Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem, GDS). <br>
  
Sort: most recent startDateTime at the top.
+
The availability of the prescribed medicine and the preference policy are checked. Medication monitoring is also carried out; the details of this are outside the scope of this FO.<br>
 +
<br>
 +
'''Possible actions during dispensing'''<br>
 +
If the data are sufficient, the supplier processes the medication prescription. This may involve dispensing medication, but this is not always the case. Examples include:
 +
* The medication is stopped with a stop-MA.
 +
* The medication has been changed and the patient still has sufficient stock.
 +
* The patient does not collect the medication.
 +
<br>
 +
When processing the medication prescription, the following medication building blocks can be recorded:
 +
* TA to record how the corresponding MA has been filled in specifically.
 +
* MVE to record what has actually been dispensed to the patient.
 +
This is further elaborated per building block in sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3.<br>
 +
Section 5.3.4 contains instructions for implementing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.
 +
<br>
 +
Sometimes a supplier will want to contact the prescriber. For example:
 +
* A new VV is required.
 +
* There are questions about the MA received.
 +
* After a medication monitoring signal.
 +
In such cases, the supplier can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber. In it, the supplier makes a specific proposal for an MA or VV, stating the reason for that proposal. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for further information about these proposal data.<br>
 +
<br>
 +
'''Exchanging data'''<br>
 +
The supplier sends the TA and, if a dispensing has also taken place, the MVE to the prescriber. If the {{fhir|Author}} of the VV is a different health professional than the {{fhir|Prescriber}} in the MA, the TA and, if applicable, the MVE are sent to that {{fhir|Author}}. The recorded data is also made available.<br>
 +
The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.3.5.
 +
 
 +
====Some specific situations====
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|specifieke situaties voorschrijven }} (see [[#Toedienlijsten|section 5.4.2]]).
 +
 
 +
===<span class="anchor" id="TA"></span>Administration agreement===
 +
With the TA the MA is specified in concrete terms. A TA always has a reference to the corresponding MA (if available), in the data element RelationMedicationAgreement. A new TA is not always necessary, for example in the case of repeat dispensing under a current MA.<br>
 +
The TA is filled in based on factors such as availability, preference policy, or the wishes of the patient or prescriber. This can result, for example, in a product with a different strength and an adjusted dosing frequency. A different strength means a different PRK. Since the TA falls under the same MBH as the MA, building blocks with different PRKs can occur within 1 MBH.<br>
  
This part will be elaborated at a later time and is not yet normative.
+
In general terms, a supplier can create a new TA, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing TA. This is explained in sections 5.3.2.1 to 5.3.2.5.<br>
 +
Section 5.3.4.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.
  
===Current medication===
+
====Initial administration agreement====
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_HuidigeMedicatie_v0.5.PNG]]
+
A new TA is always created for a new MA. An initial TA in an MBH will usually be created in response to a new MA. However, an initial TA can also be created without an associated MA. For example, if a patient purchases a self-care product at the pharmacy, the supplier may choose to record a TA and thereby start a new MBH. This enables medication monitoring and the self-care product can then also be included on an administration list (see [[#Deelproces Toedienen|section 5.4]]).<br>
  
Filter: all current medication, i.e. all MAs and TAs that apply at the time the overview is compiled and the associated MGB per source. Temporarily halted medication is also shown in this category. When only MGB is known, it is shown if the endDateTime from the PeriodOfUse it is not older than 13 months. When MGB is recorded by both a health professional and a patient, the last registered MGB for both is shown.
+
Just like the corresponding MA, a TA may start in the future. This TTA has a {{fhir|startDateTime}} that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.
  
Sorting: by MBH: MA, TA, MA (recorded by patient, care provider). MBHs are sorted in descending order by startDateTime of MA, TA, MGB.
+
====Continuing an administration agreement====
 +
If the existing MA and TA suffice to dispense new medication, the TA does not need to be adjusted.
  
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
====<span class="anchor" id="stoppen TA"></span>Stopping an administration agreement====
! style="text-align:left;"| '''No'''
+
A TA in which an {{fhir|endDateTime}} has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-TA is required in this case.<br>
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Header'''
+
A stop-MA for permanently discontinuing medication leads to a stop-TA within the same MBH with stop type 'discontinued'. This prevents further dispensing of the medication.<br>
! style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| '''Dataset'''
+
 
 +
The stop-TA contains the following new data:
 +
{| class="wikitable" style="width:56em;"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|data-element in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"|uitleg
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|1
+
| endDateTime || The date on which the TA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Type
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|MA
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|TA
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|MGB
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|2
+
| Supplier || Name of the supplier creating the stop-MA
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|Medicinal product
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|AgreedMedicine-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|MedicineForAdministrationAgreement-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|ProductUsed-
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|Product – MedicationCode (if absent: ProductSpecifications, ProductName)
+
| RegistrationDateTime || Date and time on which the stop-TA is recorded.
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|3
+
| AdministrationAgreementStopType || ‘discontinued’
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Start date
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|startDateTime
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|4
+
| RelationAdministrationAgreement || Reference to the TA being stopped. A stop-TA must include this reference, unless there is no TA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-TA without a RelationAdministrationAgreement. In that case, the stop-TA will not get a reference to an MGB either.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|End date/duration
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|endDateTime (if not available: Duration)
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|5
+
| RelationMedicationAgreement || Reference to the stop-MA giving rise to this stop-TA.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Dosage
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse – Description
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|6
+
| AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation || Reason for stopping the TA.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Route of administration
+
|}
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse – RouteOfAdministration
+
From the referenced TA the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:
 +
{| class="wikitable" style="width:56em;"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|data-element in dataset !! style="text-align:left;"|uitleg
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|7
+
| startDateTime || The original start date.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Reason
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|PrescriptionReason &
 
if applicable, ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuationOfUse
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|8
+
| MedicineForAdministrationAgreement || The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Explanation
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="2"|Comment & MedicationAgreement/AdministrationAgreementAdditionalInformation
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Comment
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="3"|9
+
| InstructionsForUse || The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-TA.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="3"|Source
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Prescriber-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Provider-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|Author-
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;" colspan="3"|HealthProfessional – NameInformation, Specialty
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|n/a
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|n/a
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top; text-align:center;"|or “Patient”
 
 
|}
 
|}
 +
The TA can be stopped immediately with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} today, or be stopped with an {{fhir|endDateTime}} in the future.
  
===Future medication===
+
=====Stopping an administration agreement by another supplier=====
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_ToekomstigeMedicatie_v0.5.PNG]]
+
A TA can be stopped by the supplier themselves, but also by another supplier. When a supplier stops a medication, they create a stop-TA. This is also the case when stopping a TA from another supplier. The stop-TA is sent to the health professional who created the original TA. Their XIS system informs this health professional that there is a new change within the MBH.
 
 
Filter: all medication that will become actual in the next 3 months. This includes intended use of medication.
 
For a description of the mapping, the same applies as with the current medication, see [[#Current medication|Current medication]].
 
 
 
===Recently discontinued medication===
 
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_RecentBeeindigde_v0.5.PNG]]
 
 
 
Filter: any medication that has ended or stopped in the past 2 months.
 
 
 
For a description of the mapping, the same applies as with the current medication, see [[#Current medication|Current medication]].
 
 
 
===Additional lab values ===
 
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_Labwaarden_v0.5.PNG]]
 
 
 
Most recent lab values and abnormal renal function values.
 
 
 
This part will be elaborated at a later time and is not yet normative.
 
 
 
===Remarks ===
 
[[Bestand:Medicatieoverzicht_Opmerkingen_v0.5.PNG]]
 
 
 
For example, relevant (limited) health skills (competences: literacy, calculation and digital skills) that can have an impact on medication use or treatment.
 
 
 
This part will be elaborated at a later time and is not yet normative.
 
 
 
==Building block instantiations==
 
This section describes which instantiations of the building blocks belong to the medication overview. This concerns 'own' and 'someone else's' building blocks ([[#After-Hours General Practice clinics (HAP)|paragraph 3.1]]) and then only the latest, relevant instantiations of this.
 
 
 
===Own and someone else's===
 
Both the own and a copy of (known to the sender) building blocks from other sources are included in the medication overview. This so that the medication overview is as complete as possible for the recipient. This ensures that recipients can start using it immediately and that they are not dependent on other sources. The technical representation of someone else's building block may differ from that of the real source. It is important that the recipient is aware of this. The original OID of someone else's building block should simply be given. The recipient can then choose to also collect the building block from its source in its original form.
 
 
 
The MA, TA and MGB building blocks have been extended with a feature that indicates whether:
 
*there is an 'own' building block or
 
*that of "someone else" (an ''accent'' building block: MA’, TA’, MGB’)
 
This attribute is applicable to the transactions for the medication overview. In addition, the attribute copy applies when handling a prescription, when prescribing under someone else’s MA or when changing or issuing someone else’s TA. No copies of building blocks may be delivered in other transactions.
 
 
 
The 'building block of someone else' attribute is on two levels:
 
*The template ID of an MA’, TA’, MGB’ differs from an MA, TA and MGB.
 
*In addition, the data element CopyIndicator is always sent with value '''true''' in MA’, TA’, MGB’.
 
For the medication overview, it is permitted to submit the MAs, TAs and MGB via an information system-generated MGB or MGB '(Healthcare provider is author MGB). This must have a reference to an MA, TA or MGB.
 
 
 
====Medication overview and derivation rules====
 
An overview of medication that the patient is using (or should be using) can be put together in an information system in two ways:<br>
 
1) displaying a current medication overview (or overviews) obtained from another source (or sources)<br>
 
2) showing coherent medication building blocks obtained from one's own information system and from other sources.<br>
 
In both cases, this overview of medication consists of the information as included in the building blocks  MA, TA and MGB.
 
 
 
Re 1) When this document refers to a current medication overview, this means a coherent overview in which current MAs, TAs and MGBs are included. This current medication overview is built up by the source on the basis of the data known at that time at the source. This overview can be exchanged with the transaction group Medicatieoverzicht (Medication overview) (PULL or PUSH).
 
 
 
The data and building blocks that are known at the source, but originating from another source, are supplied in the transaction with the 'accent' indicator so that they are recognisable as building blocks from someone else (MA', TA', MGB').
 
 
 
Re 2) It is also possible for an information system to compile an overview by combining own and someone else's separate individual medication building blocks. The transaction group Medicatiegegevens (medication data) (PULL) is used to request individual building blocks.
 
 
 
With the transaction group Medicatiegegevens (medication data) (PUSH), separate building blocks can also be sent directly to another health professional or the patient (so without requests). This happens, for example, at discharge or at the request of a co-practitioner who has the patient in front of him (e.g. patient appears to a GP or supplier outside the region, where this GP or supplier requests the data by telephone from the patient's own GP and receives it digitally).
 
 
 
Both Medicatiegegevens (medication data) PUSH and PULL should not provide data obtained from other sources.
 
  
===Last relevant===
+
=====Canceling a future administration agreement=====
Only the last relevant building blocks (per MBH) are part of the medication overview. This section describes what exactly those last relevant building blocks are for a medication overview. Firstly for prescription medication ([[#Prescription medication| paragraph 5.3.2.1]]), then for "over the counter" medication ([[#Over the counter | paragraph 5.3.2.2]]). [[#Future medication agreements and administration agreements | Paragraph 5.3.2.3]] further discusses the special situation that, in addition to a current, a future MA within the same MBH is valid. Finally, [[#Rules of overruling listed| paragraph 5.3.2.4]] summarises the rules to be applied.<br>
+
Stopping a TA with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future (TTA) is called canceling. The TTA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TTA. This is a stop-TTA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TTA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TTA.<br>
Note: The (technical) stop-MAs are not shown in the examples, but are implicitly assumed.
 
  
====Prescription medication====
+
The cancelation-TTA works the same way as the stop-TA described above, but with two differences:
=====Most simple "happy flow"=====
+
* The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
In an MBH, the simplest "happy flow" results in a sequence of:
+
* The {{fhir|startDateTime}} and {{fhir|endDateTime}} of the cancelation-TTA are the same.
* ''MA – TA – MGB''
 
Usually, an MBH starts with an MA. A TA concretely completes the MA. MGB says something about the actual medication use of the patient in this MBH. All three building blocks are relevant in such a case and are part of the delivery of a medication overview, as indicated in green below.
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA – MGB</font>
 
A TA refers to the MA it fulfills. If no referral is available in the TA, the RegistrationDateTime of the TA must be later than that of the MA to be relevant to delivery.<br>
 
MGB can refer to an MA or TA. If no referral is available in the MGB, the MedicationUseDateTime of the MGB must be later than that of the MA to be relevant for delivery.
 
  
=====New medication agreement in MBH=====
+
====<span class="anchor" id="wijzigen TA"></span>Modifying an administration agreement====
If one creates a new MA in an existing MBH, the currently existing MAs, TAs and records of MGB are no longer relevant for the medication overview. The idea is that all older building blocks than the current MA are by definition "overruled" by this new MA and consequently no longer relevant for the medication overview.
+
It may be necessary to change the TA, for example due to a change in the product range or in the preference policy. Unlike the MA, in the case of a TA a modification of the product at PRK level does not lead to a different MBH.
* <small>''MA – TA – MGB''</small> - <small><font color="red">stop-MA</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small><font color="red">stop-TA</font></small>
 
  
If a TA and possibly also MGB are created and available following such an MA, these will be included in the medication overview.
+
'''Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA'''<br>
* <small>''MA – TA – MGB''</small> – <small><font color="red">stop-MA</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small><font color="red">stop-TA</font></small> - <font color="00CC00"> TA</font>
+
Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA is done by creating a technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a new TA with the modification within the same MBH. Both have a relationship to the original TA and the unmodified MA. The technical stop-TA has an {{fhir|endDateTime}} equal to the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new MA with the modification (see [[#stoppen en wijzigen|section 2.4.3]]). In the new TA, the reason for the change can be recorded in {{fhir|AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.<br>
* <small>''MA – TA – MGB''</small> – <small><font color="red">stop-MA</font></small> - <font color="00CC00">MA</font> - <small><font color="red">stop-TA</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">TA – MGB</font> <br>
 
  
The new MA can also be a stop-MA, if the patient has to stop medication permanently. This stop-MA remains relevant for the medication overview for 2 months.<br>
+
A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the future. If the change is implemented in a future TA, a technical cancelation-TTA is created and a new TTA with the change.<br>
* <small>MA – TA – MGB</small> – <font color="red"> stop-MA </font> - <font color="red">stop-TA</font>
 
  
=====Medication use earlier than administration agreement=====
+
The technical stop-TA and new TA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same {{fhir|RegistrationDateTime}} (see [[#stop-bouwstenen|section 2.4.3.1]]). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TTA and new TTA.
It is possible that you have registered MGB before the TA has been made. Here too, the idea is that the newer TA "overrules" the older registration of TA and MGB. The older MGB is therefore no longer relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – MGB</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">TA</font>
 
  
Of course, a new record of MGB can then be made, which is also relevant for the medication overview.
+
'''Modifying a TA as a result of a modification of the MA'''<br>
* <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">TA - MGB</font>
+
A TA may also need to be changed as a result of a modification of the associated MA. In that case, a technical stop MA and a new MA are created. This results in a technical stop-TA with a reference to the original TA and to the technical stop-MA. A new TA is created with a reference to the new MA, without a relationship to the original TA.<br>
 
+
Modifying a TTA as a result of a modification of a future MA works in the same way.<br>
=====New administration agreement=====
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width:38em;"
Sometimes a change needs to be made to a TA under an existing MA. For example, because a different product has to be supplied (as a result of preference policy or for stock reasons). Again, you must create a stop-TA and then a new TA.
+
! style="text-align:left;"|action !! style="text-align:left;"|leads to !! style="text-align:left; width: 33%;"|with reference to
* <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''TA – MGB''- <font color="red">stop-TA</font></small> - <font color="00CC00">TA</font>
+
|-style="text-align:left;"|met relatie naar
 
 
Of course, you can then record MGB, which in turn is relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''TA – MGB'' - <font color="red">stop-TA</font></small> – <font color="00CC00">TA - MGB</font>
 
 
 
====Over the counter====
 
Sometimes a patient uses medication for which there is no prescription. This applies, for example, to painkillers such as paracetamol or ibuprofen, which are available without a prescription. We call this “over the counter” medication. Such use of "over the counter" medication can be recorded with the MGB building block. This is also relevant for the medication overview.
 
* <font color="00CC00">MGB</font>
 
 
 
A new record of MGB by the same type of author (type of author is patient or health professional) "overrules" any older records of MGB. Elaborated below, in order of MedicationUseDateTime:
 
* <small>''MGB''</small> - <font color="00CC00">MGB</font>
 
 
 
When a prescriber decides to formalize this MBH with an MA the rules as described above apply. Elaborated below, in order of RegistrationDateTime (MA or TA) / MedicationUseDateTime (MGB):
 
* <small>''MGB – MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MA</font>
 
* <small>''MGB – MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MA - MGB</font>
 
* <small>''MGB – MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MA – TA - MGB</font>
 
* <small>''MGB – MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''MGB''</small> - <font color="00CC00">TA - MGB</font>
 
* <small>''MGB – MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MA</font> - <small>''MGB''</small> - <font color="00CC00">MGB</font>
 
 
 
====Future medication agreements and administration agreements====
 
An MBH may include more than one actual MA and TA. Namely one for the current situation and one or more for the future situation. This section describes an example with one current and one future. For clarity, the future building blocks have a “T-” in the examples. Both current and future building blocks are relevant for the medication overview. The building blocks for TA and MGB must have adequate references to either the current or future appointments. Below are three examples, in order of RegistrationDateTime (MA or TA/ MedicationUseDateTime (MGB) (if these are equal, then sorted by PeriodOfUse):
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – T MA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA – T MA – T TA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA</font> – <small>''MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T MA – T TA – T MGB</font>
 
Suppose that the TA changes because the provider supplies a different strength (2x 500mg tablets instead of 1x 1000mg tablets) and the patient still has enough stock for two weeks based on the first TA:
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA</font> – <small>''MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T TA – T MGB</font>
 
 
 
=====New medication agreement=====
 
If a new MA is created in this situation, a (technical) stop/cancel-MA must always be created as well. This stop/cancel-MA has two appearances:<br>
 
1) With RelationMedicationagreement to the specific MA that is discontinued or cancelled;<br>
 
2) Without RelationMedicationagreement. With this the entire MBH is discontinued. This is allowed only when there is no MA available in the MBH.
 
 
 
Re 1) Stop-MA for one current MA. With this stop-MA, a specific MA is discontinued. For that MA a new MA is then created. If only the current MA is changed, this affects the examples given above as follows, in order of RegistrationDateTime:
 
* <small>''MA''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T MA </font> - <small> <font color="red">stop-MA </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – MA </font>
 
* <small>''MA – TA''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T MA – T TA </font> - <small> <font color="red">stop-MA </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – MA</font>
 
* <small>''MA – TA – MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T MA – T TA</font> – <small>''T MGB'' - <font color="red">stop-MA </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – MA</font>
 
 
 
If only the future MA is changed, this results in the following changes applied to the examples above, in order of RegistrationDateTime:
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''T MA''</small> - <small> <font color="red">cancel-MA </small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> – <font color="00CC00">T MA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA</font> – <font color="black"><small>''T MA – T TA''</font></small> - <small> <font color="red">cancel-MA </small> </font> <font color="00CC00">– <font color="00CC00">T MA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA – MGB</font> – <font color="black"> <small>''T MA – T TA – T MGB''</font></small> - <small> <font color="red">cancel-MA </small> </font> –  <font color="00CC00">T MA </font>
 
 
 
<font color="black"> Re 2) Stop-MA for the entire drug treatment. This should be created only when there is no MA available in the MBH to refer to with RelationMedicationagreement. This may be the case when the MBH was started with another building block, such as a TA or MGB, or if the MA - for whatever reason - was not delivered upon querying. In these cases, the system does not "know" this MA and therefore cannot refer to it with a RelationMedicationagreement. A prescriber can then stop the MBH with a stop-MA that has no reference to an MA. If desired, the prescriber can subsequently create a new MA. This is detailed below for the same three examples as above, in order of RegistrationDateTime (MA or TA)/MedicationUseDateTime (MGB).
 
 
 
* <small>''TA – ''</small> <small> <font color="red">stop-MA (without reference)</small> </font> <font color="00CC00"> - MA </font>
 
* <small>''TA – T TA – MGB''</small> - <small> <font color="red">stop-MA (without reference)</small> </font> - <font color="00CC00">MA - T MA </font>
 
* <small>''TA – MGB - T TA – T MGB''</small> - <small> <font color="red">stop-MA (without reference)</small> </font>– <font color="00CC00">MA - T-MA</font> <font colour="black">
 
 
 
=====New administration agreement=====
 
<font color="black">  However, you can also make a new TA for the current MA only. This new TA must then have a RelationMedicationagreement to that current MA. Elaborated below for three examples, in order of RegistrationDateTime (MA or TA)/MedicationUseDateTime (MGB).
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – T MA – TA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''TA''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T MA – T TA </font> – <small> <font color="red"> stop-TA </small> </font> – <font color="00CC00">TA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA</font> – <small>''TA – MGB''</small> – <font color="00CC00">T MA – T TA </font> – <small> T MGB </small> –  <font color="red"> <small> stop-TA </font></small> – <font color="00CC00">TA</font>
 
 
 
A new TA with a RelationMedicationagreement to the future MA looks like this:
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – T MA – TA – T TA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA –TA – T MA</font> – <small>''T TA''</small> –  <font color="red"> <small> cancel-TA </font></small> - <font color="00CC00">T TA</font>
 
* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA </font> – <small> MGB </small> – <font color="00CC00"> T MA – <small>''T TA – T MGB''</small> - <font color="red"> <small> cancel-TA </font></small>– <font color="00CC00">T TA</font> </font>
 
 
 
====Rules of overruling listed====
 
Based on the above description/examples, the following general rules of overruling can be derived. These are the rules for determining whether a building block is relevant for delivery in the medication overview. Within an MBH:
 
*A new MA overrules all building blocks of types MA and TA(s), belonging to the MA being changed, stopped or cancelled.
 
*A new TA overrules the building block of type TA belonging to the TA being changed, stopped or cancelled.
 
*A new MA or TA always overrules the building blocks of type MGB.
 
*A new registration of an MGB overrules in principle older registrations of MGB.
 
**Exception to this rule: MGB authored by the patient does NOT overrule an older MGB record authored by a healthcare provider and vice versa. Therefore both are relevant to the medication overview.
 
 
 
::* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA – MGB-ZVL – MGB-PAT</font>
 
::* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA – MGB-PAT – MGB-ZVL</font>
 
::* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA</font> – <small>''MGB-PAT''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MGB-PAT</font>
 
::* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA – MGB-ZVL</font> – <small>''MGB-PAT''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MGB-PAT</font>
 
::* <font color="00CC00">MA – TA</font> – <small>''MGB-ZVL – MGB-PAT''</small> – <font color="00CC00">MGB PAT – MGB-ZVL</font>
 
 
 
:*Exception to this rule: In case of parallel TA's, any MGB that is recorded as belonging to one TA overrules all older registrations of MGB, except MGBs belonging to another, parallel TA.
 
 
 
==Verification per MBH ==
 
A health professional records verification per MBH with the MGB building block:
 
*Author = Health professional
 
*Possible informant: the patient, a care provider or another person
 
*Possible characteristic "according to agreement": according to the author, is the medication use in accordance with the MA or TA?
 
*Possible RelationMedicationagreement or RelationAdministrationagreement:
 
**MA or TA that has been the reference for recording this MGB.
 
**If indicated "according to agreement", this is the MA or TA according to which the patient uses.
 
Such a record of MGB means: "I think the patient uses this drug as follows: ...".
 
 
 
Known: it is not currently provided in the information standard to indicate that an MA or TA is correct, regardless of whether the patient uses it as such.
 
 
 
==Process of the medication overview exchange==
 
In addition to the content and verification, the process surrounding the medication overview is also important.
 
 
 
===Who, when, with what information===
 
The reliability and completeness of a medication overview depends on:
 
*who composed it,
 
*at what time and
 
*with what basic information.
 
We can make agreements about this, for example:
 
*only exchange/make available a medication overview once it has some form of reliability
 
**after an explicit action by a health professional or
 
**automatically if certain conditions are met.
 
*fully automatically exchange/make available medication overview without conditions
 
*make medication overview fully automatically available without the need for a new data type (so when registering one of the other medication data types you are automatically also the source of a medication overview).
 
 
 
====Decision====
 
The above questions have not yet been answered. It has been decided that during the Proof-Of-Concept all parties that can provide a medication overview will do the same.
 
 
 
===Responsibilities applicant and source===
 
The applicant receives medication overviews from multiple sources. Processing this is the responsibility of the recipient. The topicality of a medication overview is important here.
 
 
 
'''Action''': the transaction Medication overview must contain the most recent date of the collection of available RegistrationDateTime/MedicationUseDateTime of the delivered building block instantiations. The compiler (source) of the medication overview must therefore provide this date. This helps the recipient to better estimate the topicality of the medication overview.
 
 
 
===Agreements continued===
 
We continue the analysis with the results of the Proof-Of-Concept to arrive at a good process for the medication overview.
 
 
 
==Inference rules==
 
It is important that all parties, physician, supplier, nurse as well as patient can infer from the medication building blocks what is intended (i.e. what the current agreements are) and that this should be the same for all information systems. For that reason, information systems must be able to calculate the current situation using the same inference rules.
 
 
 
The current therapeutic situation is calculated on the basis of MAs and TAs. TAs have a relationship with the MA that they were added to. For this reason, TAs can be linked to the MA that they belong to.<br>
 
Of course it is also useful to have information about medication use. However, this does not indicate the aim of the health professional, only what medication the patient has used. For that reason, the rules below do not take MGB in consideration. However, MGB is part of a medication profile but is shown separately under the MBH concerned.
 
 
 
===Effective period===
 
The effective period lies between an ''effective start date'' and an ''effective end date''.<br>
 
:''The effective period describes the period to which an MA or TA (ultimately) applies.''<br>
 
The effective period depends on adjustments (modifying/discontinuing/halting/resuming) of medication and by the ‘actual handling of an MA by a TA. The effective period is not described in the dataset, because it is inferred which is only used to determine the current situation. The ''effective start date, effective end date'' and ''effective period'' are not data to be shown to the end user. Medication for an indefinite period has an effective end date that is in the future, but at a time that cannot be distracted (yet). It is only known that it is 'somewhere' in the future.
 
 
 
===Actual and current medication===
 
*''Actual MAs and TAs'': the agreements of which the effective end date lies in the future.
 
*''Current MAs and TAs'': the agreements for which the present date lies between their effective start date and the effective end date.
 
*''Actual medication'': the collection of actual (current and future) MAs and TAs as well as current MGB. It should be taken into account that it is never possible to say with certainty to what extent the patient complies with the agreements and/or reports actual use of medication.
 
 
 
===Details===
 
'''Approach'''<br>
 
Using a number of different situations the inference rules are described for arriving at the effective therapeutic period in a medication profile:<br>
 
:1) Starting medication
 
:2) Creating an administration agreement
 
:3) Changing medication
 
:4) Discontinuing medication
 
:5) Temporarily halting and resuming medication
 
 
 
The inference rules are described below. The number for each inference rule indicates the order in which the rules must be executed.
 
 
 
'''1) Starting medication'''<br>
 
Medication is started by creating a new MA. The MA has:
 
*RegistrationDateTime - the date on which the agreement was made with the patient.
 
*PeriodOfUse - this period consists of:
 
**startDateTime - the startDateTime of the MA may be in the future;
 
**Duration - the duration of medication use;
 
**endDateTime – the date until which the MA is valid.
 
 
 
1a: The effective period of a new MA is equal to its period of medication use.
 
 
 
'''2) Creating an administration agreement'''<br>
 
A TA specifically fulfils an MA. From a patient perspective, the TA, in a way, replaces an MA, as the TA is a more specific indication of what the patient should be using.
 
 
 
Inference rule 1 is extended:
 
 
 
1b: The effective period of a new TA is equal to its period of medication use
 
 
 
Inference rule 2 is applicable when an MA has underlying TAs (see inference rule 2b for further explanation):
 
 
 
2a: The effective period of an MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.
 
 
 
'''3) Changing medication'''
 
:'''a) By means of an MA'''
 
The prescriber changes the medication (i.e. the MBH) by creating a new MA (and discontinuing the existing one) within an existing MBH.
 
Because the startDateTime of an MA may lie in the future, several MAs may be actual at the same time. For example, when an MA applies ‘for an indefinite period’ (MA1) and it is agreed to change the dosage in two weeks (MA2), the first MA (MA1) remains valid for two weeks, after which the second MA (MA2) becomes effective. The previous inference rules do not change because of this.
 
 
 
:'''b) By means of a TA'''
 
A TA specifically fulfils an MA. This TA may be modified. For example, when administration schedules are changed (when GDS is initiated), or when a commercial product is changed (for example, as a result of a preference policy). Several successive TAs can therefore be created under a single MA. Hence, rule 2 is expanded so that the effective period of the MA is determined by the entire series of underlying TAs.
 
 
 
2b: When several TAs are made under a single MA, the effective start date of the MA is then equal to the earliest startDateTime of the underlying TA and the endDateTime of the last TA.
 
 
 
Parallel TAs may exist under a single MA of which the RegistrationDateTime and the startDateTime are the same. Both are then valid at the same time and this does not change rule 2b.
 
 
 
The diagram below includes a simplified example of an actual profile composed of different building blocks. The patient, verification, CiO and lab data have been excluded from this overview. Only limited data has been included, mainly to demonstrate the way in which the effective period works. Lines starting with ‘-’ are detail lines which can be  hidden in the medication profile, if required. The first line shows the effective period for the underlying MAs and TAs. The MGB is also displayed, but this does not influence the calculation of the effective therapeutic period on the first line.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 9}}
 
[[Bestand:Voorbeeldeffectieveperioden.png|Figuur 9 Voorbeeld effectieve periode]]
 
 
 
'''4) Discontinuing medication'''<br>
 
Discontinuing medication (i.e. discontinuing the MBH) is done by creating a new MA in which stop type ‘discontinued’ is indicated. The startDateTime of this MA is the date on which the original MA started. The endDateTime is the date on which the medication is discontinued. The effective period of the original MA is so replaced by the effective period of this new stop-MA.
 
 
 
1c: When an MA is discontinued, the effective period of the MA is then the effective period of the stop-MA.
 
 
 
A stop-TA fulfils the stop-MA. In this way, for example, it is possible to indicate that the discontinuation starts when the next GDS roll is supplied.
 
 
 
'''5) Temporarily halting and resuming medication'''<br>
 
Temporarily halting medication is carried out in the same way as discontinuing medication. A stop-MA is created (stop type ‘suspended’) with the same startDateTime as that of the original MA. The endDateTime of the stop-MA is the time of the temporary halt, the stop type is ‘suspended’. Resuming medication is done by creating a new MA with the old (or adjusted) dosage with the date of resuming as the startDateTime. A meaningful reason (example: resume previous policy) may serve to clarify matters. If the medication is not resumed, the medication should be stopped with stop type ‘discontinued’, in order to permanently end the MBH, which means the medication is no longer actual. Medication that is halted remains actual, and so remains visible in the medication profile.
 
 
 
1d: When medication is temporarily halted, the effective period is not affected. The effective period is determined by the effective period of the original MA.
 
 
 
These inference rules are the basis for determining the current agreements. It is possible to conceive exceptional situations relating to a partial availability of medication data. These situations have not been elaborated. All inference rules are included and implemented in the open-source medication viewer.
 
 
 
==Data that need not be shown==
 
Various data are important for the correct processing of information, but are not relevant to the end user:
 
*An application does not have to show the (technical) identification of an MBH (nor that of the building blocks themselves), but the elaboration thereof: namely, building blocks shown in coherence.
 
*The copy indicator for the MA, TA and MGB when querying the medication overview. Whether a building block is a copy is not that important to a user and can be deduced by other data from that building block (such as the author of the building block). So it is not so important that a user can see that this has been delivered 'as a copy' and is probably only confusing. However, this information is important for suppliers, for example because they sometimes want to perform calculations with the data and it is then safer to collect the data from the real source. It is therefore obvious to keep track of whether you have received data from the real source in your information system.
 
*An application does not have to show the stop type (suspended/discontinued) of a stop- or cancel-agreement, but it does have to show how it affects how the MBH is displayed in the medication overview. The effect may be that the entire MBH is shown as stopped medication, halted medication (remains viewable under current medication), a change in case of a 'technical stop-agreement’. In the case of a 'cancel-agreement', the medication will never have been started and therefore will not be shown in a medication overview.
 
 
 
=Administration list and inference rules=
 
{{IssueBox|'''<big>This chapter is under revision and will be rewritten taking the contextual dependance of shown information into account </big>'''}}
 
This chapter shows a possible presentation/view of the administration list and, additionally, specifies the inference rules to identify the relevant medication building blocks within a pharmaceutical treatment, for the generation of an administration list.
 
 
 
==Introduction==
 
This paragraph contains an example of an administration list. The administration list shows the most recent medication data at any time of the day, to facilitate adequate medication administration. To ensure safe circumstances in which correct and up-to-date medication data is presented to the (professional) administrator, the administration software must be able to process the medication building blocks and to correlate the medication building blocks, as described in this information standard.
 
 
 
The term ‘administration list’ is defined as a digital list including all medicaments that are prescribed by a prescriber and that have to be administered to a patient. This list is generated based on the following medication building blocks: MA, TA, MVE, MTD and WDS.
 
 
 
Sending and/or making medication data available to (professional) administrators provides a comprehensive overview of all medication to be administered. Importantly, this implies that information regarding discontinuation and change of medication with or without medication dispense is available at any time. Changes in medication and variable dosing regimens, for example as prescribed by the thrombosis service, are immediately available for administrators.
 
 
 
In the figures below, the numbered elements are normative; it is mandatory to show those components. The lay-out of the administration list in an information system may differ depending on the type of users or the type of device; this is dependent on the user requirements.
 
 
 
The administration list in this example is described generally. The chapter entails the general end user requirements for the administration list; this chapter does not comprise details on the technical requirements or implementation.
 
 
 
The existing KNMP specification “User requirements specification Medication overview 2.0”, “Guideline Transfer of Medication data in the chain of care, Revision 2018/2019”, and the new insights from the Medication process program have been incorporated in this chapter.
 
 
 
The basis for the administration list entails:
 
*Medication building blocks
 
**MA
 
**TA
 
**WDS
 
**MTD
 
*All current medication; this comprises all MAs, TAs and WDSs that are available and applicable when the medication is administered. The PeriodOfUse defines whether medication should be considered current medication.
 
*The InjectionPatchSite is queried based on the AdministrationDateTime.
 
*(Professional) administrators can distinguish the types of medication (in GDS package or separately) which should be administered to the patient by the data element DistributionForm (medication building block TA) and the data element AsNeeded/Condition in the dosage (medication building blocks MA, TA or WDS). The different types of medication may be presented according to the following categories:
 
**GDS medication (including discontinued medication in order to show a notification/warning)
 
**Non-GDS medication
 
**Non-GDS medication as needed
 
*The remaining building blocks VV, MVE and MGB are not relevant for the administration list.
 
 
 
{{anchor|figuur 1}}
 
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_figuur_1a.PNG|Figuur 1: Voorbeeldweergave toedienlijst]]
 
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_figuur_1b.PNG|Figuur 1: Voorbeeldweergave toedienlijst]]
 
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_figuur_1c.PNG|Figuur 1: Voorbeeldweergave toedienlijst]]
 
<br>
 
<small>''Figure 1: Example administration list.''
 
</small> <br>
 
<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
|-
 
! Nr
 
! style="text-align:left;"|Heading
 
! style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"|Dataset
 
|-
 
| 1 || Type || MA || TA || WDS
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 2 || Medicine || AgreedMedicine || MedicineForAdministrationAgreement || AgreedMedicine
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in TA'''
 
|-
 
|-
| 3 || Prescriber
+
| technical stop-TA || n.a. || original TA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| MedicationAgreement – Prescriber – HealthProfessional
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 4 || Supplier
+
| new TA || n.a. || original TA (unmodified) MA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| AdministrationAgreement – Supplier – HealthcareProvider 
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Author
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in TTA'''
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| VariableDosingRegimen – Author – HealthProfessional (conditional)
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 5 || Start Date || MedicationAgreement – PeriodOfUse || Administration Agreement – PeriodOfUse || Variable Dosing Regimen – PeriodOfUse
+
| technical cancelation-TTA || n.v.t. || original TTA
|-
 
| 6 || End Date/Duration || MedicationAgreement – PeriodOfUse || AdministrationAgreement – PeriodOfUse || VariableDosingRegimen – PeriodOfUse
 
|-
 
| 7 || Description
 
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| InstructionsForUse – Description
 
|-
 
|  || Route Of Administration
 
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| InstructionsForUse – RouteOfAdministration
 
 
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Additional Instructions
+
| nieuwe TTA || n.v.t. || original TTA (unmodified) MA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| InstructionsForUse – AdditionalInstructions
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Dose
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in MA'''
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| InstructionsForUse – DosingInstructions – Dosage – Dose
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Administration Time
+
| technical stop-MA || technical stop-TA || original TA technical stop-MA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| InstructionsForUse – Dosing Instructions – Dosage – AdministeringSchedule – Administration Time
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Administration Speed
+
| new MA || new TA || new MA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| InstructionsForUse – Dosing Instructions – Dosage – AdministeringSpeed
 
 
|-
 
|-
| || Duration Of Administration
+
| colspan="3"|'''modification in TMA'''
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"| InstructionsForUse – Dosing Instructions – Dosage – DurationOfAdministration
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 8 || Injection-Patch Location
+
| technical cancelation-TMA || technical cancelation-TTA || original TTA technical cancelation-TMA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"|MedicationAdministration – InjectionPatchSite
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 9 || Comment
+
| new TMA || new TTA || new TMA
|style="text-align:left;" colspan="3"|Comment & AdditionalInformation
 
 
|}
 
|}
<small>''Table 1: Normative medication data in the administration list.''
+
=====Correcting an administration agreement=====
</small>
+
The same rules apply to correcting a TA as to correcting an MA (see [[#corrigeren MA|section 5.2.2.4.1]]):<br>
 +
If the incorrect TA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the supplier can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. There are two new TAs are created within the same MBH:
 +
* A new TA with the correct data, ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in {{fhir|AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}} and a reference to the TA to be corrected and the unmodified MA.
 +
* A technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the TA to be corrected in {{fhir|RelationAdministrationAgreement}}.  
 +
Correcting a future TA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TTA plus a new TTA.
  
==Functional specification==
+
====Temporarily interrupting and resuming an administration agreement====
In the figures below the elements with normative data are presented. The other elements are not normative (not yet). The numbered elements in the table are normative; the other elements are optional (until further notice).
+
'''Interrupting a TA with an unmodified MA'''<br>
 +
Interrupting a TA with unmodified MA is done by recording two new TAs within the same MBH:
 +
*A stop-TA with stop type ‘interrupted’, reference to the TA to be interrupted in {{fhir|RelationAdministrationAgreement}} and reason for interruption in {{fhir|AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation}}.
 +
*Upon resumption, a new TA with a relationship to the unmodified MA and to the original TA.
 +
This may be relevant in the case of generic substitution during admission (see [[#generieke substitutie|section 5.7.2.2.2]]).
  
===Heading and general===
+
'''Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA'''<br>
 +
Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA is done in the same way. However, the new TA has a relationship to the new resumption-MA, without a relationship to the original TA.
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Functionele_specificatie.png]]
+
===Medication dispense===
 +
The medication can be dispensed if a new or existing TA has been recorded for it. Medication may only be dispensed if there is a valid MA for it.<br>
 +
In an outpatient situation, a new or existing VV is also required. The MVE then contains a reference to that VV. In a clinical situation, an MA is sufficient.<br>
 +
Upon delivery, an MVE is recorded and made available.
  
===Remarks===
+
====Medication dispense in the case of GDS medication====
 +
<section begin=medicatieverstrekking GDS/>It is desirable that a prescriber can determine whether changes in medication can wait until the next medication roll change. To do so, it must be clear when that roll change will take place.<br>
 +
To this end, it has been agreed that the {{fhir|DurationOfUse}} of an MVE will be equal to the duration of the medication roll. With a weekly medication roll, the MVE has a {{fhir|DurationOfUse}} of 7 days. For a fortnightly medication roll, the {{fhir|DurationOfUse}} is 14 days. In combination with the start of the MVE (in {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}}), it can easily be deduced what the last day of the roll will be.<br>
 +
This is particularly important for medication with a non-daily intake schedule. It prevents medication from being repeated too early and provides a clear starting point for roll changes. Examples:
 +
* Medication with an intake schedule of 3 times a week, on Monday - Wednesday - Friday.
 +
* Medication with a dosing schedule of once every two weeks. With a weekly medication roll, the roll will contain the medication one week and not the next.<section end=medicatieverstrekking GDS/>
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Kop en algemeen.png]]
+
===<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen bouwstenen ter hand stellen"></span>Directions for recording data in the building blocks administration agreement and medication dispense===
 +
====<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen TA"></span>Directions for recording data in the building block administration agreement====
 +
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the TA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
  
In the comment data element, for example, (limiting) health literacy competences (competences: literacy, calculation and digital skills) can be recorded, which may affect the medication administration. This part is for internal use and is not exchanged (not yet).
+
=====DistributionForm=====
 +
<section begin=distributievorm />The {{fhir|DistributionForm}} data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.<section end=distributievorm /><br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
'''NB.''' This part is not normative yet. This data is derived from the internal information system of the organisation.
+
=====InstructionsForUse=====
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|aanwijzing gebruiksinstructie voorschrijven }}
  
===GDS medication===
+
<section begin=herhaalperiodecyclischschema/>Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:
 +
*Twice a week
 +
*Once a month
 +
*Twice a year
 +
It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For patients receiving medication, the use of the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}} is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used. For detailed examples with the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}}, see the page [[mp:V3.0_Voorbeelden_doseringen#Cyclisch|dosage examples]].<section end=herhaalperiodecyclischschema/>
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Opmerkingen.png]]
+
=====PeriodOfUse=====
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|gebruiksperiode voorschrijven }}<br>
  
GDS (medication distribution system, in Dutch: 'Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem') is defined as a package in which medicaments are distributed in units per administration moment, labelled with the name of an individual patient ([https://www.knmp.nl/praktijkvoering/richtlijnen/knmp-richtlijnen-praktijkvoering/knmp-richtlijn-voor-geautomatiseerd-geneesmiddeldistributiesysteem-gds-september-2011 KNMP, 2011]).
 
  
A GDS allows a patient to self-manage their own medication for longer. Whether medication is placed in GDS is determined by a supplier. The data element ‘Distribution form’ in the corresponding TA (and also in the MVE, which, however, is not used to compile the administration list) indicates whether GDS medication is involved.
+
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|onzekerheidscriterium 1 }}<br>
  
The healthcare field has expressed the wish for a warning signal to be displayed in the event of changed or discontinued medication, stating that the medicine may be in the GDS packaging and that an action may need to be taken on this. Further elaboration on this is needed.
 
  
===Non-GDS medication===
+
The {{fhir|startDateTime}} of a TA may differ from that in the MA. Examples:
 +
* The patient does not collect the medication until several days after the {{fhir|startDateTime}} in the MA.
 +
* Starting or modifying GDS medication.
 +
The same applies to the {{fhir|endDateTime}}.<br>
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Niet-GDS-medicatie.png]]
 
  
Non-GDS medication is medication which, for various reasons, cannot be included in an automated medication distribution system. The distribution type 'non-GDS' is specified in the data element DistributionForm in the corresponding TA. Furthermore, for non-GDS medication, the data element Condition in AsNeeded remains empty.
+
<section begin=startdatumtijd TA GDS/>If medication is to be supplied in GDS or if changes are made to GDS medication, the {{fhir|startDateTime}} of the new GDS TA is the same as the starting date of the next medication roll.<br>
  
===Non-GDS medication – as needed===
+
If the change must take effect before a planned roll change, the time until the medication roll change must be bridged. This can be done by supplying the medication separately during that period or by changing the medication roll immediately.<section end=startdatumtijd TA GDS/>
  
[[Bestand:Toedienlijst_Niet-GDS-medicatie_zo_nodig.png]]
+
=====MedicineForAdministrationAgreement=====
 +
Whereas in the MA the medicine is usually prescribed at PRK level, in the TA it is listed at HPK level. This level contains additional medication monitoring data relating to excipients. The TA then lists the specific commercial product that has been or will be supplied.
  
Non-GDS medication as needed comprises separate medication which should be administered only in specific circumstances. The condition for administration of such medicament can be:
+
=====RegistrationDateTime=====
*a measured physiological value (plasma glucose level, body temperature, blood pressure);
+
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|registratiedatumtijd }}
*a symptom or other condition (headache, itching).
 
The distribution type 'non-GDS' is specified in the data element DistributionForm in the corresponding TA. Furthermore, the Condition in AsNeeded is filled with 'As needed'.
 
  
==Building block instantiations==
+
====<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzingen MVE"></span>Directions for recording data in the building block medication dispense====
This paragraph describes which building block instantiations are related to the administration list. This includes only the ‘own’ building blocks (see [[#Own and someone else's|paragraph 5.3.1]]) and only the latest, relevant instantiations (see [[#Last relevant|paragraph 5.3.2]]).
+
This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MVE in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in {{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|ART-DECOR}}.
  
===Therapeutic and logistical building blocks===
+
=====RequestDate and MedicationDispenseDateTime=====
Compiling an administration list involves therapeutic building blocks. The logistic building block MVE is not needed for compiling an administration list as TA includes the data element ‘DistributionForm’ in which the type of distribution including ‘GDS medication’ is registered. Building blocks can be ‘overruled’ based on inference rules. All inference rules as described in [[#Medication overview and inference rules|Chapter 5]] are applicable. In addition, in this paragraph, the inference rules for WDS are described. The inference rules do not apply to MTD, as medication administration is a procedure at a certain time point; in contrast, the MA, TA and MBG comprise agreements valid for a certain period of time.  
+
In an MVE, both the {{fhir|RequestDate}} and the {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}} can be recorded.
 +
* {{fhir|RequestDate}}: date/time at which the supplier records a planned dispensing.
 +
* {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}}: date/time at which the actual handing out of the medication took place.
 +
Both dates are the same if the VV is processed immediately and the patient collects the medication on the same day. If the patient collects the medication at a later time than the VV was processed, these dates will differ. If the medication is not collected, no dispensing takes place and no MVE is recorded.<br>
  
====Administration list and inference rules====
+
When using a dispensing machine, the {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}} is the date/time at which the patient collects the medication from the machine. If this date/time is not available in the AIS, the date/time at which the medication is placed in the dispensing machine may be used instead.<br>
  
An administration list can be compiled, for example in the administrator’s information system, based on separate medication building blocks.
+
If multiple dispensings are made under the same VV, each dispensing has its own {{fhir|RequestDate}} and, of course, its own {{fhir|MedicationDispenseDateTime}}.
The medication building blocks may be retrieved from the own information system or from other sources. The transaction Medication data (query/make available) is used for querying and making available individual medication building blocks.
 
With the transaction group Medication data (send/receive), separate medication building blocks can be sent to another health professional or patient directly (without prior consultation); for example, in the case of discharge or on request of a fellow health professional (for example, a patient sees a GP or supplier outside the region; the GP or supplier requests the data by telephone and receives the data digitally).
 
Both for Medication data send/receive and Medication data query/make available, data obtained from other sources is not allowed to be presented in the administration list.
 
  
===Last relevant===
+
=====DistributionForm=====
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|distributievorm }}<br>
 +
[[#GDS-medicatie|Section 5.8]] provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.
  
Only the latest relevant medication building blocks (per MBH) are part of the administration list. This paragraph provides a description of the latest relevant building blocks for an administration list comprising medication on prescription. [[#Medication with prescription with a variable dosing regimen|Paragraph 6.3.2.1]] describes the situation in which a WDS is applicable. For WDS, the same inference rules apply as for MA. When preparing an administration list, if a WDS is present, this WDS is leading for the InstructionsForUse. All situations without WDS, as described in [[#Last relevant|paragraph 5.3.2]], are applicable as well.
+
===<span class="anchor" id="informatieoverdracht ter hand stellen"></span>Information transfer and system roles during sub-process Dispense===
 
+
During the Dispense sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
Query to identify the correct, relevant and future medication building blocks:
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width: 65em;"
{| class="wikitable"
+
! style="text-align:left"|type of information exchange !! style="text-align:left"|system role !! system role code
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2"|The supplier receives a new MA, a stop-MA, or a technical stop-MA with a modified new MA from the prescriber. This may be accompanied by kidney function values, height or weight. || style="vertical-align:top;"|VoorschriftOntvangend ||style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-VOO
 +
|-
 +
| style="vertical-align:top;"|LabresultaatOntvangendSysteem  ||style="vertical-align:top;"|LAB-LRO
 +
|-
 +
| The supplier informs the prescriber about the processing of the medication prescription by sending the TA and/or stop-TA, with or without MVE. ||style="vertical-align:top;"|VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend ||style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-VAS
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align:top;"|The supplier can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. ||style="vertical-align:top;"|VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend ||style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMS
 
|-
 
|-
! Nr
+
style="vertical-align:top;"|AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend|| style="vertical-align:top;"|MP-AVMO
! style="text-align:left;"|Medication building block
 
! style="text-align:left;"|Query Parameter
 
! style="text-align:left;"|What should be filled in specifically?
 
 
|-
 
|-
| 1 || MA, TA, WDS || PeriodOfUse || All medication that should be administered today and, therefore, is applicable: Day = T, startDate = T: 00:00:00 h, endDate = T: 23:59:59 h
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend  || MP-VVS
 
|-
 
|-
| 2 || MTD || Administration Period || Depending on medical relevance (for example, historical information on InjectionPatchSite may be relevant back to one week ago). For example, if one week is sufficient (another period may be chosen): Day = T, startDate = T-7 day
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend  || MP-AVVO
|}
 
 
 
If all medication building blocks are collected, the following medication data, depending on the situation, can be used:
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|Medication building block
+
| When queried, the AIS provides the recorded medication data. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend  || MP-MGB
! style="text-align:left;"|Situation: only MA*
 
! style="text-align:left;"|Situation: MA + TA
 
! style="text-align:left;"|Situation: MA + TA + WDS
 
 
|-
 
|-
| MA || Leading** for compiling the administration list (number: 2, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10) || Data from the prescriber || Data from the prescriber
+
| The supplier queries the available medication data to perform medication verification. || style="vertical-align:top;"|MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend  ||style="vertical-align:top;"| MP-MGR
 
|-
 
|-
| TA || - || Leading** for compiling the administration list (number 2, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10) || Data from the supplier and medicine
+
| rowspan="2"|Where appropriate, the supplier can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. || MedicatieGegevensSturend  || MP-MGS
 
|-
 
|-
| WDS || - || - || Leading** for compiling the administration list (number 5, 6, 7, 10)
+
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend  || MP-MGO
 
|}
 
|}
<small>
+
The supplier uses a pharmacy information system (AIS). See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
* Situation in which the supplier has not processed the MA yet.
+
 
** ‘Leading’ indicates the data elements which are included in the functional requirements (numbers of the elements are provided between brackets).</small>
+
==<span class="anchor" id="Deelproces Toedienen"></span>Sub-process Administer==
 +
NB: In this FD and the dataset, the functionalities in the Administer sub-process are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).<br>
 +
 
 +
This section describes the process of administering medication. Medication can be administered without an administration list. Section 5.4.1.2 provides several examples of this. However, this section focuses on administering medication based on an administration list. <br>
 +
There are various situations in which medication must be administered, for example in a hospital, a nursing home or in home care. Medication can be administered by professional administrators such as doctors, nurses and carers. It is also possible that the patient or their informal carer administer the medication, but need an administration list to do so. In this FD the general term 'administrator' is used.<br>
  
====Medication with prescription with a variable dosing regimen ====
+
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page [[mp:V3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9/praktijkvoorbeelden/gebruiken|Practical examples sub-process Administer]].
  
======Most simple ‘happy flow’======
+
===Overview sub-process Administer===
The most simple ‘happy flow’ in a pharmaceutical treatment is stated below.
+
====Administering medication using an administration list====
 +
In principle, medication is administered using an administration list. When starting with an administration list, the prescriber, supplier, administrator and/or patient agree on which medication will be included on the administration list and what the intended (target) administration times are. This process may vary depending on the situation and the healthcare organisation.<br>
  
*''MA – WDS – TA''
+
Prior to administration, the administrator must have an administration list with the relevant medication details for the patient. Section 5.4.2 explains the content and preparation of administration lists. <br>
  
In general, an MBH starts with an MA. A TA specifies the MA. In addition, a WDS identifies whether a variable dosing regimen applies. In both the MA and the TA, the instruction ‘according to schedule thrombosis service’ is recorded. Then, in the WDS, the dosing schedule is specified. The three medication building blocks MA, TA and WDS are relevant and are part of compiling an administration list, as indicated in green below.
+
The administrator checks the medication available and the details on the administration list and, if necessary, prepares the medication for administration. The administrator administers the medication and records the administration in the MTD building block. Section 5.4.3 describes how the recording should take place in different situations.<br>
  
<font color="00CC00">
+
The administrator can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber to make a proposal regarding a patient's medication. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for the handling of these proposal data.<br>
*MA  – WDS– TA  </font>
 
<font color="black">
 
A TA refers to the MA that is specified by the TA. Also, a WDS refers to the MA that is specified by the WDS. A WDS is always related to an MA.
 
  
======New WDS  ======
+
At the end of the process, the recorded data are exchanged. This allows a health professional to check which medication has been administered to a patient. This can be important, for example, when a patient is transferred to another department or institution. The exchange of information is discussed further in section 5.4.4.
  
<font color="00CC00">
+
====Administering medication without administration list====
*MA<font color="gray"> – WDS – <font color="00CC00">TA<font color="black"> – <font color="00CC00">WDS<font color="black">
+
Sometimes medication is administered without it being on an administration list. Examples include:
 +
* A modification of the MA has been communicated verbally, but has not yet been recorded.
 +
* Occasional administration by the general practitioner, for example of a tetanus injection or anaesthetic.
 +
* Administration of medication in emergency situations. In this case, too, the administrator records an MTD after administration. This MTD can then be the first building block with which a new MBH is started. After this, an MA and TA should still be created within this MBH.
  
The PeriodOfUse of the WDS has ended and a new dosing schedule is created. For a variable dosing schedule in which a endDateTime has already been agreed, no additional stop-WDS is required.
+
===<span class="anchor" id="Toedienlijsten"></span>Administration lists===
 +
In order to account for which medication the administrator has administered to the patient, it must be stated on an administration list (apart from the exceptional situations in section 5.4.1). An administration list is a list of all medicines that have been prescribed to a patient and that must be administered to this patient.
 +
In principle, self-care medication is not included. Self-care medication can only be included on the administration list if a prescriber has established a prescribing policy for this and has created an MA for this purpose, and/or if a supplier has created a TA for this purpose.
  
======Change of WDS ======
+
====Explanation of some data on administration lists====
 +
The sections below explain some data that may be important to include in an administration list. However, the exact information required for administration registration depends on the context of the administrator. The content of an administration list and the way in which an eTDR presents it can therefore differ depending on this context.
  
<font color="00CC00">
+
=====Medication in GDS=====
*MA<font color="black"> – WDS– <font color="00CC00">TA<font color="black"> – <font color="red">stop-WDS<font color="black">  – <font color="00CC00">WDS<font color="black">
+
The administration list must clearly indicate whether a medication is dispensed in a GDS. The {{fhir|DistributionForm}} data element of the TA and the MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is concerned.
  
The WDS is changed.
+
=====Additional guidelines for administering medication=====
 +
Additional instructions for administering medication can be provided to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:
 +
* Indicating that the patch should be removed when discontinuing use of a fentanyl patch.
 +
* Indicating what should be done with the other half of a tablet when dosing half a tablet.
 +
Such data cannot be recorded in a structured format. They are recorded in free text in the {{fhir|AdditionalInstructions}} data element of the MA, TA, and/or the WDS.
  
======Discontinuation of medication ======
+
===== (Recommended) administration times =====
*MA WDS – TA – <font color="red">stop-MA<font color="black">
+
An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. (Recommended) administration times are assumed to be flexible unless specified otherwise.<br>
 +
If these data are missing, the administrator should check this with the prescriber or supplier.
  
Medication with a WDS is discontinued by stopping the MA.
+
''Flexible (recommended) administration time''<br>
 +
If the (recommended) administration time of a medication is flexible, it will usually be determined based on the administration times of other medications and the logistical rounds of the administrator.
  
======Change of trade product ======
+
''Exact administration time''<br>
 +
Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element {{fhir|AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible}} to ‘no’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.
  
<font color="00CC00">
+
''(Recommended) administration time in case of ‘as needed’ medication''<br>
*MA <font color="black">– <font color="00CC00">WDS<font color="black"> – TA – <font color="red">stop-TA<font color="black">  – <font color="00CC00">TA<font color="black">
+
For ‘as needed’ medication, the administration time is not normally known in advance. However, (recommended) administration times may be provided if there is a reason to do so, for example in the case of sleep medication.
  
The trade product is changed; this does not affect the WDS.
+
''RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule mandatory for certain dosing instructions''<br>
 +
Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:
 +
* Twice a week
 +
* Once a month
 +
* Twice a year
 +
It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For those patients, the use of the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}} is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used.  
  
====Rules of overruling listed====
+
For detailed examples with the data element {{fhir|RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule}}, see the dosage examples page.
  
Based on the above descriptions/examples, the following general rules of overruling can be derived. These are the rules for determining whether a building block is relevant for delivery in the administration list. Within an MBH: <br>
+
=====InjectionPatchSite=====
*A new MA overrules all therapy building blocks (MA, TA, WDS) belonging to the MA that is being changed, stopped or cancelled.
+
For some medications, it is necessary to know where the last injection was given or where the last patch was applied. This is recorded after each administration in the {{fhir|InjectionPatchSite}} data element in the MTD.
*A new TA overrules the TA type building block belonging to the TA being changed, stopped or cancelled.
 
*A new WDS overrules all older WDSs belonging to the same MA.
 
<font color="black">
 
  
=Information systems and transactions=
+
====Drawing up the administration list====
This chapter contains a list of all system roles and transactions that are referred to in the various process chapters.
+
To ensure that medication is administered safely and correctly, an administration list must show the relevant medication details for that administration moment. Prescribers, suppliers and administrators are responsible for providing the medication data necessary for compiling an administration list in a timely manner.
  
The figure below ([[#figuur 10|Figure 10]]) contains an overview of all information systems with their corresponding system roles (for the system roles related to the transfer of laboratory data, we refer to the [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Landingspagina_Labuitwisseling functional design Information standard exchange Laboratory data]). The system roles have been described in [[#tabel 3|Table 3]]. The system roles associated with querying/making available medication data and the medication overview are important for all information systems depending on the process in which they are used. The electronic prescribing system (EVS) also includes the system roles for receiving a VVV, sending an AVVV and receiving a VMA and, in an outpatient situation, for sending a prescription and receiving data on the processing of a prescription. In addition to the basic system roles, a XIS and PGO also include the system roles for sending a VMA and a VVV, for sending data on MGB and for receiving an AVVV. The pharmacist information system (AIS) also includes, in addition to the basic system roles, the roles for sending a VMA, sending a VVV and data on processing of the prescription, and receiving a prescription and AVVV. [[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] lists the main system roles per process.
+
=====Medication building blocks used in the administration list=====
 +
An administration list is compiled based on all MAs, TAs and WDSs available at the time the medication is to be administered. Data such as (recommended) administration times and instructions for use are recorded in these building blocks.  
 +
Recently registered MTDs are also important, including MTDs for changed or recently discontinued medication. These MTDs provide insight into how previous administrations went, for example with regard to the {{fhir|InjectionPatchSite}}.
 +
The administrator's information system (eTDR) retrieves the data for an administration list using the Query medication data transaction.
  
 +
=====Which data from which building block?=====
 +
Information about the {{fhir|InjectionPatchSite}} can be found in the MTD. For the other data, the following table shows in which data element of which building block they occur.<br>
  
{{anchor|figuur 10}}
+
''Table I Medication data items in data elements of MA, TA and WDS''<br>
[[Bestand:Systemen.png|Figuur 10 Overzicht systemen en systeemrollen]]
 
  
{{anchor|tabel 3}}
+
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
! rowspan="3" style="vertical-align:bottom;"|Nr !! rowspan="3" style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom;"|Data item !! colspan="3"|Medication building block
!style="text-align:left;"|System role name
 
!style="text-align:left;"|Abbr.
 
!style="text-align:left;"|Description
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend
+
!  colspan="3"|Data element
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGB
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Making medication data available to fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend
+
!  MA || TA || WDS
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGR
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Querying medication data at fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensSturend
+
| 1 || Medicine || style="text-align:center;"|AgreedMedicine || MedicineForAdministrationAgreement || AgreedMedicine
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending data to fellow health professional/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend
+
| 2 || Prescriber || style="text-align:center;"|Prescriber || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MGO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving medication data from fellow health professional/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtBeschikbaarstellend
+
| 3 || Supplier || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|Supplier || style="text-align:center;"|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOB
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Making medication overview available to fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtRaadplegend
+
| 4 || Author of the WDS || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|- || style="text-align:center;"|Author
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOR
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Querying medication overview at fellow health professionals/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtSturend
+
| 5 || Start date || colspan="3"|PeriodOfUse.startDateTime
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending medication overview to fellow health professional/patientf
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| MedicatieOverzichtOntvangend
+
| 6 || End date/duration || colspan="3"|PeriodOfUse.endDateTime, PeriodOfUse.duration
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-MOO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving medication overview from fellow health professional/patient
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftSturend
+
| rowspan="8" style="vertical-align:top;"|7 || colspan="4"|'''InstructionsForUse''':
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VOS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending dispense request or request for processing modifications to medication agreement
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftOntvangend
+
| Description || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.Description
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VOO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving dispense request or request for processing of modifications to medication agreement
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend
+
| Route of administration || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.RouteOfAdministration
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VAS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending data on processing of medication agreement and possibly dispense request in administration agreement and/or medication dispense
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend
+
| Additional instructions || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.AdditionalInstructions
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VAO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving data on processing of medication agreeement and possibly dispense request in administration agreement and/or medication dispense
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
+
| Dose || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.Dose
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VVS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending proposal dispense request to prescriber
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
+
| Administration time || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSchedule.AdministrationTime
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VVO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving proposal dispense request
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend
+
| Administration speed || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSpeed
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-AVVS
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending reply to proposal dispense request
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend
+
| Duration of administration || colspan="3"|InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.DurationOfAdministration
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-AVVO
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving reply to proposal dispense request
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
+
| 8 || Comment || Comment, MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation || style="text-align:center;"|Comment, AdministrationAgreementAdditionalInformation || style="text-align:center;"|Comment
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VMS
+
|}
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending proposal for new or modified medication agreement
+
 
|-
+
Table I shows that various data items can appear in different building blocks. Most of the data required for the administration list are usually taken from the TA, as the TA fills in the MA in concrete terms.
| style="background-color: white;"| VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
+
However, it may happen that only an MA is available. For example, if the supplier has not yet processed the MA. Whether data from this MA may be extracted for the administration list depends on the content of the AdditionalInformation data element (see [[#aanvullendeinformatie|section 5.2.5.1.1]]). This may concern new, modified or discontinued MAs.
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-VMO
+
The following rules have been established for this purpose:
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving proposal for new or modified medication agreement
+
* Data element {{fhir|AdditionalInformation}} is empty or contains ‘''Directly on administration list or in GDS''’: the data from this MA are used to draw up the administration list.
|-
+
* Data element {{fhir|AdditionalInformation}} contains ‘''After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS''’ or ‘''Per next GDS role change on administration list''’: the data in this MA may not be used to draw up the administration list. Until the MA has been processed by the supplier in a TA, the existing agreements remain applicable. After processing the MA, the TA is leading for the required data on the administration list.
| style="background-color: white;"| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend
+
Exception: If prescribing, dispensing and administering are recorded in a single XIS, the content of {{fhir|AdditionalInformation}} is irrelevant. The MA is then used in every situation for drawing up the administration list. This may be the case in hospitals, for example.
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-AVMS
+
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Sending reply to proposal medication agreement
+
A WDS, too, influences which data should be extracted from which building block.
|-
+
 
| style="background-color: white;"| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend
+
The following table indicates for various situations which building block is leading for retrieving data for the administration list for a specific medicine. The numbers refer to the data items in the previous table. This is further elaborated for various situations on the [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/MA_TA_op_de_toedienlijst|Examples of application of building blocks on the administration list]] page.<br>
| style="background-color: white;"| MP-AVMO
+
 
| style="background-color: white;"| Receiving reply to proposal medication agreement
+
''Table II Which building block is leading for retrieving data for use on the administration list''<br>
|}<small>Table 3 Overview system roles</small>
 
  
Table 4 gives an overview of all transaction groups, transactions, corresponding system roles and building blocks exchanged with this transaction group. The names of the transaction groups and transactions link to the ART-DECOR publication which details per scenario which data elements are used (for the transaction groups, transactions and associated system roles related to the transfer of laboratory data, please refer to the [https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Landingspagina_Labuitwisseling functional design Information standard exchange Laboratory data]).
+
{{anchor|tabel II}}
 +
{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
 +
! colspan="3" | Situation
 +
! MA
 +
! TA
 +
! WDS
  
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Transaction group'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Transaction'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''System role'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Building blocks'''
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.139-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.372_20220630000000 Medication data (PULL)]
+
| rowspan="4" | '''A) Only MA available: supplier has not yet processed the MA'''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.374-2022-06-30T000000.html Making medication data available]
+
| rowspan="2" | MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA is empty or contains<br><br>
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGB
+
''Directly on administration list or in GDS''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|One or more: MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
+
| New MA
 +
|
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.373-2022-06-30T000000.html Querying medication data]
+
| Modification or discontinuation of MA
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGR
+
|
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.139-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.375_20220630000000 Medication data (PUSH)]
+
| rowspan="2" | MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA contains<br><br>
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.376-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending medication data]
+
''After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS''<br>
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGS
+
or ''Per next GDS medication roll change on administration list''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|One or more: MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
+
| New MA
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.376-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving medication data]
+
| Modification or discontinuation of MA
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MGO
+
|
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
|
 +
'''Existing TA:'''
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Supplier data #3
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.140-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.388_20220630000000 Medication overview (PULL)]
+
| '''B) MA and TA available'''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.390-2022-06-30T000000.html Making medication overview available]
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOB
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="4"|MA, TA, MGB
+
|
 +
* Prescriber data #2
 +
|
 +
* Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
 +
* Supplier data #3
 +
| style="text-align:center;" |
 +
 
 
|-
 
|-
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.389-2022-06-30T000000.html Querying medication overview]
+
| '''C) MA, TA and WDS available'''
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOR
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|-
+
| style="text-align:center;" |
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.140-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.391_20220630000000 Medication overview (PUSH)]
+
|
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.392-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending medication overview]
+
* Prescriber data #2
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOS
+
|
|-
+
* Leading building block for data item #1
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.392-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving medication overview]
+
* Supplier data #3
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-MOO
+
|
|-
+
* Leading building block for data items #4, 5, 6, 7, 8
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.141-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.394_20220630000000 Medication prescription (PUSH)]
+
|}
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.395-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending medication prescription]
+
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VOS
+
===Directions for recording data in the building block medication administration===
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|MA with or without VV, height, weight, renal function value
+
After administering medication, the administrator records the administration data in the MTD building block. Any deviations from the originally intended administration (e.g. changed dosage, patient refusal, swallowing problems, side effects, etc.) are also recorded here.
|-
+
This section describes some specific situations.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.395-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving medication prescription]
+
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VOO
+
====Administration deviates from administration list====
|-
+
The administrator may, in consultation and within set frameworks, deviate from what has been recorded by the prescriber and/or supplier in the MA and/or TA. For example, in the date or time of administration, or in the amount administered. The reason for this is recorded in the data element {{fhir|MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation}} in the MTD.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.143-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.406_20220630000000 Medication prescription processing (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.407-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending data on processing of medication prescription]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VAS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|TA with or without MVE
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.407-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving data on processing of medication prescription]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VAO
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.142-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.400_20220630000000 Proposal dispense request (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.401-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending proposal dispense request]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VVS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|VVV
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.401-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving proposal dispense request]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VVO
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.142-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.403_20220630000000 Reply proposal dispense request (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.404-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending reply proposal dispense request]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-AVVS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|AVVV
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.404-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving reply proposal dispense request]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-AVVO
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.142-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.397_20220630000000 Proposal medication agreement (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.398-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending proposal medication agreement]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|VMA with or without height, weight
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.398-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving proposal medication agreement]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-VMO
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/sc-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.3.142-2022-06-30T000000.html#_2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.445_20220630000000 Reply proposal medication agreement (PUSH)]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.446-2022-06-30T000000.html Sending reply proposal medication agreement]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-AVMS
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="2"|AVMA
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20250522T132618/tr-2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.20.77.4.446-2022-06-30T000000.html Receiving reply proposal medication agreement]
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MP-AVMO
 
|}<small>Table 4 Overview transaction groups. For PULL transaction groups, sending and receiving are the same transaction</small>
 
  
[[#Medication process|Chapter 2]] lists for each process only the relevant transactions per process step. The transaction groups are not included in this. Table 4 includes all transaction groups and transactions.
+
====Administration did not take place====
 +
If it is not possible to administer a medication, this can be recorded in the MTD by entering 0 in the {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}}, possibly with an explanation in the {{fhir|Comment}} data element. If it is not the intention to administer the medication at a later time, this can also be indicated in that data element.
  
=Functionality=
+
====Postponing an administration====
This chapter describes indications for the functionality of an information system.
+
If administration is not successful, it can be decided in consultation with the prescriber or supplier to administer the medicine at a later time, provided this falls within the agreements made regarding flexible administration times. An initial MTD with an {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}} of 0 can also be recorded, and a new MTD if the medication is administered later.
  
==Filtering medication from 2nd/3rd line (all information systems)==
+
====Correcting an MTD that has already been recorded====
An institution makes all its medication data (all building blocks) available. Not all data may be relevant for the receiving health professionals. Receiving information systems may therefore include a filter depending on the requirements of the specific health professional/patient.<br>
+
It may happen that an MTD that has already been recorded needs to be corrected because the administration took place differently than was recorded. If the MTD has not yet been made available, the administrator can adjust or delete it in their own information system.
During an admission, certain medicines may be administered that may after discharge still be of interest to healthcare providers outside the institution where the patient was admitted. An example is medication with a long-term effect, making it important to be able to perform medication monitoring on them even after discharge. Such medicines should therefore not be filtered out in advance. The table below (Table 5) lists examples of such medicine groups. Sectors and suppliers can draw up their own list for this purpose by mutual agreement.
+
If the MTD has already been shared with other health professionals, corrections are made by recording and making available additional MTDs. The data element {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}} can be used for this. The value of this data element can be negative in a corrective MTD. In case of corrections, the final quantity administered is then equal to the sum of the {{fhir|AdministeredAmount}} in all recorded MTDs.
 +
In {{fhir|MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation}} the reason for the correction can be indicated, for example 'incorrect registration of medication' or ‘drug spat out by patient'.
  
{{anchor|tabel 5}}
+
===Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Administer===
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
During the Administer sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
! style="text-align:left;"| ATC-code
+
{| class="wikitable"
! style="text-align:left;"| Name
+
! type of information exchange !! system role !! system role code
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|L01
+
| The administrator queries a patient’s available medication data for drawing up the administration list || MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend || MP-MGR
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Cytostatics
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| L03AX03
+
| When queried, the eTDR provides the recorded medication data. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend || MP-MGB
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|BCG vaccine, urology
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|L04AA23; L04AA25; L04AA26; L04AA33; L04AA34; L04AB; L04AC
+
| rowspan="2"|Where appropriate, the administrator can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. || MedicatieGegevensSturend || MP-MGS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Immunosuppressive agents
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|B03AC; B03XA; B06AC
+
| MedicatieGegevensOntvangend || MP-MGO
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Iron, erythropoietin, drugs used in angioedema
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|G03GA; G03GB02
+
| rowspan="4"|The administrator can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend || MP-VMS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Gonadotropins (HCG, etc.), clomiphene
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|H01CA; H01CC; L02AE04
+
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend || MP-AVMO
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Gonadorelin, hypothalamic hormones, triptorelin
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|J06; J07
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend || MP-VVS
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Immunoglobulins, vaccines
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|M03AX01
+
| AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend || MP-AVVO
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Botulinum toxin
+
|}
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|R03DX05
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Omalizumab
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|S01LA04; S01LA05; S01LA
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Ophthalmological antineovascularisation agents
 
|}<small>Table 5 Types of clinical medication relevant for external health professionals</small>
 
 
 
==Making medication data available (all information systems)==
 
A healthcare provider only makes their own medication data available. In principle, all own medication data are made available to the extent permitted by patient and the law. Data received from others (healthcare providers/patient) that one has copied into one's own information system and marked as a copy are not made available. The only exception is the transaction Medicatieoverzicht (Medication overview) PUSH and PULL, in which case third parties’ building blocks are made available on condition that they include the original identification label (see also [[#Introduction 2|paragraph 5.1]]).
 
 
 
==Notification date or dispense date (pharmacist information system)==
 
The RequestDate and the actual MedicationDispenseDateTime may be recorded in the MVE. The RequestDate is the time at which a supplier records an intended medication dispense. The MedicationDispenseDateTime is the date on which the medication dispense has actually taken place.
 
  
When a VV is processed immediately and the patient picks up the medication that same day, both dates will be the same. When the patient picks up the medication one or several days later, different dates must be entered. When medication is dispensed on several occasions as part of the same VV (for example, when prescriptions are split), each MVE has its own RequestDate. When an automated dispense system is being used, the MedicationDispenseDateTime is the time at which the patient picks up the medication from the dispense system. Until this time is available in the pharmacist information system, the time at which the medication is deposited in the automated dispense system may be used. See also [[#Request and dispense|paragraph 4.2.5]].
+
When administering medication, an electronic administration registration system (eTDR) is used. See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
  
==Updating after system malfunction==
+
==Sub-process Use==
After a system malfunction, the prescriber’s information system needs to determine whether changes have been made to MAs. For practical examples and rationale, see [[#Discontinuation of medication by third parties|paragraph 4.1.24]] and [[#Two PRKs in a single pharmaceutical treatment|paragraph 4.1.25]].
+
This section describes the process of using medication and the recording of this use by a patient or their representative. Hereafter only the word ‘patient’ will be used.<br>
 +
Data about the patient's medication use can also be recorded by health professionals, for example during medication verification (see [[#Deelproces Medicatieverificatie|section 5.1]]).<br>
  
==Construction for ‘once every 36 hours’ interval==
+
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/gebruiken|Practical examples sub-process Use]] page.
When the dosing instruction reads ‘1 tablet every 36 hours’, this may normally be recorded in one MA (dose: 1 tablet, interval: 36 hours). However, when an information system does not go beyond an interval of, for example, 24 hours, another solution needs to be found.
 
  
''Variation 1:''
+
===Overview sub-process Use===
Making use of an ‘AsNeeded’ instruction with the Condition: ‘36 hours have passed since the last medication administration’. This does however come with a certain amount of freedom that may not be desirable.
+
The patient uses prescribed medication and/or self-care medication. This may also concern medication from abroad. This use may be in accordance with the agreements in MA and/or TA and/or WDS (for prescription medication), or in accordance with the instructions for use on the package (for self-care medication). The patient can also deviate from this.<br>
  
''Variation 2:''
+
If a new or modified MA or VV is required, a patient can contact the prescriber by sending a VMA or VVV. See [[#mp voorstelgegevens|section 5.6]] for further information about proposal data.<br>
A repeating dosing schedule can be created, alternating between administration in the morning, administration in the evening and a day without medication administration:
 
Repeat period: 3 days
 
Dosage instruction
 
  Sequence number: 1
 
  Dosage duration: 1 day
 
  Dosage
 
    Dose per administration: 1 tablet
 
    Administration time: 9 am (per example, this could also be a part of the day)
 
  Sequence number: 2
 
  Dosage duration: 1 day
 
  Dosage
 
  Dose per administration: 1 tablet
 
  Administration time: 9 pm (per example, this could also be a part of the day)
 
  
If it is not technically possible to choose a 36-hours interval, variation 2 applies.
+
Patients with a PGO or patient portal can view their medication data using the Query medication data transaction. They can also record their medication use in the medication building block MGB. The patient can record, among other things, for each medicine used:
 +
* Is the medicine used or not?
 +
* Is it used according to agreement (in MA/TA/WDS)?
 +
* If not, in what way does the patient deviatee from the agreement?
 +
* If applicable, the reason for deviation or discontinuation, for example side effects.
 +
The recording of MGBs by the patient is optional. Information about their medication use in the form of MGBs recorded by the patient will therefore not always be available.<br>
  
==EVS / HIS processing Regulation processing==
+
For patients who need to have their medication administered, the administration data are recorded by the administrator in an MTD, see [[#Deelproces Toedienen|section 5.4]]. However, some of these patients do take the medication themselves. If they record this in an MGB, it may differ from the data in the MTD.<br>
The supplier sends all MVEs and changes in TAs to the prescriber via the transaction Afhandelen medicatievoorschrift (settlement prescription). This handling must be automatically processed in the prescribing information system. The prescriber only assesses the TAs and does not have to assess all the MVEs.
 
  
==Pages with additional information relevant to the Kickstart==
+
The recorded data (MGB) are made available to the relevant health professionals.
Currently, (2023 - 2024), the information standard MP9 is being tested during the [https://www.samenvoormedicatieoverdracht.nl/kickstart-medicatieoverdracht/ Kickstart]. For this phase, additional information has been described that is supportive of the information standard, but partly not yet fully established. These include the following pages:
 
* [[mp:Vdraft_RaadplegenReconcilieren|Raadplegen en reconciliëren]] (Querying and reconciliation)
 
* [[mp:Vkickstart_MigratieHybride|Migratie/hybride]] (Migration/hybrid situation)
 
* [[mp:LeeswijzerVoorschriftmetnierfunctiewaarde|Meesturen nierfunctiewaarde met voorschrift]] (Send kidney function value with prescription)
 
* [[mp:V3.0_Voorbeelden_doseringen|Voorbeelden doseringen]] - zowel functionele als technische uitwerking in HL7v3 CDA en FHIR (Examples of doses - both functional and technical elaboration in HL7v3 CDA and FHIR)
 
* [[mp:Implementatiehandleiding_Consolidatie/afleidingsregels|Consolidatie/afleidingsregels]] (Consolidation/deduction rules)
 
* [[mp:Kickstart_Workflow_Intravenous_Therapy|Workflow and scope for infusion thearpy during the Kickstart]]
 
  
See also the [[mp:Medicatieoverdracht_Kickstart|landingspagina voor de Kickstart]] (landing page for the Kickstart) and [[mp:Besluiten_kernteams|Gebruikerseisen en -wensen]] (User requirements and wishes) for further documentation.
+
===<span class="anchor" id="aanwijzing mgb"></span>Directions for recording data in the building block medication use===
 +
In the context of this section, this concerns patients who themselves record data about their use. The table below shows how the data elements in the MGB building block should be filled in in various situations.
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|tabel medicatiegebruik}}
  
==Medication use: UseIndicator, AsAgreedIndicator, MedicationUseStopType, PeriodOfUse and DosingInstructions==
+
===Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Use===
 +
During the Use sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
{| class="wikitable"
 +
! style="text-align:left;"|type of information exchange!! style="text-align:left;"|System role !! system role code
 
|-
 
|-
|style="text-align:center;" |Situation || 1. Medication is/will be used during PeriodOfUse according to agreement|| 2. Medication is/will be used during PeriodOfUse, but not according to agreement || 3. Contrary to agreement, medication is/will not be used during PeriodOfUse || 4. Medication is/will not be used during PeriodOfUse, which is according to agreement || 5. Medication is used during PeriodOfUse but it is unknown if this is according to agreement (self-medication)
+
| When queried, the patient’s information system provides the recorded medication data. || MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend|| MP-MGB
|-
 
! UseIndicator (is this product being used) <br> !! Yes!! Yes !! No !! ''Empty'' (because this would lead to a double negative otherwise) !! Yes
 
 
|-
 
|-
! AsAgreedIndicator !! No!! No !! No!! Yes!! ''Empty''
+
| The patient can query their medication data. || MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend || MP-MGR
 
|-
 
|-
! MedicationUseStopType!! ''Empty'' !! ''Empty'' !! Discontinued or Suspended !! Discontinued or Suspended (''or Empty'') !! ''Empty''
+
| rowspan="4" style="vertical-align:top;"|The patient can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. || VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend || MP-VMS
 
|-
 
|-
| || || || StopType depends whether agreement is being discontinued or temporarily halted || StopType in accordance with stop-agreement ||
+
| AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend || MP-AVMO
 
|-
 
|-
! PeriodOfUse!! In accordance with MA or TA !! Max. 2 out of 3 !! Max. 2 out of 3 !! Max. 2 out of 3 !! Max. 2 out of 3
+
| VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend || MP-VVS
 
|-
 
|-
|style="text-align:right;" | startDateTime || The time at which the medication use was started. ||The time at which the deviating medication use was/will be started. . || Contrary to agreement, medication is/will not be used during PeriodOfUse || The time at which the medication use was/will be discontinued.  || The time at which the medication use was started.
+
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend || MP-AVVO
|-
 
|style="text-align:right;" | Duration|| The intended duration of medication use. || The intended duration of deviating medication use. || The (intended) duration of non-use||The (intended) duration of non-use. || The intended duration of medication use.
 
|-
 
|style="text-align:right;" | endDateTime  || The time at which the period of medication use ends (or has ended or will end).  || The time at which the period of deviating medication use ends (or has ended or will end).  || The time at which the medication use was/will be resumed (or is intended to resume).|| The time at which the medication use was/will be resumed (or is intended to resume). || The time at which the period of medication use ends (or has ended or will end).
 
|-
 
! DosingInstructions!! In accordance with MA or TA!! Required!! ''Empty'' !! ''Empty'' !! Required
 
|-
 
| || Medication was/will be used during the PeriodOfUse according to the agreement, therefore dosage is known.  || Medication was/will not be used according to the agreement, the actual dosage used must be communicated.  || The medication was/will not be used, there is no dosage.  || The medication was/will not be used, there is no dosage. || Dosage that the patient has agreed upon himself.
 
|}
 
'''Examples:'''<br>
 
'''Situation 1a: Medication is/will be used during the PeriodOfUse according to agreement'''<br>
 
Patient has been prescribed ferrous fumarate for anaemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a startDateTime of June 4, yyyy and no endDateTime.<br>
 
On 10 June, the patient registers the MGB for the past period (from 4 to 10 June yyyy).<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
|-
 
! Situation 1a !!
 
|-
 
| ProductUsed || FERROUS FUMARATE 100MG TABLET
 
|-
 
| UseIndicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| AsAgreedIndicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| MedicationUseStopType || Not applicable
 
|-
 
| startDateTime|| 4 June yyyy
 
|-
 
| endDateTime || 10 June yyyy
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || ''According to agreement''
 
 
|}
 
|}
 +
The patient uses a PGO or a patient portal. See [[#systeem|section 3.2.3]] for an overview of the system roles per information system.
 +
 +
==<span class="anchor" id="mp voorstelgegevens"></span>Proposal data==
 +
NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see [[#beta|section 1.5.4]]).
  
'''Situation 1b: Medication is/will be used during the PeriodOfUse according to agreement'''<br>
+
A prescriber may receive a proposal from a supplier, other health professional (including other prescribers), or from the patient regarding their pharmaceutical treatment. The following proposal data are available within MP9:
Patient has been prescribed ferrous fumarate for anaemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a startDateTime of June 4, yyyy and no endDateTime.<br>
+
* Proposal medication agreement (VMA) for proposals regarding the MA, with an optional reason for this proposal.
On 10 June, the patient registers the MGB for the past period (from 4 to 10 June).
+
* Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMA) for answering the VMA.
<br>
+
* Proposal dispense request (VVV) for proposals relating to the VV, with optionally a reason for this proposal.
{| class="wikitable"
+
* Reply proposal dispense request (AVVV), for answering the VVV.
|-
+
In response to a proposal, the prescriber always sends an answer to the proposer. If the proposal leads to a new prescription, this will be sent to the supplier.
! Situation 1b !!
 
|-
 
| ProductUsed || FERROUS FUMARATE 100MG TABLET
 
|-
 
| UseIndicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| AsAgreedIndicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| MedicationUseStopType || Not applicable
 
|-
 
| startDateTime || 4 June yyyy<br>
 
|-
 
| endDateTime || ''Empty''
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || ''According to agreement''
 
|}
 
  
'''Situation 2: Medication is/will be used during the PeriodOfUse, but not by agreement'''<br>
+
===Proposal medication agreement===
Patient has been prescribed ferrous fumarate for anaemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a startDateTime of June 4, yyyy and no endDateTime.<br>
+
A proposer can send a VMA to the prescriber. This may concern a proposal to modify, stop or continue an existing MA, or to start a new MA. A prescriber who receives a VMA selects one of three possible responses:
The patient is on the road a lot during the day and forgets for a week to take the medicines for lunch. However, the tablets are taken in the morning and evening before eating.<br>
+
* ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VMA into the new MA:
{| class="wikitable"
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width:45em;"
|-
+
! style="text-align:left;"|data element
! Situation 2 !!
 
|-
 
| ProductUsed || FERROUS FUMARATE 100MG TABLET
 
 
|-
 
|-
| UseIndicator || Yes
+
| PeriodOfUse
 
|-
 
|-
| AsAgreedIndicator || No
+
| AgreedMedicine
 
|-
 
|-
| MedicationUseStopType || Not applicable
+
| MedicationAgreementStopType
 
|-
 
|-
| startDateTime || 11 June
+
| ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation
 
|-
 
|-
| endDateTime || 15 June
+
| PrescriptionReason
 
|-
 
|-
| Dosing instruction || 1 tablet 2 times a day
+
| InstructionsForUse, with the exception of the description. An XIS can choose to copy the description upon querying, or generate it itself from the structured fields.
|}
 
'''Situation 3:  Contrary to the agreement, the medication is not/will not be used during the PeriodOfUse'''<br>
 
Patient has been prescribed ferrous fumarate for anaemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a startDateTime of June 4, yyyy and no endDateTime.<br>
 
The patient goes on vacation for a long weekend and finds out too late that the medication has not been packed. The patient will not take the tablets for the next few days and wants to record it.<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! Situation 3 !!
+
| AdditionalInformation
 
|-
 
|-
| ProductUsed || FERROUS FUMARATE 100MG TABLET
+
| Comment
 
|-
 
|-
| UseIndicator || No
 
|-
 
| AsAgreedIndicator || No
 
|-
 
| MedicationUseStopType || Suspended
 
|-
 
| startDateTime || 20 July
 
|-
 
| endDateTime || 23 July
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || Not applicable
 
 
|}
 
|}
'''Situation 4a: Medication is not/will not be used during the PeriodOfUse and that is also by agreement'''<br>
+
 
Patient has been prescribed ferrous fumarate for anaemia. Dosage is 1 tablet 3 times a day half an hour before eating, with a startDateTime of June 4, yyyy . On August 12, it turns out after checking that there is no longer anaemia and the doctor stops the medication. The patient wants to register that she has stopped taking the medication and registers this herself on August 15.<br>
+
* ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes a therapeutic change in the MA compared to the VMA.
{| class="wikitable"
+
* ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected' and an MA with another pharmaceutical product is made. In addition, the entire proposal can be rejected and no MA is made. In both cases an explanation must be given.
|-
+
 
! Situation 4a !!
+
===Proposal dispense request===
|-
+
A proposer can send a VVV to the prescriber. This concerns a request for a repeat prescription. A prescriber who receives a VVV selects one of three possible responses:
| ProductUsed || FERROUS FUMARATE 100MG TABLET
+
* ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VVV into the new VV:
|-
+
{| class="wikitable" style="width:20em;"
| UseIndicator || No
+
! style="text-align:left;"|data element
|-
 
| AsAgreedIndicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| MedicationUseStopType || Discontinued (''or Empty'')
 
|-
 
| startDateTime || 12 August yyyy
 
|-
 
| endDateTime || ''Empty''
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || ''Empty''
 
|}
 
''* <small>When discontinuing in accordance with the MA/TA, it does not matter whether the MedicationUseStopType is registered as ‘Discontinued’ or left empty. Both scenarios are correctly processed on the receiving end and represent the same stop type. However, if not in accordance with the MA/TA, the MedicationUseStopType is expected to be provided with the value ‘Discontinued’.''</small><br>
 
<br>
 
'''Situation 4b:  Medication is not/will not be used during the PeriodOfUse and that is also by agreement'''<br>
 
Patient has an infection and has been prescribed Amoxicillin. The patient should take this medication 7 days. The period of use has ended on September 8, and the patient wants to register that he is no longer taking this medication. He registers this on September 8 as MGB.<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
|-
 
! Situation 4b !!
 
|-
 
| ProductUsed || AMOXICILLIN DISPERSIBLE TABLET 500 MG
 
|-
 
| UseIndicator || No
 
|-
 
| AsAgreedIndicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| MedicationUseStopType || Discontinued (''or Empty'')
 
|-
 
| startDateTime || 8 September yyyy
 
|-
 
| endDateTime || ''Empty''
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || ''Empty''
 
|}
 
'''Situation 4c: Medication is not/will not be used during the PeriodOfUse and that is also by agreement'''<br>
 
Patient suffers from seasonal allergic rhinitis and has been prescribed Cetirizine. The patient should take this medication as needed for symptoms. However, the patient has been symptom-free for the past three months and has therefore not used the medication. The patient wants to register this.<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! Situation 4c !!
+
| MedicineToBeDispensed
 
|-
 
|-
| ProductUsed || CETIRIZINE TABLET 10 MG
+
| Amount
|-
 
| UseIndicator || No
 
|-
 
| AsAgreedIndicator || Yes
 
|-
 
| MedicationUseStopType || Discontinued or suspended (''or Empty'')
 
|-
 
| startDateTime || 8 August yyyy
 
|-
 
| endDateTime || 8 November yyyy
 
|-
 
| Dosing instruction || ''Empty''
 
|}
 
'''Situation 5:  Medication is/will be used during the PeriodOfUse, but it is unknown whether this is by agreement or that there is no agreement (self-medication)'''<br>
 
Patient has the flu and he takes paracetamol 500 mg from the local drug store for fever and pain. He has been taking 4 to 6 tablets a day for four days and expects to do this for another three days. He registers this on August 12 as MGB.<br>
 
{| class="wikitable"
 
 
|-
 
|-
! Situation 5 !!
+
| NumberOfRefills
 
|-
 
|-
| ProductUsed || Paracetamol 500mg
+
| ValidityPeriod
 
|-
 
|-
| UseIndicator || Yes
+
| DispenseLocation
 
|-
 
|-
| AsAgreedIndicator || ''Empty''
+
| AdditionalWishes
 
|-
 
|-
| MedicationUseStopType || Not applicable
+
| FinancialIndicationCode
 
|-
 
|-
| startDateTime || 8 August yyyy
+
| Comment
 
|-
 
|-
| Duration || 7 days
+
| RelationMedicationAgreement
 
|-
 
|-
| Dosing instruction || 4 to 6 tablets a day
 
 
|}
 
|}
 +
* ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes another change in the VV compared to the VVV.
 +
* ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected'. A VV with a different pharmaceutical product follows.
 +
Another possibility is that the IntendedSupplier is changed. This, too, is seen as a rejection. The supplier making the proposal will receive the rejection if no dispensing is required.
 +
Finally, the prescriber can reject the VVV completely. An explanation must be given in all these cases.
  
==Implementation of medication distribution system (GDS) data elements==
+
===Dispensing before approval by prescriber===
  
===Background===
+
When the prescriber issues a prescription based on the VMA or VVV, it is sent to the supplier. The supplier then processes the prescription. In exceptional cases, a supplier may dispense before the prescriber has responded to the VMA. This is done on the basis of professional judgement, regional agreements or a verbal agreement. This may involve:
More and more patients are receiving their medication through medication distribution systems (in Dutch “Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem"), with the supplier providing patients with an overview and organisation of their drugs by preparing these in separate compartment units. This form of delivery took off when the Medicines Act in 2007 stipulated that in healthcare institutions without a pharmacy, the medication should be individually registered for the patients.
+
* An additional medicine that is routinely given with another product. For example, a laxative with an opioid.
 +
* A substitute. The pharmaceutical product in the TA may differ from the MA (see [[#TA|section 5.3.2]]). For clarity in the chain, it may be desirable to adjust the MA accordingly, for example for the purposes of an administration list. For this, the supplier can send a VMA to the prescriber.
  
It is important for health professionals to know whether a patient is using GDS. In 2018, an analysis was conducted (under the direction of Z-Index, with health professionals) of the bottlenecks and wishes regarding the recording of a patient using GDS. Overall, it has emerged that it is desirable to be able to see whether a patient is using GDS at both the medication level and the patient level. For details see next paragraph.
+
==<span class="anchor" id="mp klinische situatie"></span>Medication process in the clinical situation==
 +
This section contains additional information about the medication process in clinical situations. This concerns patients who are admitted to, for example, a hospital, a mental health clinic, a nursing home or other institutions.<br>
  
The directions below provide guidance on how the Medication Process can support these needs.
+
The medication process in the hospital-based outpatient clinic is not covered here. This corresponds to the outpatient situation as described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.
  
===Wishes of care providers===
+
''<u>'''NB'''</u>: At present (Q1 2026), the information is still limited to a summary of what was contained in FO v3.0.0 rc1.''
In 2018, an inventory was made with the user councils of Z-Index about the wishes regarding the recording and exchange of GDS. Below is an overview of these wishes.<br>
 
  
'''Who'''
+
===Some points of attention in the clinical situation===
*All healthcare parties (from prescriber to operator)
+
The clinical medication process is largely the same as described in the previous sections, with a few differences and points to note:
'''What'''
 
*Record/exchange that someone is using GDS
 
*Record why someone is a GDS patient
 
*Record/exchange that medication must be in the GDS
 
*Record/exchange the duration of a role
 
*Exchange whether the change is immediate or at the next role change
 
  
'''Why'''
+
'''Medication supply'''<br>
*Determines which pharmacy delivers
+
During hospitalisation, medicines are generally supplied by the hospital pharmacy. In other institutions, this may be done by public, institutional or hospital pharmacies.
*Pharmacy must know whether the change applies to the current roll or not
 
*Important for stopping previous medication at the start of GDS
 
*Evaluation of GDS patients for health insurer
 
*Other logistics processes towards home care / informal care
 
  
'''When'''
+
'''Provisional and definitive medication orders'''<br>
*When starting medication, in a pharmacy already before notification of prescription
+
In the clinical situation, the term ‘provisional medication order’ (VMO) is used. In MP9, a VMO is recorded in the form of a medication agreement (MA). The application of the MA in a clinical situation is slightly broader than in an outpatient situation. In addition to an agreement between the prescriber and the patient about the use of medication, it is also:
*When transferring 1st / 2nd line
+
* an instructing order to the supplier to ensure that the medication is available for administration.
*When changing (incl. stopping) medication
+
* an instructing order to the administrator to administer the medication.
*When changing CiO data
 
  
'''Where'''
+
The hospital pharmacist usually validates the administration request. This results in a ‘final medication order’, comparable to the TA.
*When working in the patient's file, it should be clear that this characteristic applies to the patient concerned. This can be different for each type of care provider (patient file, medication file). The wish of public pharmacists is that they always have this characteristic available for a specific patient.
 
*On medication overview
 
  
===Data elements Medication process===
+
'''Dispense request and medication dispense'''<br>
The building blocks for the Medication Process have the following data elements that play a role in recording GDS.<br>
+
In a hospital, no VV is required during admission. The hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA.  Usually, no MVE will be recorded either.<br>
 +
Sometimes medication is taken from the ward stock. Replenishing this stock is not considered medication dispense in the sense of this FD.<br>
 +
If the medication for an institution is supplied by a public pharmacy, VV and MVE may be recorded.
  
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
'''Administration list'''<br>
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Building block '''
+
During admission, an administration list is available for all patients receiving medication and (target) administration times are recorded as standard.
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Description'''
 
! style="text-align:left;"| '''Type of content '''
 
|-
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| MA
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|AdditionalInformation
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|AdditionalInformation contains a list of details of the medicatieafspraak that are important for pharmacovigilance monitoring and completion by a supplier.
 
  
For example: "change in GDS immediately"
+
===Medication process during admission and discharge===
|-
+
Many changes in MAs and TAs can occur during admission and discharge. The generic sub-processes (Medication verification, Prescribe, Dispense, Administer) remain applicable, as described in sections 5.1 to 5.4. The sections below summarise the process from a clinical perspective.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| VV
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|AdditionalWishes
 
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Logistical instructions important for the completion of the dispense request by the supplier.
 
  
For example: "do not include in GDS"
+
====Prior to admission====
|-
+
Medication verification is usually carried out prior to admission. In the case of emergency admissions, this will often not be possible. However, it may be possible to do this later during the admission.
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;" rowspan="4"| MVE
+
The patient's medication may need to be adjusted prior to admission:
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|DistributionForm
+
* Starting new medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Distribution form
+
* Modifying, interrupting or discontinuing current medication
 +
If the admission date is not yet known, the data element {{fhir|PeriodOfUse.Condition}} in the relevant MA or stop-MA can be used to specify how many days before admission the adjustment must take place. As soon as the admission date is known or is changed, this is recorded in a new MA.<br>
 +
See the page [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/voorbeelden_onzekerheidscriterium|Examples uncertainty condition]] for details on how to use this condition.
  
For example: GDS
+
====During admission====
|-
+
At the start of an admission, the medication the patient is already taking is reviewed. Various decisions can be made regarding this medication:
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|DurationOfUse
+
* Unchanged continuation of medication use
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|Stock for this duration, consumption period
+
* Generic substitution of medication
|-
+
* Discontinuation of medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|RequestDate
+
* Modification of medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|The request date is the time when a supplier records an intended dispense
+
* Temporary interruption of medication
|-
+
* Pharmacotherapeutic substitution of medication
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|MedicationDispenseDateTime
+
These processes generally proceed as described in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. This is briefly explained in the following sections.<br>
|style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|The time of dispense. The date/time when the medicine is supplied to the patient
+
Medication verification may also take place during the admission period.
|}
 
  
===Application of data elements to support desired functionality for GDS patients===
+
=====Unchanged continuation of medication use during admission=====
====Recording that someone uses GDS====
+
The patient continues to use their medication from the outpatient situation unchanged (see [[#Continueren medicatie|section 5.2.2.2]]).
When working in the patient's file it is important to see that someone is using GDS. This applies to the pharmacy that supplies the GDS, as well as other care providers of the patient. It is therefore important that this information can be communicated with and shown to other health professionals.
+
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation continue during admission and after discharge.
  
As long as there is no patient characteristic with which GDS can be registered, it can be decided to derive this information from the GDS data that have been recorded with the medication. A possible handle for this is the fact that medication is included in the distribution module together with the DistributionForm data element in the MVE.
+
=====<span class="anchor" id="generieke substitutie"></span>Generic substitution of medication during admission=====
*Step 1: if medication is included in the distribution module: fill in the DistributionForm data element in the MVE with 'GDS'.
+
During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine has the same active ingredient, in the same quantity and pharmaceutical form. The PRK therefore remains the same.
*Step 2: Based on the DistributionForm data element, deduce that a patient is using GDS. The fact that a patient has an MVE where the DistributionForm data element is filled with "GDS" indicates that the patient is using GDS. This MVE can have been recorded by oneself, or it can have been received from another pharmacy (insofar as this data is collected and recorded in such a way that the contents of the DistributionForm data element are reusable). The fact that a patient uses GDS can then be shown when working in the medication file or the patient file. In consultation with end users, it should be further determined where and how this is shown.
+
* The MA continues during admission and after discharge.
 +
* The TA from the outpatient situation is stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’). After discharge, the provider from the outpatient situation creates a new TA for the MA.
 +
* A new TA is created for the medication during admission. This is stopped upon discharge.
  
====Recording why someone uses GDS====
+
=====Discontinuation of medication during admission=====
Users have indicated that it is desirable to be able to record why someone uses GDS. There are currently no structural data elements available for this.
+
The patient must permanently stop taking the medication prescribed in the outpatient setting (see [[#Stoppen medicatie|section 5.2.2.3]] and [[#stoppen TA|5.3.2.3]]).
 +
* The MA and TA are stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’).
  
====Record for medication that this must be in the GDS====
+
=====Modification of medication during admission=====
Prescribers want to be able to indicate whether or not a medicine should be supplied via GDS. This can be done as follows:
+
A modification is made to the medication from the outpatient situation, for example in terms of dosage (see [[#wijzigen medicatie|section 5.2.2.4]] and [[#wijzigen TA|5.3.2.4]]). This follows the regular modification process:
*VV, AdditionalWishes (AanvullendeWensen) data element. The code list for this data element contains the item "not in GDS".
+
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are stopped with technical stop-MA and stop-TA (stop type ‘stopped’).
 +
* A new MA and TA are recorded with the modification; these are stopped upon discharge.
 +
* Upon discharge, a new MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
  
====Establishing / exchanging the duration of a medication roll====
+
=====Temporary interruption of medication during admission=====
The duration of the medication roll can be determined on the basis of the "DurationOfUse" of the MVE: the "DurationOfUse" indicates the duration of a medication roll.
+
Interrupting medication from the outpatient situation upon admission and resuming it upon discharge follows the process described in [[#tijdelijk|section 5.2.2.5]].
 +
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with stop type ‘suspended’.
 +
* Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
  
====Establishing / exchanging whether a change in the medication should be effective immediately or not====
+
=====Pharmacotherapeutic substitution during admission=====
It is desirable that a prescriber can indicate whether changes in the medication should be implemented immediately or that they can wait until the next roll change. The handles for this are as follows:
+
During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine is registered for the same indication, but contains a different active substance and therefore has a different PRK (e.g. omeprazole/pantoprazole).
*MA, data element AdditionalInformation (AanvullendeInformatie) data element. The code list for this data element contains two items that relate to changes in the GDS, namely "Change in GDS immediately" and "Change in GDS per roll change".
+
* The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with the stop type ‘suspended’ (see [[#tijdelijk|section 5.2.2.5]]).
*It is important that the prescriber has insight into the duration of the roll and how long it will take before the current medication roll is used up. This can be deduced from:
+
* A new MA and TA are recorded for the other medicine. This is done in a different MBH, because the medicine has a different PRK. The new MA and TA are stopped upon discharge.
**MVE, data element DurationOfUse (Verbruiksduur), see above. For this, the prescribing system must have access to the supply data of previous MVEs.
+
* Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
**MVE, data element MedicationDispenseDateTime (or if this data element is not filled but the RequestDate is, then the RequestDate; if both are filled, MedicationDispenseDateTime is preferred). Based on this date and the DurationOfUse, it is possible to calculate the date on which the current medication roll is used.
 
  
=Reflections=
+
====<span class="anchor" id="bij ontslag">Upon discharge====
==Prescription without specified recipient (ambulatory)==
+
Upon discharge, the clinical medication is discontinued. However, in the event of an interim discharge, the clinical medication continues.<br>
In this paragraph, the term ‘prescription’ is used to indicate the message through which a patient may pick up a medicinal product from a supplier. A prescription contains an MA and a VV.
 
  
In the Netherlands it is customary to digitally send prescriptions to a receiving pharmacy instead of having to collect prescriptions. This requires that the pharmacy is already known.<br>
+
If a new MA and TA are created upon discharge, the prescriber at the institution can use the data element {{fhir|NextPractitioner}}, to indicate who is expected to take over the treatment with the medicine in question (see [[#vb|section 5.2.5.1.7]]). This may be relevant, for example, when modifying or interrupting the medication from the outpatient situation.
  
This paragraph considers whether more flexibility can be achieved in the logistical processing of prescriptions, without cancelling out current advantages. This paragraph may be seen as a long-term vision that we aim towards.
+
===Information exchange in the clinical situation===
 +
<section begin=informatieoverdracht klinische situatie />An institution makes available all medication data recorded within the institution itself (all its own building blocks). These may not all be relevant to receiving health professionals. Querying information systems could therefore filter the data.
 +
However, some medicines administered during hospitalisation may still be important after discharge. For example, because they have a long-term effect that requires medication monitoring even after discharge. These should therefore not be filtered out in advance. Sectors and suppliers can jointly draw up a list for this purpose.<section end=informatieoverdracht klinische situatie />
 +
[[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/tabel_klinische_ATC_codes|This page]] contains a list of examples of such drug groups.
  
===Basic principles===
+
==<span class="anchor" id="GDS-medicatie"></span> Overview of GDS medication==
When considering how to achieve flexibility in the processing of prescriptions, these basic principles have been formulated:
+
===Introduction===
*The patient is free to choose where prescriptions are handled
+
In the previous sections, information about GDS medication has been provided in various places. To provide more overview, that information is summarized in this section.<br>
*The current option for sending prescriptions remains possible.
 
*The information system must reuse the same functionality as much as possible.
 
*A prescription may only be dispensed once.
 
Since the methodology described below uses the existing method of sending prescriptions, the same legal rules and regulations apply to prescription validity. All discussions about electronic signatures are equally applicable to the current method of communicating prescriptions.
 
  
===Details===
+
The Medication Distribution System (GDS) is a distribution method in which medicinal products are packaged in units per administration time. The use of GDS has consequences for prescribing, dispensing and administering medication. For all involved healthcare professionals it must be clear that the patient receives their medication in GDS. This must be recorded and communicated unambiguously.  
A patient may choose from 3 options:
 
#A prescription is always sent to the same regular pharmacy.
 
#The patient indicates each time where the prescription has to be sent.
 
#The patient does not give any indication, and goes to a pharmacy which subsequently requests and processes the prescription.
 
Options 1 and 2 require a patient portal, in which the patient indicates his preference. For option 2, a patient may define a preferred pharmacy which would be at the top of the selection screen when the patient is asked where the prescription must be sent. If the patient does not give any indication, option 3 can be the only procedure.
 
  
The method partly uses a concept called “publish and subscribe”.  
+
The logistics of GDS medication are often carried out by an external party. This also requires information exchange with that party. However, the communication between the dispenser and the GDS supplier falls outside the scope of this information standard.<br>
  
It is important that the supplier explains this principle to his customers.
+
On the page [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/praktijkvoorbeelden/GDS|Practical examples GDS]] examples of different situations are elaborated.
  
===Work process===
+
===Prescribing and dispensing of GDS medication===
A physician decides to create a prescription for a patient. This may be during a consultation or even when repeat prescriptions are requested. The physician registers the prescription in his prescribing system (EPS). The physician does not need to consider the pharmacy as the patient handles this through the portal.
+
<b>Dispense request for GDS medication</b><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|aanvullende wensen }}<br>
 +
<br>
 +
<b>Medication agreement for GDS medication</b><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|aanvullende informatie }}<br>
 +
<br>
 +
<b>Administration agreement and medication dispensing for GDS medication</b><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|toedienlijst GDS }}
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|distributievorm }}<br>
  
After approval of the prescription, a central prescription index is updated. The EVS automatically sends a notification to this prescription registry to facilitate this. Here, the prescription index is seen as a separate registry with the data type “prescriptions”. It is always possible to consider whether or not this can be merged at a later time. Initially, atomic registration in the registry is being considered. However, at a later date, consideration could be given as to whether categorical registration would be sufficient.
+
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|startdatumtijd TA GDS }}
  
It is important to realise that currently only a notification is given when a prescription is ready. After all, the prescription is still in the EVS database with the status “is available”. There is no prescription message yet.
+
<u>Duration of use MVE</u><br>
 +
{{#lst:mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG|medicatieverstrekking GDS }}<br>
  
The prescription registry knows from the patient’s preference settings what needs to be done with the notification:
+
=<span class="anchor" id="aanvullende info"></span>Additional information=
#With the option ‘send to regular pharmacy’, a notification is sent to the subscription holder of the patient with the message that a prescription can be retrieved.
+
This chapter contains additional information for this FO.<br>
#With the option ‘patient indicates pharmacy’, the prescription registry sends a notification (e.g. SMS) to the patient. The prescription registry then waits until the patient uses a smartphone app or the patient portal to indicate to which pharmacy the notification should be sent.
+
In Section 6.1 reference is made to the page with links to additional documentation.<br>
#With the option ‘no indication’, the prescription registry does nothing. The patient does not have a regular subscription holder.
+
In Section 6.2 the list of external references used in this FO is included.<br>
 +
Section 6.3 contains the document history.<br>
  
===Processing by pharmacy===
+
==Additional documentation==
A receiving pharmacy can deduce from the transmitted notification signal (data type) that it refers to an open prescription. The signal also identifies who the patient is as well as the source of the prescription.
+
On the page [[mp:VDraft_3.0.0_Ontwerp_medicatieproces_9_ENG/aanvullende_documentatie|Additional documentation for information standard MP9]] links to other relevant pages are available. These links are grouped according to the different types of information.<br>
  
For patients who selected option 3 (no indication), the process starts now. The patient identifies himself and notifies the pharmacy that a prescription is ready at a certain institution. The supplier may look in the prescription registry to find out which EVS is involved.
+
'''Supporting material Functional Design'''<br>
 +
This section contains Practical examples and Other examples.<br>
  
The pharmacy information system asks the EVS source system to send the prescription of the respective patient. Since this is a request without medical content, it may even be submitted at lower trust levels.
+
This main page of the FO contains the functional information for the information standard MP9. Part of this information is illustrated by means of examples. These examples are included on separate pages.<br>
  
===Sending via EVS===
+
This material previously formed an integral part of the FO, but has been placed separately in order to keep the FO itself compact and normative. The supporting material can be consulted for clarification and further elaboration.
If an EVS receives a request for “sending outstanding prescriptions”, the EVS will check whether prescriptions are indeed outstanding. This prevents a prescription from being retrieved several times. The address of the pharmacy is entered and the prepared prescription message is finally created. The prescription message is sent to the respective pharmacy.
+
<br>
  
If the prescription has been retrieved before, an error message is sent to the retrieving pharmacy announcing that the prescription is no longer available.
+
'''Implementation and project documentation'''<br>
 +
In addition to the FO and the supporting material, additional implementation and project documentation is available. This includes, among other things, general information about the Medication Transfer program, chain agreements, process descriptions, implementation guides and technical elaborations.
  
'''Sending prescriptions is the standard process and already customary for pushing prescriptions.''' The advantage of this is that the receiving pharmacy only needs to maintain one method for processing received prescriptions. It is noted again that the same legal rules and regulations continue to apply.
+
==References==
 
+
{| class="wikitable"
After sending a prescription, the EVS also sends a notification to the prescription registry to remove the entry of the outstanding prescription. This indicates that the respective prescription can no longer be retrieved.
+
! Author(s) !! Title !! Version !! Date (accessed) !! Source
 
+
|-
{{anchor|figuur 11}}
+
| Nictiz || Medication Process Information Standard || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="informatiestandaard medicatieproces" />[https://nictiz.nl/standaarden/informatiestandaarden/medicatieproces/ Medication Process Information Standard] <section end="informatiestandaard medicatieproces" />
[[Bestand:Interactiediagramvoorschrijven.png|Figuur 11 Interactiediagram Ongeadresseerd voorschrijven]]
+
|-
 
+
| MO Programme || About the Medication Transfer Programme || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="website medicatieoverdracht" />[https://www.samenvoormedicatieoverdracht.nl/programma Medication Transfer Programme]<section end="website medicatieoverdracht" />
=Appendix References=
+
|-
 
+
| MO Programme || Kickstart Medication Transfer || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="kickstart" />[https://www.samenvoormedicatieoverdracht.nl/programma/kickstart Kickstart]<section end="kickstart" />
==General references==
+
|-
{| class="wikitable" "cellpadding="10"
+
| Nictiz || Information Standards || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="informatiestandaarden" />[https://nictiz.nl/informatiestandaarden/ Information standards] <section end="informatiestandaarden" />
! style="text-align:left;"| Author(s)
+
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Title
+
| Nictiz || Glossary Overview || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="begrippenoverzicht" />[https://nictiz.nl/standaarden/begrippen/ Glossary overview]<section end="begrippenoverzicht" />
! style="text-align:left;"| Version
+
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Date (consultation)
+
| MO Programme || Glossary || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="begrippenlijst" />[https://www.samenvoormedicatieoverdracht.nl/begrippenlijst Glossary]<section end="begrippenlijst" />
! style="text-align:left;"| Source
+
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Organisation
+
| Nictiz || Step 0 Documentation || 9 July 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="technisch ontwerp" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:Medicatieoverdracht_Kickstart#Stap_0_documentatie Step 0 documentation]<section end="technisch ontwerp" />
 +
|-
 +
| NEN || NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare – Electronic processing and exchange of data for prescribing and dispensing medication || 2022 || December 2025 || <section begin="NEN7503" />[https://www.nen.nl/nen-7503-2022-nl-294742 NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare]<section end="NEN7503" />
 +
|-
 +
| Various || Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain || 2018/2019 || December 2025 || <section begin="richtlijn" />[https://www.zorginzicht.nl/kwaliteitsstandaarden/medicatieoverdracht-overdracht-van-medicatiegegevens-in-de-keten Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain]<section end="richtlijn" />
 +
|-
 +
| Various || Information Section: Addendum to the Quality Standard on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain || July 2023 || December 2025 || <section begin="informatieparagraaf" />[https://www.zorginzicht.nl/static/prozin_bijlage/e4e897a6-3c3c-47ac-a4c2-5c14d0a3cddb-informatieparagraaf-kwaliteitsstandaard-overdracht-van-medicatiegegevens-in-de-keten.pdf Information section]<section end="informatieparagraaf" />
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || ART-DECOR: Medication Process || February 2026 || February 2026 || <section begin="ART-DECOR" />[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20260213T112547/dataset.html ART-DECOR]<section end="ART-DECOR" />
 +
<includeonly>
 +
| Nictiz || ART-DECOR: Medication Process Index || February 2026 || February 2025 || <section begin="ART-DECOR index" />[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20260213T112547/index.html ART-DECOR index]<section end="ART-DECOR index" /> </includeonly>
 +
<includeonly> |-
 +
| Nictiz || ART-DECOR: Medication Process Scenarios || February 2026 || February 2025 || <section begin="ART-DECOR scenario's" />[https://decor.nictiz.nl/pub/medicatieproces/mp-html-20260213T112547/scenarios.html ART-DECOR scenarios]<section end="ART-DECOR scenario's" /> </includeonly>
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || Qualification || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="kwalificatie" />[https://nictiz.nl/wat-we-doen/activiteiten/kwalificatie/ Qualification]<section end="kwalificatie" />
 +
|-
 +
| NHG, KNMP, Z-index || Building Blocks for the Medication Process || 2014 || December 2025 || <section begin="bouwstenen medicatieproces" />[https://www.nhg.org/praktijkvoering/informatisering/bouwstenen-voor-het-medicatieproces/ Building blocks for the medication process]<section end="bouwstenen medicatieproces" />
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || Health Information Building Blocks – Main Page || Website || December 2025 || <section begin="zibs" />[https://zibs.nl/wiki/Hoofdpagina zibs.nl]<section end="zibs" />
 +
|-
 +
| Z-index || Z-Index Backbone || 17 December 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="ruggengraat" />[https://www.z-index.nl/documentatie/functionele-beschrijvingen/algemeen/ruggengraat Z-Index Backbone]<section end="ruggengraat" />
 +
|-
 +
| Nictiz || Deduplication of MBHs || 12 August 2024 || December 2025 || <section begin="implementatiehandleiding migratie en hybride" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:Vkickstart_MigratieHybride#Ontdubbelen_van_MBH.27s Implementation Guide Migration and Hybrid]<section end="implementatiehandleiding migratie en hybride" />
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| NHG, KNMP, Z-index
+
| Nictiz || Infusion Working Method Kickstart || 1 September 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="Werkwijze infusen" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:Kickstart_Werkwijze_Infusen Infusion working method]<section end="Werkwijze infusen" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Building blocks of the medication process
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 2014
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Augustus 2015
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| https://www.nhg.org/bouwstenen
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| NHG, KNMP, Z-index
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ, KNMP, NVZA a.o
+
| Nictiz || Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance || 25 September 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="Handleiding Kardinaliteiten" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Handleiding_Kardinaliteiten_en_conformance Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance] <section end="Handleiding Kardinaliteiten" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Safe principles in the medication chain
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 2014
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| August 2015
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| http://www.knmp.nl/patiëntenzorg/samenwerking/brochure-veilige-principes-in-de-medicatieketen
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ, KNMP, NVZA a.o.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Miscellaneous
+
| Nictiz || Information Standards: Foundation for Data Exchange in Healthcare || 8 September 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="informatiestandaarden in de zorg" />[https://nictiz.nl/app/uploads/2020/09/2021-Paper-Informatiestandaarden-Nictiz.pdf Information Standards: foundation for data exchange in healthcare]<section end="informatiestandaarden in de zorg" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Guideline on exchange of medication data in the medication chain
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 25 April 2008
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| August 2015
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Website KNMP
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Miscellaneous
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Paul Geels
+
| Nictiz || Guide for Including Kidney Function Value with the Prescription || 28 March 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="leeswijzer" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:LeeswijzerVoorschriftmetnierfunctiewaarde Guide for including kidney function value with prescription]<section end="leeswijzer" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Assessment of medication self-management (BEM) in care homes, Institute for Responsible Medication Use
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| February 2009
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| http://www.instellingsapotheek.nl/downloads/rapporten/beoordeling_eigen_beheer_van_medicatie_in_verzorgingshuizen.pdf
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Institute for Responsible Medication Use
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ
+
| Dutch Government || Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG Act) || 2024 || December 2025 || <section begin="wet" />[https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0006251/2025-07-05 Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG)]<section end="wet" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Safety in the medication chain
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| March 2012
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| https://www.knmp.nl/downloads/brochure-veiligheid-in-de-medicatieketen.pdf
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| ActiZ, Miscellaneous
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| KNMG
+
| Nictiz || Lab2Zorg Design V3.0.0-beta.4 || 16 December 2025 || December 2025 || <section begin="lab2zorg" />[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/Lab:V3.0.2-b4_Ontwerp_Lab2zorg Lab2Zorg Information Standard]<section end="lab2zorg" />
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Guideline on electronic prescription
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2013
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Website KNMG
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| KNMG
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
==Qualification scripts==
+
==Document history==
[[mp:Vcurrent Kwalificatie|Qualification scripts]]
 
 
 
=Attachment: Document history=
 
  
 
{{anchor|tabel 6}}
 
{{anchor|tabel 6}}
Regel 3.114: Regel 2.462:
 
!style="text-align:left;"|Description
 
!style="text-align:left;"|Description
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.95
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-rc.2
| style="background-color: white;"| 15 July 2016
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| March 2026
| style="background-color: white;"| Pilot version
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V3.0.0-rc.2_releasenotes_ENG Releasenotes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-rc.1
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| May 2025
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-rc.1_releasenotes Releasenotes]
 +
|-
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.4
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| November 2024
 +
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.4_releasenotes Releasenotes]
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.96
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.3
| style="background-color: white;"| 1 December 2016
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| March 2024
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4 Process: Administer was adapted and C6: Sending/receiving administration data was added as a result.
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.3_releasenotes Release notes]
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 0.97
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.2
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 22 December 2016
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| October 2023
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4, 4.3.1 review remarks incorporated.<br>
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.2_releasenotes Release notes]
Paragraph 4.2.11 text made more precise.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.2
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.1
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 18 June 2017
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| February 2023
| style="background-color: white;"| Conversion of the document to wiki.
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.1_releasenotes Release notes]
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.4
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2017
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 14 April 2022
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Changed images of usecase 4.1.38, 4.1.39 and 4.1.40, they showed GDS instead of WDS [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-534 BITS MP-534]
*Processed [[mp:V9.0_Ontwerpbeslissingen|Design decisions]] in functional design. This means the design decisions have become obsolete. The current Functional Design is now leading.
 
*Par. 1.3.1. Definitions of building blocks have been adapted and the abbreviation for medicatieverstrekking has changed to MVE.
 
*Par. 1.3.3. Medicamenteuze behandeling is now based on PRK, rewritten and introduced PT as well as added text on handling parallel MAs.
 
*Par. 1.3.4. New data model diagram, various relations added and adapted on the basis of design decisions.
 
*Par. 1.5 Glossary removed.
 
*C2 Medication process diagram changed: MO added to Send and/or make available by the user; lines in swimlane of administrator/user adapted.
 
*C4.1 New use cases added: Do not dispense before, Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling, Discontinuation of medication by third parties, Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact, Parallel medicatieafspraken.
 
*C4.2 New use case: Discontinuing medication in a GDS; modified use case: Request, dispense and not picked up.
 
*C5: Differences between medication profile and medication overview were described; inference rules adapted on the basis of the new design decisions.
 
*Where necessary, references from ART-DECOR to FD C7 were added.
 
*Various grammatical and minor textual changes.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.5
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| January 2018
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 08 April 2022
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| broken internal links FO corrected [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-607 BITS MP-607]
*Terminology: Stop-MA was changed to stop-MA in accordance with earlier project agreements (in Dutch different terminology Stop changed to staken)
 
*Par. 1.3.4 Addition to indicate that MA may also refer to a building block under a different medicamenteuze behandeling.
 
*Par. 4.1.22 Discharge was adapted because outpatient medication that was discontinued earlier may be started again at discharge.
 
*Par. 4.1.26 Discontinuation of medication by third parties was adapted.
 
*Par. 4.1.27 Two PRKs under a single medicamenteuze behandeling.
 
*Par. 2.2.5.3 Medication discontinuation agreement was adapted to clarify the impact on previously entered future medicatieafspraken.
 
*Footnote 3 Provisional and final medication order clarified and use case Provisional and final medication order (par. 4.1.31) added.
 
*Par. 4.1.30 Use case Single use added.
 
*Paragraphs 2.2.4, 2.2.5.2, 2.2.5.4, 4.1.16, 4.1.22 were adapted for substitution. In case of substitution, a medicamenteuze behandeling is not temporarily halted but effectively discontinued. The substitution is started under a new medicamenteuze behandeling.
 
*Paragraph 4.1.33 Missing digital medicatieafspraak at admission was added.
 
*C5 Medication overview was adapted with a reference to a new content page with functional elaboration.
 
*Paragraph 7.10 Medicatiegebruik: use indicator, according to agreement indicator and stop type added as agreed.
 
*C6 Building blocks of medication overview were changed to MA, TA and MGB.
 
*Figure 2 Colours in data model in accordance with Figure 1.
 
*Various abbreviations explained.
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.6
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| May 2018
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 05 April 2022
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V2.0.0_releasenotes Release notes]
*Addition to proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and addition of reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek
 
*Chapter 6 table 4 addition of links to ART-DECOR transactions
 
*Removed: chapter about LSP
 
*Par. 7.10 table was extended with period of use and dosing instructions
 
*Various paragraphs were made more precise
 
*Addition of the property ‘third parties’ building block’ for MA, TA and MGB in medication overview
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0 bèta
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| December 2018
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 01 October 2021
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V9_2.0.beta_releasenotes Release notes]
*Par 1.3.3. MBH at HPK level in case of 'non medicines' without a PRK level
 
*Par 1.3.3. MBH for medicines without PRK (magistrals, infusions, etc.)
 
*Par 2.2.5.5. Changing medication: Technical stop-ma: appointment date for stop-ma and new ma must be the same. Change on MA that has already been stopped explained (no extra Stop-ma needed)
 
*Par 2.2.6. Added: VV under MA of someone else
 
*Par 4.2.15. Explanation GDS supplier supplies different HPK
 
*Par 7.10: Medication use indicator, according to appointment indicator, stop type, period of use and dosing instruction: table adapted and examples added
 
*Par 4.1.34: Own articles explanation added
 
*Chapter 5: example medication overview inserted in this wiki page instead of a separate wiki page (to simplify searching within the FO).
 
*Various textual tightening / improvements
 
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| July 2019
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2020
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
*Removed examples of specific infrastructures
+
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-167 BITS MP-167] FO Translated in English
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
Regel 3.208: Regel 2.522:
 
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-129 BITS MP-129] Par 4.1.35: Use case added
 
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-129 BITS MP-129] Par 4.1.35: Use case added
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.1.0
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2020
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| July 2019
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
*[https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-167 BITS MP-167] FO Translated in English
+
*Removed examples of specific infrastructures
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0 bèta
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.7
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 01 October 2021
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| December 2018
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V9_2.0.beta_releasenotes Release notes]
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|
 +
*Par 1.3.3. MBH at HPK level in case of 'non medicines' without a PRK level
 +
*Par 1.3.3. MBH for medicines without PRK (magistrals, infusions, etc.)
 +
*Par 2.2.5.5. Changing medication: Technical stop-ma: appointment date for stop-ma and new ma must be the same. Change on MA that has already been stopped explained (no extra Stop-ma needed)
 +
*Par 2.2.6. Added: VV under MA of someone else
 +
*Par 4.2.15. Explanation GDS supplier supplies different HPK
 +
*Par 7.10: Medication use indicator, according to appointment indicator, stop type, period of use and dosing instruction: table adapted and examples added
 +
*Par 4.1.34: Own articles explanation added
 +
*Chapter 5: example medication overview inserted in this wiki page instead of a separate wiki page (to simplify searching within the FO).
 +
*Various textual tightening / improvements
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.6
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 05 April 2022
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| May 2018
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:V2.0.0_releasenotes Release notes]
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 +
*Addition to proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and addition of reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek
 +
*Chapter 6 table 4 addition of links to ART-DECOR transactions
 +
*Removed: chapter about LSP
 +
*Par. 7.10 table was extended with period of use and dosing instructions
 +
*Various paragraphs were made more precise
 +
*Addition of the property ‘third parties’ building block’ for MA, TA and MGB in medication overview
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.5
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 08 April 2022
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| January 2018
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| broken internal links FO corrected [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-607 BITS MP-607]
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 +
*Terminology: Stop-MA was changed to stop-MA in accordance with earlier project agreements (in Dutch different terminology Stop changed to staken)
 +
*Par. 1.3.4 Addition to indicate that MA may also refer to a building block under a different medicamenteuze behandeling.
 +
*Par. 4.1.22 Discharge was adapted because outpatient medication that was discontinued earlier may be started again at discharge.
 +
*Par. 4.1.26 Discontinuation of medication by third parties was adapted.
 +
*Par. 4.1.27 Two PRKs under a single medicamenteuze behandeling.
 +
*Par. 2.2.5.3 Medication discontinuation agreement was adapted to clarify the impact on previously entered future medicatieafspraken.
 +
*Footnote 3 Provisional and final medication order clarified and use case Provisional and final medication order (par. 4.1.31) added.
 +
*Par. 4.1.30 Use case Single use added.
 +
*Paragraphs 2.2.4, 2.2.5.2, 2.2.5.4, 4.1.16, 4.1.22 were adapted for substitution. In case of substitution, a medicamenteuze behandeling is not temporarily halted but effectively discontinued. The substitution is started under a new medicamenteuze behandeling.
 +
*Paragraph 4.1.33 Missing digital medicatieafspraak at admission was added.
 +
*C5 Medication overview was adapted with a reference to a new content page with functional elaboration.
 +
*Paragraph 7.10 Medicatiegebruik: use indicator, according to agreement indicator and stop type added as agreed.
 +
*C6 Building blocks of medication overview were changed to MA, TA and MGB.
 +
*Figure 2 Colours in data model in accordance with Figure 1.
 +
*Various abbreviations explained.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 2.0.0
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.4
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 14 April 2022
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| September 2017
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| Changed images of usecase 4.1.38, 4.1.39 and 4.1.40, they showed GDS instead of WDS [https://bits.nictiz.nl/browse/MP-534 BITS MP-534]
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"|  
 +
*Processed [[mp:V9.0_Ontwerpbeslissingen|Design decisions]] in functional design. This means the design decisions have become obsolete. The current Functional Design is now leading.
 +
*Par. 1.3.1. Definitions of building blocks have been adapted and the abbreviation for medicatieverstrekking has changed to MVE.
 +
*Par. 1.3.3. Medicamenteuze behandeling is now based on PRK, rewritten and introduced PT as well as added text on handling parallel MAs.
 +
*Par. 1.3.4. New data model diagram, various relations added and adapted on the basis of design decisions.
 +
*Par. 1.5 Glossary removed.
 +
*C2 Medication process diagram changed: MO added to Send and/or make available by the user; lines in swimlane of administrator/user adapted.
 +
*C4.1 New use cases added: Do not dispense before, Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling, Discontinuation of medication by third parties, Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact, Parallel medicatieafspraken.
 +
*C4.2 New use case: Discontinuing medication in a GDS; modified use case: Request, dispense and not picked up.
 +
*C5: Differences between medication profile and medication overview were described; inference rules adapted on the basis of the new design decisions.
 +
*Where necessary, references from ART-DECOR to FD C7 were added.
 +
*Various grammatical and minor textual changes.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.1
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9.0.2
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| February 2023
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 18 June 2017
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.1_releasenotes Release notes]
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Conversion of the document to wiki.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.2
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 0.97
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| October 2023
+
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 22 December 2016
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.2_releasenotes Release notes]
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4, 4.3.1 review remarks incorporated.<br>
 +
Paragraph 4.2.11 text made more precise.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.3
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.96
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| March 2024
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 1 December 2016
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.3_releasenotes Release notes]
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Paragraph 2.4 Process: Administer was adapted and C6: Sending/receiving administration data was added as a result.
 
|-
 
|-
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-beta.4
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 0.95
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| November 2024
+
| style="background-color: white;"| 15 July 2016
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-beta.4_releasenotes Releasenotes]
+
| style="background-color: white;"| Pilot version
|-
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| 9 3.0.0-rc.1
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| May 2025
 
| style="background-color: white;vertical-align:top;"| all changes see: *[https://informatiestandaarden.nictiz.nl/wiki/mp:v3.0.0-rc.1_releasenotes Releasenotes]
 
 
|}
 
|}
 
=Appendix: Figures and tables=
 
[[#figuur 1|Figure 1 Building blocks - overview]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 2|Figure 2 Building blocks - coherence]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 3|Figure 3 Activity diagram - Medication process in general]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 4|Figure 4 Process steps and transactions - medication verification]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 5|Figure 5 Process steps and transactions - prescribing]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 6|Figure 6 Process steps and transactions - make available]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 7|Figure 7 Process steps and transactions - administer]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 8|Figure 8 Process steps and transactions - use]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 9|Figure 9 Example effective period]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 10|Figure 10 Overview of systems and system roles]]<br>
 
[[#figuur 11|Figure 11 Interaction diagram Prescribing without address]]<br>
 
 
 
[[#tabel 1|Table 1 Building blocks - description]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 2|Table 2 Informing versus Send and/or make available]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 3|Table 3 Overview of system roles]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 4|Table 4 Overview of transaction groups]]<br>
 
[[#tabel 5|Table 5 Types of clinical medication relevant for outpatient care providers]]<br>
 

Huidige versie van 12 mrt 2026 om 17:10



NL.jpg Klik hier voor de Nederlandse live-versie


Inhoud

1 Introduction

This document is part of the Medication Process Information Standard (MP9), developed within the Medication Transfer Programme. During the Kickstart the working method described in the information standard is tested and, if necessary, adjusted.

1.1 General information

This document describes the functional design (FD) of the Medication Process Information Standard . It describes the recording and exchange of medication data and illustrates this with specific practical examples. This is explained using the concepts of actors (people and information systems) and transactions (what information is exchanged, when, and how).
For more information about information standards and how they are developed, see the Nictiz webpage for Information standards . The Glossary overview on the Nictiz website and the Glossary on the Medication Transfer programme website explain the terms used in this FD.

Links to the Step 0 documentation can be found here.

1.2 Target audience

The target audience for this document consists of:

  • Product managers, architects, designers, builders and testers of:
- suppliers of medication-related information systems.
- healthcare organisations and regional organisations.
- Nictiz.
  • Representatives of health professionals and patients.

1.3 Frameworks and principles

1.3.1 Legislation

The transfer of medication data as described in this document complies with legislation and regulations. Sending a medication agreement combined with a dispense request corresponds to a prescription as defined in the Medicines Act. Further explanation can be found in NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare. The Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain also contains an explanation of the legal requirements for the exchange of medication data.

1.3.2 Guideline and process

In 2020, the revised quality standard Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain was published by the Dutch Healthcare Institute. The objective is described as follows:
‘The transfer of medication data within the patient's network, so that prescribers, pharmacists, and administrators can provide continuity of care and make responsible risk assessments for safe medical and pharmaceutical care at the time of prescribing, dispensing, and administering within the chain.’

The accompanying Information section provides a general description of the recording and exchange of medication data. The information standard elaborates on this in detail. The medication process broadly consists of the following sub-processes:

  • Prescribe
  • Dispense
  • Administer
  • Use

The medication verification sub-process is also important in this regard. Chapter 5, Medication Process, describes the care process.

1.3.3 Scope of the information standard

The scope of the information standard covers the functional descriptions (this FD) and the dataset for all data exchanges within all sub-processes in the medication process (in ART-DECOR).

1.4 Qualification

A qualification script is drawn up based on this FD and the accompanying dataset. Drawing up qualification scripts falls outside the scope of this FD. For more information, see the Nictiz page on Qualification and the landing page of the Kickstart.

1.5 Reading guide

1.5.1 Use cases and scenarios in this FD

Within Nictiz, information standards are generally described on the basis of use cases. In these information standards, a use case is defined as a description of a practical situation in healthcare that is linked to a scenario. A scenario is a coherent group of transactions for the exchange of data.
The FD for MP9 deals with the healthcare-wide exchange of medication data between a large number of different parties involved and in a variety of healthcare situations. Within MP9, therefore, different use cases with associated scenarios may occur in a single sub-process. A scenario may also apply to more than one sub-process. Furthermore, MP9 pays a lot of attention to the recording of data, in addition to its exchange.
A different structure has therefore been chosen for MP9:

  • Chapter 3 Information transfer provides an overview of the scenarios with their transactions, and the system roles required for this. It indicates in which sub-processes these occur.
  • The description of the care process is provided in Chapter 5 Medication process. For each sub-process, it indicates which system roles are required.

1.5.2 Chapter overview

Chapter 1 Introduction provides general information about the FD of MP9.
Chapter 2 Conceptual model describes the underlying conceptual model on which MP9 is based: the reason for developing this model, principles, definitions and working method.
Chapter 3 Information exchange provides an overview of the relevant information systems, system roles, scenarios and transactions, and the building blocks involved.
Chapter 4 Consolidation: what, why and how describes what consolidation is and what the associated rules are for MP9.
Chapter 5 Medication Process describes the broad outline of the process, the sub-processes involved and how medication data is used, recorded and exchanged within it.
Chapter 6 Additional Information contains text that has not been included elsewhere, and references to relevant documentation outside this FD.

1.5.3 Examples on separate pages

Due to the length of this FD, the practical examples have been moved to pages outside this main page. There is a page with all examples and separate pages with examples per sub-process or sub-topic.
In addition, there are several other pages with further explanations in the form of examples.

1.5.4 Functionalities in beta version

In the previous publication of the FD and the dataset, some functionalities were incorrectly given the version designation 'release candidate 1'. This concerns the proposal data (see section 5.6) and the functionalities in the Administer sub-process (see section 5.4).
In this publication of the FD and the dataset, these functionalities are therefore published as beta versions, as they still need to be tested. This is in accordance with Nictiz's Sustainable Release Policy.

1.5.5 Writing conventions

The following writing conventions are followed in this FD:

  • The medication building blocks are written as abbreviations. Only when they are first introduced and in section titles are the full names written out. The aim is to make the text shorter and more readable, especially in the case of long names such as ’variable dosing regimen’ or ’reply proposal dispense request’.
  • Data elements of the building blocks and values from value lists are written as they appear in the dataset in ART-DECOR, including capital letters. This ensures that it is always clear what is meant.
  • In this FD, the term ’patient’ is used to refer to both patients and clients.
  • In this FD, the term ’supplier’ is used. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place.

1.5.6 Repeated text blocks

Various pieces of text may appear in multiple places in the FD. This concerns information that is relevant in different paragraphs. This is particularly the case in Chapter 5. Examples include:

  • Instructions for completing a data element that appears in both the MA and the TA.
  • Texts about GDS that appear in various paragraphs of Chapter 5 are summarised in a separate section 5.8.

In such cases, the text is copied from the first paragraph in which it appears. This ensures that any changes are made in the same way in every instance.

2 Conceptual model

This chapter explains the model that forms the basis of MP9.
Section 2.1 discusses the reasons for developing this model.
Section 2.2 explains the basic principles.
Section 2.3 describes the medication building blocks and the proposal data.
Section 2.4 introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ and its functional application.
Section 2.5 explains the interrelationships between building blocks and medication treatment.
Section 2.6 describes how these building blocks can be exchanged.

2.1 Reasons for developing the conceptual model

Registration and communication of medication data are largely done digitally. Over time, various problems have come to light. This was investigated in a project by the NHG and KNMP in 2012-2013. The conclusion was that therapeutic and logistical aspects are intertwined in the recording and communication of medication data. In addition, there is a lack of a clear and shared conceptual framework.

The above has been elaborated in a report, Building blocks for the medication process from 2014. This report describes a conceptual model in which therapeutic and logistical data are separated. This model forms the basis for the MP9 information standard. The texts in this chapter are partly based on this report.

2.2 Principles of the conceptual model

The conceptual model was developed using the sub-processes in the medication process as a starting point:

  • prescribe
  • dispense
  • administer
  • use

During these sub-processes, information is generated that is recorded in the form of medication building blocks. A building block in an information standard is a collection of related data elements surrounding a specific concept within a specific context, for example a medication agreement in the medication process. These data elements describe the data required for a clear and unambiguous representation of this concept.
The various medication building blocks represent steps in the patient’s medication process: prescribing a medicine (medication agreement, dispense request, variable dosing regimen), followed by dispensing (administration agreement, medication dispense), administering (medication administration) and using (medication use) that medicine.
During a sub-process, the data elements of the relevant building block are filled in as far as possible and relevant. This results in a concrete instance of that building block.
Instances of building blocks can be exchanged digitally: either by actively sending them to another health professional, or by making them available for consultation by another health professional and the patient, at any given moment (see section 2.6). This allows a health professional to access all of a patient's medication data at any time, as intended in the quality standard Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain.
A full explanation of the conceptual model can be found in the original report Building blocks for the medication process.

2.3 Medication building blocks and proposal data

This section describes the medication building blocks and proposal data. After the initial introduction, the Dutch abbreviations for the building blocks are used throughout, except in section titles.

2.3.1 Therapeutic and logistical building blocks

Within the medication building blocks, a distinction is made between therapy and logistics:

Therapy
This concerns the medical aspects. It includes, among other things, the medication (treatment) agreements and their implementation. The therapeutic intention, the (actual) use and self-medication also fall under this category.
The therapeutic building blocks are: medication agreement (MA), administration agreement (TA), variable dosing regimen (WDS), medication administration (MTD) and medication use (MGB).

Logistics
This concerns aspects relating to the physical flow of medicines, such as requests and deliveries.
The logistical building blocks are: dispense request (VV) and medication dispense (MVE).

Figure 2.1 shows the medication building blocks, divided into sub-processes and distinguishing between therapy and logistics.

Figure 2.1 Medication building blocks - overview
Figure 2.1 Overview of therapeutic and logistical medication building blocks

The table below provides a description of these building blocks.

Building block Abbr. Description
medicatieafspraak
medication agreement
MA A medication agreement is an agreement between the prescriber and the patient regarding the use of medication by that patient. An agreement to discontinue or modify medication use is also a medication agreement.
wisselend doseerschema
variable dosing regimen
WDS The variable dosing regimen provides concrete details for the instructions for use section of a medication agreement. The dosing regimen can be modified in the interim without having to change the medication agreement.
verstrekkingsverzoek
dispense request
VV A dispense request is the prescriber's request to the supplier to dispense medication to the patient in line with the corresponding medication agreements.
toedieningsafspraak
administration agreement
TA An administration agreement contains the instructions for medication use from the supplier to the patient, their representative or administrator. With an administration agreement, the medication agreement is specified in concrete terms.
medicatieverstrekking
medication dispense
MVE A medication dispense is the provision of a supply of a medicine to the patient, their representative or administrator.
medicatietoediening
medication administration
MTD A medication administration is the separate administration of a medicine to the patient by the administrator.
medicatiegebruik
medication use
MGB medication use is a statement about the historical, current or intended use of a medicine by the patient. The statement can be recorded by the patient themselves, but also by a health professional or a representative of the patient.

2.3.2 Proposal data

A health professional or patient may wish to submit a proposal for a new MA or VV. Proposal data have been introduced to support this. In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

The table below provides a description of these proposal data.

Building block Abbr. Description
voorstel medicatieafspraak
proposal medication agreement
VMA The proposal medication agreement is a proposal made by a health professional or the patient to the prescriber regarding the prescription of medication. The proposal may involve stopping, starting, changing or continuing medication.
antwoord voorstel medicatieafspraak
reply proposal medication agreement
AVMA The reply proposal medication agreement is a response from the prescriber to the proposal medication agreement. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which an (adjusted) medication agreement will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).
voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
proposal dispense request
VVV The proposal dispense request is a proposal from a health professional or the patient to the prescriber to approve the dispensing of medication for the corresponding medication agreement.
antwoord voorstel verstrekkingsverzoek
reply proposal dispense request
AVVV The reply proposal dispense request is a response from the prescriber to the proposal dispense request. In this response, the prescriber indicates whether they agree (after which a dispensing request will follow) or disagree (and the reason for this).

A proposal may result in a new MA or VV. An AVMA or AVVV is always sent to the proposer.
A proposal is only intended for the prescriber to whom the proposal is addressed, not for the rest of the chain. They are therefore not building blocks (as in section 2.3.1) with which an overview of medication can be constructed, even though they are included in the dataset in ART-DECOR. They therefore do not fall under an MBH (see section 2.4).
Section 5.6 explains the use of the proposal data in more detail.

2.3.3 Medication building blocks and Health and Care Information Models

Health and Care Information Models (Dutch: zorginformatiebouwstenen or zibs) are conceptual models. Every information standard uses these as building blocks. However, zibs are context-independent and it may be necessary to add additional information to information standards in order to clarify that context. As a result, there are some differences between the medication building blocks in this FD and the medication zibs. For more information about zibs, see zibs.nl.

2.4 The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’

This section introduces the concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ (Dutch: medicamenteuze behandeling or MBH) and its functional application.

2.4.1 Pharmaceutical treatment as a technical concept

There may be several medication building blocks that relate to the same treatment. The concept of ‘pharmaceutical treatment’ has been introduced to indicate that these building blocks belong together. This concerns a technical concept. An MBH has no meaning in terms of care content. It takes the form of a unique identification number (id) that is linked by an information system to a building block or collection of related building blocks. The term ’pharmaceutical treatment’ is abbreviated as MBH.

The MBH makes the following possible:

  1. The unambiguous identification of the collection of related medication building blocks.
  2. The application of rules to a collection of building blocks, in order to unambiguously determine the current situation of a patient with regard to their treatment with a particular medicine (see Chapter 4).

2.4.2 Starting a new pharmaceutical treatment

Starting a pharmaceutical treatment involves recording an initial building block. This initiates a new MBH. The initial building block will usually be an MA, but it could also be a TA or MGB that is used to record self-care medication, or an MTD if medication needs to be administered immediately in an acute situation.
When recording a new building block, it must first be checked whether it concerns new medication, or whether a building block with the same product already exists. This may exist in one’s own information system, but also in information systems elsewhere.
A thorough check therefore requires consulting all available building blocks (for an explanation of consulting, see section 2.6 and Chapter 3). These building blocks are then checked:

  • If there is no existing building block for this medicine, a new MBH is created.
  • If a building block exists for the same medicine, the new building block will usually fall under the same MBH. However, the health professional must have the option of choosing to start a new MBH.

Figure 2.2 shows a flow chart for determining whether a new building block should be recorded in a new or existing MBH.

Figure 2.2 Flow chart for starting an MBH
Figure 2.2 Flow chart recording new building block in new or existing MBH

When is medication considered to be ‘the same medicine’ or ‘the same treatment’?
When recording an MA, the PRK (Prescription Characteristics from the G-Standard) of a medicine determines whether this MA belongs to a new or existing MBH. A different PRK leads to a different MBH. An explanation of which characteristics are important at this level can be found on the webpage Z-Index Backbone.
NB: The fact that a change in PRK leads to a new MBH only applies to the MA. A supplier could choose a medicine with a different PRK, for example because of a preference policy. The associated TA and MVE will have the same MBH as the MA.
The other building blocks follow the MA or TA to which they refer.

The following applies to products without a PRK:

  • Non-medicinal products. These are items such as crutches or bandages. In these cases, the HPK level (Trade Product Characteristics from the G-standard) determines whether it is a new product and therefore a new MBH.
  • Medicines. These may include:
  • Magistral preparations. These usually consist of several substances that do not fall under the same PRK. These substances are included separately as ingredients in the MA. Each individual magistral preparation or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
  • Own items without PRK. These are items that may be stored in the internal information system under a 90 million number, for example half tablets or frequently used magistral preparations. Each individual item or modification* thereof falls under a new MBH.
  • Medicines prescribed in free text and for which no product or ingredient code from the G-Standard is available. Each modification* to the product falls under a new MBH.
  • Infusions. A provisional working method has been developed for Kickstart; see the page Infusion working method.

For these products too, the rules only apply when recording an MA, not for TAs and MVEs. If and insofar as the supplier is permitted to deviate from the medication described in the MA, this does not lead to a new MBH.

*In principle, 'modification' means: Modifications that would lead to a different PRK for products with PRK and thus would fall under a new MBH, also lead to an adjustment of the MBH for these products. This rule is primarily intended to ensure consistency. Where this leads to implementation problems, a workable solution must be sought in consultation between users and suppliers.

Examples

  • Diazepam 5 mg 4x daily 1 tablet is changed to diazepam 5 mg 3x daily 1 tablet. The PRK remains the same, so both MAs fall under the same MBH.
  • Paroxetine tablet 10 mg once daily 1 tablet is changed to paroxetine tablet 20 mg once daily 1 tablet. The corresponding MAs relate to different medicines at PRK level and therefore fall under different MBHs.
  • As a precaution, a stomach protector has been agreed upon for treatment with prednisone. Although these are prescribed in parallel, they are different medicines. They are therefore not covered by the same MBH and can be changed and discontinued separately.
  • Switching from a beta blocker to an ACE inhibitor means a change in PRK. The corresponding MAs fall under different MBHs.

2.4.2.1 Parallel pharmaceutical treatments for the same medication

As described above, when recording a new building block, it must be checked whether an MBH already exists for this medication. However, there may still be situations where parallel MBHs exist for the same medication.
Examples include:

  • The patient has not given permission for their medication data to be made available.
  • During migration and in hybrid situations, building blocks for the same treatment may be recorded in different information systems under different MBHs.
  • Emergency situations in which the MA is recorded in the MBH opened by the MTD, after the administration of medication. If an MA already existed for that medication, there are now two MBHs with building blocks for that medication.

Merging of related building blocks that are recorded under different MBHs is described in the Implementation Guide Migration and Hybrid.

2.4.3 Stopping and modifying medication within a pharmaceutical treatment

Once a building block has been completed and exchanged, it cannot be modified. If modifications are necessary, they are made as follows:

Stopping

  • To discontinue medication, the associated agreements (MA, TA) must be stopped by recording a stop-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’stopped’.
  • Canceling is stopping an agreement (MA, TA) with a future startDateTime, so that the medication will not be used at all. This is done by recording a cancelation-building block within the same MBH. This is a new MA or TA with stop type ’canceled’. This makes it clear that the medication was never started, in contrast with discontinuing.
  • Permanently stopping a WDS must be done by a stop-MA.

Modifying

  • Modifying an agreement (MA, TA, WDS) is done within the same MBH by:
  1. Recording a new agreement with the modified information AND
  2. Stopping the existing agreement with a stop-building block with stop type ’stopped’.

The data element stop type is only filled in for stop-building blocks, i.e. only in case of stopping (including canceling) or modifying medication.
This method with stop-building blocks only applies to the agreement building blocks MA, TA and WDS. It does not apply to the other building blocks. MGB also has a stop type, but it has a different function. It indicates the period during which the patient did not use the medication, see section 5.5.2.
Chapter 5 provides a more detailed explanation of how to record (stop-) building blocks for each sub-process.

2.4.3.1 Regular and ‘technical’ building blocks

When permanently discontinuing a building block, the health professional will actively do so by entering the necessary information in a stop-building block.
In addition to regular stop-building blocks, there are also ‘technical’ stop-building blocks. These apply when medication is modified. In addition to recording a new building block with the modified information, the original building block must also be stopped. In this case, the health professional does not need to record a stop-building block themselves. It is created automatically by the system.
These stop-building blocks for modifying medication are referred to in this FD as technical stops, for example ‘technical stop-MA’.
The building block that is to be changed is stopped at the startDateTime of the new building block. In practice, the endDateTime of the technical stop building block may be slightly earlier (e.g. 1 second), so that information systems can process this more effectively.

2.4.4 Rules for parallel building blocks in an MBH

Within an MBH, several building blocks of the same type may be active at the same time, for example a current and a future MA. In principle, however, parallel building blocks are not permitted within a single MBH. Parallel building blocks are building blocks that:

  • are of the same type and
  • are both valid and
  • have a (partially) overlapping PeriodOfUse.

In this FD, the word active refers to both current and future building blocks. Section 4.4 provides further explanation of the terms active, current and future, as well as the term valid.

In some cases, parallel building blocks are permitted within an MBH. This is elaborated in the rules below for each type of building block.

  • Parallel MAs are not permitted within the same MBH. Complex build-up and phase-out schedules must also be recorded in a single MA.
  • Parallel WDSs are not permitted within the same MBH.
  • Parallel TAs are permitted within the same MBH. This may be necessary in order to fully implement the medication agreement.
  • Parallel MGBs are permitted within the same MBH, but only with parallel TAs. This enables correct medication verification, so that, for example, the medication use associated with one TA can be assessed as ’in accordance with the agreement’, while the medication use associated with another TA in the same MBH is registered as deviating. In all other cases, parallel MGBs are not permitted.


In certain situations, parallel MAs may arise or threaten to arise. Example:

  • When recording a new MA, it was not noticed that an MBH already exists for this medication.

If at any time it appears that there are parallel MAs, one of them must be discontinued.

2.5 Interrelationships pharmaceutical treatment and medication building blocks

An MBH may contain various building blocks. The interrelationships between the building blocks within an MBH is explained below, along with their numerical ratios, i.e. how often one building block may occur in relation to another building block within a single MBH. This concerns instances of the building blocks.

2.5.1 Interrelationships MBH - building blocks

The following applies to the interrelationships between an MBH and the building blocks (based on the MBH):

Pharmaceutical treatment → other building blocks
In principle, an MBH has at least one MA. There may be exceptions; some examples are:
• Self-care medication has only been recorded with building block MGB.
• Medication has been administered immediately in an acute situation and an MTD has been recorded.
• It has been agreed that the supplier may always provide stomach protection with an NSAID or prednisone.
In such cases, there is an MBH without MA.
There may be 0 to more MAs active within an MBH: 0 or 1 current MA, and 0 or more future MAs. See section 4.4.1 for an explanation of the terms active, current, and future.
An MBH can have 0 or more of the building blocks VV, WDS, TA, MVE, MGB and MTD. An MBH always contains at least 1 building block.

2.5.2 Interrelationships between building blocks

The table below shows the numerical ratios between the building blocks, starting with the MA. For each building block, the number of instances of another building block that can occur within the same MBH is indicated. Where necessary, statements are accompanied by examples.
When the word ‘refer’ is used, it refers to a Relationship field as it appears in the dataset in ART-DECOR. If such a relationship does not exist, but a statement is made about the numerical ratios between the building blocks, this is marked with an asterisk (*).

Some general rules about referencing:

  • A building block can reference a previously defined building block of the same type. This reference is not mandatory.
  • Stop building blocks must contain a reference to the building block to be stopped, provided that it is present in the MBH.
  • A normal building block never refers to a technical stop building block. Only a stop building block can refer to a technical stop.
Medication agreement → other building blocks
An MA may be succeeded by a new MA. Examples:
• Modifying existing medication.
• Discontinuing existing medication.
The new MA and any stop-MA then refer to the original MA.
An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more WDSs.
An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more VVs. Examples:
0 • The patient still has sufficient supplies
• It concerns self-care medication.
1 Prescribing a course of antibiotics.
>1 Repeat medication associated with long-term MA.
An MA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more TAs. Examples:
0 • A new MA where no medication needs to be dispensed because the patient still has sufficient stock from a previous treatment.
• This concerns an MA for medication that does not require a legal prescription and that is obtained by the patient themselves from a chemist.
1 The most common situation, where a TA follows an MA.
>1 The supplier changes the commercial product or starts supplying the medication via GDS (Medicine Distribution System).
An MA may refer to a previously recorded TA. Example:
• A TA has been created for the dispensing of self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the TA.
An MA may refer to a previously recorded MGB. Example:
• The patient has created an MGB for self-care medication. The prescriber decides to make this policy and creates an MA in the MBH of the MGB.
Variable dosing regimen → other building blocks
A WDS refers to an MA.
A WDS may refer to a previously recorded WDS. Example:
• Modification of the variable dosing regimen.
Dispense request → other building blocks
A VV refers to 1 or more MAs. Example:
• In the event of an interim dosage increase, a VV can be recorded which, on the one hand, supplements the stock for the existing MA and, on the other hand, serves to start the stock for the future MA.

Exception:
In the transactions Making medication data available and Sending medication data, it is possible for a VV to exist without reference to an MA. This is only possible in the case of system migration, and sometimes in hybrid situations.

A VV may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs. Examples:
• 0 : The patient does not collect the medication.
• 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.
• >1: GDS with VV for 3 months, dispensed weekly.
Administration agreement → other building blocks
A TA may be succeeded by a new TA. Examples:
• Modification of the existing MA.
• Supplying a product with a different PRK or HPK due to preference policy or stock shortage.
• Change in administration times or distribution form.
Multiple (possibly parallel) TAs may refer to the same MA. Examples:
• Supplying a medicine in the form of two or more products with different strengths that together produce the desired strength (parallel TAs).
• Supplying a medicine with a different PRK or HPK, for example due to preference policy or stock shortage (serial TAs).
• Supplying a medicine both in GDS and in a separate box as ’as needed’ medication. This involves different forms of distribution, so two TAs are required (parallel TAs).
A TA may exist without reference to an MA. Example:
• The supplier dispenses self-care medication and creates a TA in a new MBH.
• The supplier dispenses a supplementary medicine for which there is no prescription yet. He creates a TA for this in a new MBH and sends a VMA for the supplementary medicine to the prescriber.
(*) A TA may be accompanied by 0, 1, or more MVEs. Examples:
• 0: The patient has sufficient stock.
• 1: This concerns a course of antibiotics.
• >1: A repeat supply every 2 weeks.
Medication dispense → other building blocks
In an outpatient setting, an MVE is based on a VV. In that case, the MVE refers to that VV. Exceptions:
• Self-care medication obtained from the supplier.
• MVE based on a paper prescription. Paper prescriptions are in principle no longer permitted, but exceptions are possible; see the practical example Paper prescription.
(*)An MVE is based on an MA. Exception:
• Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
(*) An MVE is based on a TA. Exception:
• Self-care medication obtained from the supplier. The supplier may also create a TA for this, but this is not mandatory.
(*) An MVE may be associated with multiple TAs. Example:
• A new TA has been created that did not require an MVE, because the patient had sufficient stock. The previous MVE then applies to both the old and the new TA.
Medication use → other building blocks
An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 MA. Examples:
• 0 : A patient records self-care medication with MGB.
• 1: A patient records their use of a medicine over the past few weeks with MGB, with reference to the relevant MA.
Multiple MGBs may refer to the same MA. Example:
• A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
An MGB may refer to 0 or 1 TA. Example:
• 0: A patient records self-care medication provided by the pharmacy using MGB.
Multiple MGBs may refer to the same TA. Example:
• A patient regularly keeps track of their medication use by recording MGBs relating to the same MA.
An MGB can refer to only one other building block, MA or TA. Reason:
• If an MGB refers to both MA and TA, and there is a difference between TA and MA, it is impossible to deduce the meaning of ’as agreed’.
Medication administration → other building blocks
An MTD refers to 0 or 1 MA and/or TA and/or WDS, depending on the situation. Examples:
• In ad hoc situations where medication must be administered immediately, the MTD does not refer to any building block.
• In outpatient situations, usually the TA will be referenced. In clinical situations, more likely reference will be made to an MA.
• The MTD can refer to both the MA and TA, if both exist. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the TA refers.
• In the case of a WDS, the MTD will refer to both the WDS and the MA. The MA to which the MTD refers must be the same as the one to which the WDS refers.

The proposal data contain proposals for which it is not yet certain whether they will lead to new MAs or VVs. Proposal data always lead to responses containing the decision on those proposals. The numerical ratios for these proposal data are as follows:

  • A VMA can lead to 0, 1 or more MAs.
  • A VMA leads to 1 AVMA.
  • A VVV can lead to 0, 1 or more VVs.
  • A VVV leads to 1 AVVV.

2.5.3 Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks represented graphically

The statements in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 result in the following figures:
Correlation MBH and building blocks

Figure 2.3 Interrelationships between MBH and building blocks

Figure 2.3 shows how many instances of therapeutic and logistical building blocks can occur within a single MBH. A patient may have zero or more pharmaceutical treatments.
Correlation building blocks within an MBH with mutual references

Figure 2.4 Interrelationships between building blocks within an MBH with mutual references

This figure shows the interrelationships between instances of the building blocks within a single MBH. The arrows indicate that one building block can refer to another building block. In the case of double-sided arrows, both building blocks can refer to each other. The following notation is used:

  • 0..1 – 0 or 1 time
  • 0..* – 0, 1 or more times
  • 1..* – at least once
  • 1..1 – exactly once

The numbers listed with a building block indicate how often this building block can occur within a single MBH (Figure 2.3), or, within the same MBH, with a single instance of the building block on the other side (Figure 2.4).
Example:

Explanation of notation numbers in images about MBH coherence and building blocks
Figure 2.5 Explanation of notation numbers in images about the interrelationships between MBH and building blocks

  • One instance of building block X can be associated with 0 or 1 instance of building block Y.
  • One instance of building block Y can be associated with 0, 1 or more instances of building block X.

NB: The cardinalities within transactions are described in ART-DECOR scenarios, see also Chapter 3.

2.6 Sending and/or making available

A patient's medication data may be stored in various information systems. The aim of Medication Process MP9 is to make these data accessible to all health professionals involved, and to the patient themselves.
There are two methods for exchanging medication building blocks in the healthcare chain: sending and making available.

Sending
Medication data are sent to other parties involved, who receive these data automatically. Medication data are not sent to specific health professionals, but to healthcare providers. When the FD refers to sending to ‘the supplier/general practitioner/pulmonologist, etc.’, it refers to the relevant healthcare providers, not that individual health professional.
In MP9, sending is done using a Sending transaction, for example Sending medication data. The initiative lies with the sending party.

Making available
Once recorded, medication data can also be made available. This means that they can be queried. Querying allows other parties involved in the chain to collect all available medication building blocks.

Not all data are always made available to everyone:

  • Proposal data are only sent by the person making the proposal to the recipient of the proposal, the prescriber.
  • Dispense requests are only made available for querying by the patient.
  • An information system only makes building blocks available that have been created by the health professional concerned. Any copies from another source are not made available.
  • The Height and Weight HCIMs can be sent with the medication prescription. Laboratory results can also be sent. Querying/making these building blocks available is not within the scope of MP9.

The actual exchange of data takes place in MP9 with the Query and Making Available transactions, for example Query medication data and Making available medication data. The initiative for this lies with the querying party.
PLEASE NOTE: In these transactions, making available is a response to a query, so it concerns the actual delivery of the requested data to the querying party.

See Chapter 3 for further explanation of these transactions.

3 Information exchange

This chapter provides an overview of the information systems, system roles, transactions and the associated building blocks in MP9. It briefly describes how these concepts relate to each other and how they are used in the description of this information standard. The purpose of this chapter is to clarify the basic principles of information exchange within MP9. For detailed information, please refer to the source data in ART-DECOR index.

3.1 Overview of concepts

Recorded medication data are exchanged in the form of instances of medication building blocks. This takes place via transactions between the information systems of health professionals. Transactions are grouped into transaction groups, which in turn are part of scenarios. These can be found in the Scenarios tab in ART-DECOR scenarios.
An overview of the transactions per system role can also be found there (actor: system). A system role is a function that the system fulfils in the exchange of data. Each information system in MP9 must be able to fulfil certain system roles in order to be able to execute the corresponding transaction.

The Dataset tab in ART-DECOR contains the generic dataset with all data types relevant to MP9. A transaction dataset is a subset of this generic dataset. It contains the building blocks and data elements that can or must be exchanged in the transaction in question. The cardinality and conformity of the data elements are specified for each transaction. For an explanation of this, see the Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance .

A use case describes a practical situation in healthcare for which the exchange of information is specified on the basis of:

  • Actors: Persons and information systems involved in the use case. This concerns the roles that these actors fulfil:
    • Business roles: prescriber, supplier, administrator, patient
    • System roles: sending, receiving, querying and making available
  • Transactions: What information is exchanged, when, between which systems and system roles, and which business roles are involved.

The report Information Standards: foundation for data exchange in healthcare provides further explanation and background information on these concepts and their interrelationships.

3.2 Information systems, system roles and transactions

This section describes the information systems, system roles, transactions and associated building blocks within MP9.

3.2.1 Types of information systems

Within MP9, different types of information systems are distinguished based on their functional role:

  • EVS – electronic prescription system
  • AIS – pharmacy information system
  • PGO – personal health environment
  • eTDR – electronic administration registration system
  • TrIS – thrombosis information system

XIS is the generic term used to refer to an information system.

3.2.2 System roles and associated transactions and building blocks

A system role is a function that the system performs in the exchange of data. It involves the following general functions:

  • Sending system – sends data to a Receiving system
  • Receiving system – receives data from a Sending system
  • Querying system – requests data from an Available-making system
  • Available-making system – sends the requested data to a Querying system

An information system can fulfil one or more of these system roles.

The table below provides an overview of the system roles within MP9 with their abbreviations, the corresponding transaction and the building blocks that may be involved. In the ART-DECOR scenarios can be found how the building blocks involved are implemented for each transaction.

System role Abbreviation Transaction Possible building blocks involved
Scenario Medication prescription
VoorschriftSturend MP-VOS Sending medication prescription MA with or without VV; Length, Weight (if applicable)
If necessary, kidney function values can be sent along with the prescription via the Lab2Zorg transaction. See Guide for including kidney function value with prescription.
VoorschriftOntvangend MP-VOO Receiving medication prescription
Scenario Medication prescription processing
VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend MP-VAS Sending data on processing of medication prescription TA with or without MVE
VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend MP-VAO Receiving data on processing of medication prescription
Scenario Medication data
MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS Sending medication data 1 or more:
MA, VV, TA, MVE, MTD, MGB, WDS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO Receiving medication data
MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB Making medication data available
MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR Query medication data
Scenario Proposal data
VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS Sending proposal medication agreement VMA with or without Length, Weight
VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-VMO Receiving proposal medication agreement
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-AVMS Sending reply proposal medication agreement AVMA
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS Sending proposal dispense request VVV
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-VVO Receiving proposal dispense request
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-AVVS Sending reply proposal dispense request AVVV
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO Receiving reply proposal dispense request

Certain system roles are each other's logical counterparts and therefore always occur together in a system. For example, sending a prescription and receiving confirmation that the prescription has been processed. This concerns the following Send/Receive pairs:

  • MP-VOS and MP-VAO
  • MP-VOO and MP-VAS
  • MP-VMS and MP-AVMO
  • MP-VMO and MP-AVMS
  • MP-VVS and MP-AVVO
  • MP-VVO and MP-AVVS

3.2.3 Information systems and system roles

An information system can fulfil various system roles. The table below shows which roles these are for each information system.

system role EVS AIS PGO eTDR TrIS
MP-VOS - - -
MP-VOO - - - -
MP-VAS - - - -
MP-VAO - - -
MP-MGS
MP-MGO
MP-MGB
MP-MGR
MP-VMS
MP-VMO - - - -
MP-AVMS - - - -
MP-AVMO
MP-VVS
MP-VVO - - - -
MP-AVVS - - - -
MP-AVVO

Figure 3.1 is a graphical representation of this:

Information systems and system roles
Figure 3.1 Information systems and system roles

3.3 Scenarios

This section describes the following scenarios:

  • Medication prescription
  • Medication prescription processing
  • Medication data
  • Proposal data

In the description of each scenario the sub-processes in which it may occur are indicated. The corresponding process descriptions can be found in Chapter 5.
A subdivision per scenario rather than per use case has been chosen. This is because there is no one-to-one relationship between use cases and scenarios within the medication process. For example, the Prescription sub-process includes the use case of sending a medication prescription, but also the use cases of receiving data on the processing of a prescription, receiving and responding to a proposal from a supplier, or drawing up an overview of medication data. All scenarios apply in this sub-process. Conversely, the Medication data scenario can be used for all kinds of different use cases. A description per scenario is therefore the most efficient approach.

3.3.1 Scenario Medication prescription

3.3.1.1 Objective

The objective is for the prescriber to send a prescription to the supplier.

3.3.1.2 Process

This scenario applies to the use case of prescribing medication during the Prescribing sub-process.

3.3.1.3 Business roles and activity diagram

Business role (actor) Description of business role
Prescriber Sending medication prescription to supplier
Supplier Receiving medication prescription from prescriber

Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription

3.3.1.4 Systems and system roles

The prescriber uses an EVS. The supplier uses an AIS.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
EVS VoorschriftSturend MP-VOS Sending medication prescription
AIS VoorschriftOntvangend MP-VOO Receiving medication prescription

3.3.1.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Medication prescription Prescriber EVS MP-VOS Medication prescription (Sending/Receiving) Sending medication prescription
Supplier AIS MP-VOO Receiving medication prescription

3.3.2 Scenario Medication prescription processing

3.3.2.1 Objective

The objective is for the supplier to inform the prescriber about the processing of a medication prescription.

3.3.2.2 Process

This scenario applies to the use case of processing medication prescriptions during the sub-process Dispense.

3.3.2.3 Business roles and activity diagram

Business role (actor) Description of business role
Supplier Sending data on processing of medication prescription to prescriber
Prescriber Receiving data on processing of medication prescription from supplier

Activity diagram scenario Medication prescription processing

3.3.2.4 Systems and system roles

The supplier uses an AIS. The prescriber uses an EVS.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
AIS VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend MP-VAS Sending data on processing of medication prescription
EVS VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend MP-VAO Receiving data on processing of medication prescription

3.3.2.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Medication prescription processing Supplier AIS MP-VAS Medication prescription processing (Sending/Receiving) Sending data on processing of medication prescription
Prescriber EVS MP-VAO Receiving data on processing of medication prescription

3.3.3 Scenario Medication data

3.3.3.1 Objective

The objective is to enable health professionals and patients to exchange medication data by sending, receiving, querying and making the data available. Examples of use cases include:

  • Making available an MGB that has been recorded during the medication verification process;
  • Querying medication data for the purpose of drawing up an administration list;
  • Sending a stop-MA by a prescriber to the prescriber of the original MA;
  • Making a TA and MVE available by the supplier;
  • Querying medication data by a patient.

3.3.3.2 Process

This scenario applies to various use cases during each of the sub-processes in Chapter 5.

3.3.3.3 Business roles and activity diagram

The Medication data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).

Business role (actor) Description of business role
All actors Sending medication data to fellow health professionals/patient
Receiving medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
Query medication data from fellow health professionals/patient
Providing requested medication data to fellow health professionals/patient

Activity diagram scenario Medication data

3.3.3.4 Systems and system roles

The generic term XIS can refer to any information system, including EVS and AIS, as well as PGO, TrIS and eTDR.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
XIS MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS Sending medication data
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO Receiving medication data
MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR Query medication data
MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB Providing requested medication data

3.3.3.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Medication data All actors XIS MP-MGS Medication data (Sending/Receiving) Sending medication data
MP-MGO Receiving medication data
MP-MGR Medication data (Querying/Making available) Query medication data
MP-MGB Making medication data available

3.3.4 Scenario Proposal data

NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

3.3.4.1 Objective

The objective is to make a proposal regarding an MA or VV to the prescriber. All actors can make such a proposal.

3.3.4.2 Process

This scenario applies in use cases during all sub-processes. In section 5.6 the working method with proposal data is explained in more detail.

3.3.4.3 Business roles and activity diagram

The Proposal data scenario can apply to all business roles (health professionals and patients).

Business role (actor) Description of business role
All actors Sending proposal MA/VV to prescriber
Receiving reply proposal MA/VV from prescriber
Prescriber Receiving proposal MA/VV from all actors
Sending reply proposal MA/VV to all actors

Activity diagram scenario Proposal data

3.3.4.4 Systems and system roles

The prescriber uses an EVS. All actors use an XIS.

System Name system role System role code Description of system role
XIS VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS Sending proposal medication agreement
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS Sending proposal dispense request
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO Receiving reply proposal dispense request
EVS VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-VMO Receiving proposal medication agreement
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-AVMS Sending reply proposal medication agreement
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-VVO Receiving proposal dispense request
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-AVVS Sending reply proposal dispense request

3.3.4.5 Relationship between business roles, system roles and transactions

Scenario Business role System System role code Transaction group Transaction
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-VMS Proposal medication agreement (VMS/VMO) Sending proposal medication agreement
Prescriber EVS MP-VMO Receiving proposal medication agreement
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-AVMO Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMS/AVMO) Receiving reply proposal medication agreement
Prescriber EVS MP-AVMS Sending reply proposal medication agreement
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-VVS Proposal dispense request (VVS/VVO) Sending proposal dispense request
Prescriber EVS MP-VVO Receiving proposal dispense request
Proposal data All actors XIS MP-AVVO Reply proposal dispense request (AVVS/AVVO) Receiving reply proposal dispense request
Prescriber EVS MP-AVVS Sending reply proposal dispense request

4 Consolidation: what, why and how

Consolidation involves merging data and then applying rules to create a coherent whole.
This chapter explains the what, why and how of consolidation.
Section 4.1 explains what consolidation is in the context of this information standard.
Section 4.2 explains the purpose of consolidation.
Section 4.3 describes the consolidation process.
Section 4.4 explains the concepts that are important in this context.
Section 4.5 describes the consolidation rules.
Section 4.6 explains what consolidation means for medication data overviews.

4.1 What is consolidation?

Consolidation is the merging of data and the application of rules to the merged set in order to arrive at a coherent whole.
In this information standard, this concerns the set of building blocks that is collected during querying. This collection can be very extensive. There may be different MBHs, each of which may also contain multiple building blocks. This can even amount to hundreds of building blocks.
After querying, consolidation rules are used to determine how each building block in the set should be interpreted.

4.2 What is the goal of consolidation?

The purpose of consolidation is to create a ‘coherent whole’ within the collection of building blocks. What this means exactly depends on the purpose of the query. An administration list requires different data than a general practitioner who wants to view the medication history of a new patient. It must be clear which building blocks provide the desired data. The consolidation rules can be used to determine the status of each building block within 1 MBH on the basis of two criteria:

  • Is a building block ‘active’ or not?
  • Is a building block ‘valid’ or not?

This status determines whether a building block contains the correct information for the intended application.

The concepts ‘active’ and ‘valid’ are explained in section 4.4.

4.3 Consolidation process

Consolidation involves the following steps:
Collecting building blocks
Building blocks for a specific period of time are collected from all available sources. This is done using the Query medication data transaction (see section 3.3.3).
In some situations, a building block may appear to be active and valid when in fact this is no longer the case. For this reason, the stop-building block with the most recent RegistrationDateTime must also be provided for each MBH, using the query parameter LastStop. The available-making system will then provide the last stop-MA, stop-TA and stop-WDS, even if such a building block falls outside the requested time period. In this way, it can still be determined that the building block has been stopped.
Deduplicating identical building blocks
In principle, duplicate building blocks should not occur, as the information systems involved in this transaction are only allowed to make their own medication data available. In some cases, however, this can still occur. The information system must therefore be able to identify and deduplicate any identical building blocks.
Applying consolidation rules
Consolidation rules are used to determine the activeness and validity of each building block in an MBH. This is explained in more detail in the following sections.

4.4 Terms relevant to the description of the consolidation rules

This section explains the terms used in the consolidation rules. The general rules are described using examples. These rules are explained in detail in section 4.5.

4.4.1 Is a building block active?

Active means that the effective end date/time of a building block, viewed from the present, lies in the future. The following section explains what is meant by the word ‘effective’ in the above sentence.

4.4.1.1 Effective period

The effective period of a building block is the period during which a building block is (or has been) current.

Once a building block has been established, it does not change (see section 2.4.3). This also applies to its PeriodOfUse. In practice, however, the actual start and end dates of an agreement may differ from those specified in the building block.

General rule: The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.

Example
A patient is prescribed a medication for an indefinite period. The MA has startDateTime = day 1 and no endDateTime. After two weeks, the prescriber decides that the patient should stop taking the medication due to side effects. The stop-MA has the startDateTime of the original MA = day 1 and endDateTime = day 14.
On day 30, the MA appears to be current when viewed on its own, as it has no endDateTime. However, the effective end date/time of the MA has become that of the stop-MA.

General rule: The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.

Example
A patient is prescribed a medication for 5 days. The MA has startDateTime = day 1 and endDateTime = day 5. The patient picks up the medication after 3 days. The TA therefore has a startDateTime = day 4 and an endDateTime = day 8.
On day 6, the endDateTime of the MA has passed. If only that MA is considered, it no longer appears to be current. However, the TA shows that the MA should still be considered current. The MA has an effective start date/time = day 4 and an effective end date/time = day 8.

These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.1.

4.4.1.2 Active and non-active

Active building blocks have an effective end date/time that lies in the future relative to the present. Active building blocks are:

  • Current building blocks, where the present lies between the effective start date/time and the effective end date/time.
  • Future building blocks, where the effective start date/time lies in the future.

Non-active building blocks have an effective end date/time in the past. These building blocks form the history of a treatment. This also allows the course of a treatment in the past to be viewed.

Figure 4.1 illustrates these concepts graphically.

Huidige actual and future building blocks

Figure 4.1. Active (present + future) and non-active building blocks within an MBH

4.4.2 Is a building block valid?

Valid refers to whether a building block accurately reflects the real situation. This depends on the context, in the form of possible other building blocks in the MBH concerned.
Once recorded, the information in a building block does not change. However, how that information should be understood may change when a subsequent building block is recorded within the same MBH.

General rule: A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.

Example
There is an MA for an indefinite period with an accompanying VV. Can the supplier dispense medication based on this MA?
Situation A: No stop-building block with reference to this MA has been recorded. The MA is valid: the information in this building block is a correct representation of the actual situation.
The answer is Yes. Based on the information in this building block, the supplier may dispense the medicine.

Situation B: The MA has been followed by a stop-MA with reference to this MA. The MA has therefore been stopped and thus been made invalid: this MA does not provide an accurate representation of the real situation.
The answer is No. The supplier may no longer dispense the medicine, even though it is an MA for an indefinite period.

General rule: Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid

Example
There is a current MA and TA for a medicine that needs to be administered. The TA is not followed by a stop-TA. Can the administrator administer the medicine?
Situation A: The corresponding MA has not been followed by a stop-building block. The MA and the TA are therefore both valid.
The answer is Yes. The administrator may administer the medicine in question.

Situation B: The corresponding MA has been stopped by a stop-MA with immediate effect. However, this stop-MA has not yet been processed in the pharmacy, which means that no stop-TA has been created yet. Although the TA is still current, it has become invalid due to the stop-MA.
The answer is No. The administrator may no longer administer the medicine.

These general rules are specified in more detail in section 4.5.2.

4.5 Consolidation rules

Section 4.4 shows that a building block can be valid without being active. Conversely, a building block can also be active without being valid. The corresponding rules for both are set out below.

4.5.1 Rules for determining the effective period of a building block

Section 4.4.1.1 lists two general rules regarding the effective period:

General rules:
The effective end date/time of a building block changes due to a stop building block with reference to that building block.
The effective start date/time and end date/time of an MA can be influenced by a TA.

The effective start date/time and end date/time, and therefore the effective period of a building block, are derived data. They are therefore not part of the dataset. The derivation rules are explained below. The number next to each derivation rule indicates the order in which the rules must be executed.

Starting medication
Making a medication agreement
Medication is started by recording an MA.

Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.

Making an administration agreement
A TA fills in an MA in concrete terms.

Rule 1b: The effective period of a TA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.

If an MA has an associated TA, the following applies:

Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.


Stopping medication
Stopping a medication agreement
Medication is permanently stopped by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘stopped’ and:

  • startDateTime = startDateTime of the original MA
  • endDateTime = date on which the medication is stopped.

The effective period of the original MA is replaced by that of the new stop-MA.

Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.

Stopping an administration agreement
Situation A: The TA is stopped while the MA remains unchanged.
The effective period of the original TA is replaced by the effective period of the stop-TA. According to rule 1b, the latter is equal to its PeriodOfUse.

Situation B: The TA is stopped as a result of a stop-MA.
The stop-TA fills in the stop-MA in concrete terms. It is possible that the endDateTime of the stop-TA is later than that of the stop-MA, for example because the stop-MA specifies that the stop can take effect with the next GDS medication role. In such a case, the effective period of the MA changes, according to rules 1b and 2a.

Rules 1b and 2a: effective period stop-MA = effective period stop-TA = PeriodOfUse stop-TA.

Changing medication
Changing medication agreement
The prescriber changes medication within the MBH by discontinuing the original MA1 and creating a new MA2. This does not change the previous derivation rules:

Rule 1a: effective period of new MA2 = PeriodOfUse of MA2.
Rule 1c: effective period MA1 = effective period technical stop-MA.

Changing the administration agreement
Situation A: The TA is changed while the MA remains the same.
An MA is filled in in concrete terms by a TA. A change can be made to this TA (see section 5.3.2.4). This means that several consecutive TAs can be created under one MA. The effective period of the MA is now determined by all associated TAs.

Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest startDateTime to the latest endDateTime of the associated TA's.

Parallel TAs may exist under a single MA whose RegistrationDateTime and startDateTime are the same. This does not change rule 2b.

Situation B: The TA is changed as a result of a change in the MA. This does not change the previous rules.

Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication
Medication is interrupted by creating a stop-MA with stop type ‘interrupted’ and with the same startDateTime as the original MA. The endDateTime of the stop-MA is the moment of the temporary interruption. Resumption is done by creating an MA with the date of resumption as startDateTime. However, the stop type ‘interrupted’ ensures that the effective period remains based on the effective startDateTime of the original MA.

Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.

4.5.1.1 Summary of rules for determining the effective period

The rules described must be applied in numerical order:

  • Rule 1a: The effective period of an MA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.
  • Rule 1b: The effective period of a (stop-)TA is equal to its PeriodOfUse.
  • Rule 1c: When an MA is permanently stopped, the effective period of the MA is the effective period of the stop-MA.
  • Rule 1d: Temporary interruption of medication does not affect the effective period. The effective period remains the same as the effective period of the original MA.
  • Rule 2a: The effective period of the MA is equal to the effective period of the TA.
  • Rule 2b: The effective period of an MA runs from the earliest startDateTime to the latest endDateTime of the associated TA’s.

4.5.2 Rules for determining the validity of a building block

Section 4.4 lists two general rules regarding the validity of building blocks within 1 MBH. These are specified in more detail below.
General rules:
A stop-building block stops the building block to which it refers, thereby making it invalid.
Some building blocks can also make building blocks of a different type invalid.

Stopping and making invalid other building blocks takes effect from the endDateTime of the stop-building block. The specific validity rules within a single MBH are as follows:

1. A stop-MA makes invalid at its endDateTime:
  • the original MA to which this stop-MA refers, and
  • the TA and WDS that also refer to that original MA, and
  • all previously recorded MGBs
2. A stop-TA makes invalid at its endDateTime:
  • the original TA to which this stop-TA refers, and
  • all previously recorded MGBs
3. A stop-WDS makes invalid on its endDateTime:
  • the WDS to which this stop-WDS refers, and
  • all previously recorded MGBs
4. Each type of MA, TA and WDS makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs.
5. Each type of MGB makes invalid all previously recorded MGBs, provided they originate from the same type of author.
Exception: In the case of parallel TAs, a new MGB only makes invalid the older MGBs that belong to the same TA and originate from the same type of author.

The same rules apply to cancelation-building blocks.

The validity rules apply to agreement building blocks, i.e. MA, TA, and WDS. MGBs are not agreement building blocks, but may still be relevant. That is why they are also included in the consolidation rules. In the case of MGBs, ‘invalid’ can be interpreted as ‘the information in this building block may be out of date’.
MTDs are not included in these rules. An MTD is a record of an action that has already taken place. A stop-building block has no influence on an MTD that has already been recorded.

NB: Once a building block has been made invalid, it cannot be made valid again. A new building block must then be created.

The rules are applicable in the most common situations within an MBH. However, there may be situations that are not adequately covered by these rules. If a system cannot determine which building blocks are valid based on the above rules, this must be indicated to the end user. The end user can then assess this further themselves.

The rules are illustrated with examples on the page Examples of validity rules.
The Implementation manual Consolidation/derivation Rules provides a (non-normative) step-by-step plan for a possible practical application of the rules.

4.6 Medication data overviews

After consolidation, for each building block in an MBH is known whether it’s valid or invalid, and active or non-active. This allows all data to be placed in its correct context.
Based on this, various overviews of medication data can be generated. There are all kinds of situations and purposes in which an overview of medication data can be used. Therefore, there is no single definition or description for this. Such an overview can also take various forms (paper, PDF, presentation on a screen, etc.).

The consolidation rules are used to compile:

For each situation a proper presentation can be chosen, in consultation between the user or organisation and the supplier. The effective period can be used, for example, to show the course of a treatment, or to classify medication as current, future and recently discontinued.
Further information on administration lists can be found in section 5.4.2.

There are also situations in which the consolidation rules do not lead to a complete and/or accurate overview, for example because the patient has not given permission to share information. Medication verification is therefore always desirable.

5 Medication process

This chapter describes the medication process in relation to recording and exchanging the necessary data. The generic medication process essentially consists of the sub-processes of prescribing, dispensing, administering and using. The process begins when a patient starts using a medicine, whether prescribed or not. It ends when the use of the medicine in question stops.

The process can vary depending on the sector and situation. Not all parts are always applicable; for example, a VV is required for medication dispensing in an outpatient situation, but not in a clinical situation. Sub-processes can also be carried out iteratively or in a different order.

Supporting activities such as medication verification and medication monitoring are also necessary to ensure that the medication process is carried out responsibly. Medication verification is involved in various sub-processes and is therefore also included as a separate sub-process.
Because MP9 contributes to the completeness of medication data, better medication monitoring can be carried out. Medication monitoring itself falls outside the scope of this FO.

The sub-processes are described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.
Section 5.6 explains proposal data.
Section 5.7 contains some points of attention regarding the clinical situation.
Section 5.8 summarises the information relating to GDS medication from the previous sections.

The functional description is illustrated with practical examples. All practical examples can be found on a separate overview page. In addition, there are separate pages with practical examples for each sub-process and for GDS (Medicine Distribution System, Dutch: Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem):

Some practical examples are relevant to multiple sub-processes and can therefore be found on different pages.

5.1 Sub-process Medication verification

This section describes the medication verification process. Medication verification involves determining the actual use of medication by the patient, together with the patient or their representative. Other information that may be relevant to that use (contraindications, allergies, serious side effects and laboratory values) may also be requested. The aim is to gain optimal insight into the actual use of medication by a patient, so that good care can be provided. Medication verification may be necessary or desirable at various points in the care process. For example, prior to prescribing, dispensing or administering medication, when evaluating a treatment, or when preparing for admission. To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Medication verification.

5.1.1 Overview of the sub-process Medication verification

Using the Query medication data transaction, the health professional collects the available medication building blocks, including any MGBs recorded by the patient. After consolidation, the health professional has an overview of the patient's medication.
In addition, sources such as the following can also be used:

  • medication brought along
  • telephone information from the patient's pharmacist or general practitioner

The health professional discusses this information with the patient and can record the verified medication (including self-care medication and medication from abroad) with the MGB building block.
The recorded data on medication use are made available to fellow health professionals and the patient so that they can be queried.

5.1.2 Results of Medication verification

5.1.2.1 How is a medicine used?

When verifying medication, the following outcomes are possible for each medicine:

  • The medicine is being used as agreed.
  • The medicine is not being used as agreed. Examples:
– The patient is using the medicine differently than agreed, or wants to do so.
– The patient is using a different medicine than the one known to the health professional.
  • It is unknown whether the use is as agreed. Example:
– The patient has been prescribed medication abroad, but the prescription is no longer available.

The health professional can record these findings for each medicine using the MGB building block. This is explained in more detail in section 5.1.3.

In the event of deviating use, a prescriber may also decide to record a new MA or MA with modification (see section 5.2.2). If the prescriber sees no reason to do so, they may also record only an MGB, possibly with a comment that he or she has requested the patient to adhere to the agreements made earlier.
In the event of deviating use, a health professional can also send a VMA to the prescriber (see section 5.6) and/or advise the patient to inform the prescriber about the deviating use.

5.1.2.2 Inadvertently outstanding medication or ‘orphans’

During verification, it may become apparent that medication is incorrectly still outstanding. In certain situations, building blocks (MAs, TAs) may have remained inadvertently active, known as ‘orphans’. Examples:

  • In the hybrid situation, something went wrong when merging building blocks for the same medication.
  • Medication has been discontinued in a system other than that of the prescriber, and this system is no longer available for exchanging building blocks. As a result, the stop-MA is not provided and the original MA therefore still appears to be active and valid.

In the case of building blocks with endDateTime, the problem is limited because that medication is automatically no longer active after the endDateTime. Building blocks without an endDateTime, however, would continue to appear active and valid without intervention. Such ‘orphans’ can be identified during medication verification. The health professional must correct this with a stop-building block. If possible, the stop-building block is sent to the health professional who recorded the original building block.

5.1.3 Directions for recording data in the building block medication use

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in the ART-DECOR index. The table below shows how certain data elements should be filled in in different situations.

The health professional performing the verification is the Author of the building block. In Informant, the source of the relevant information can be indicated, for example the patient, a health professional or another person involved. In RelationMedicationAgreement or RelationAdministrationAgreement, reference is made to the MA or TA that was the reference for specifying this use.

Situation Use Indicator AsAgreed Indicator MedicationUse StopType PeriodOfUse (fill in a maximum of 2 out of 3) DosingInstructions
startDateTime Duration endDateTime
Medication is/will be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed yes yes leave empty fill in in accordance with MA or TA fill in in accordance with MA or TA
date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication use is or will be discontinued
This is not as agreed yes no leave empty date/time when deviating medication use started or will start (intended) duration of non-compliant medication use date/time when non-compliant medication use is or will be discontinued the actual dosage used must be entered
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed yes leave empty leave empty date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication is or will be discontinued the dosage agreed upon by the patient must be entered
Medication is not/will not be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed no yes leave empty or fill in in accordance with stop-agreement date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
This is not as agreed no no discontinued / suspended date/time from which use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed no leave empty discontinued / suspended date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage


5.1.4 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Medication verification

During the Medication verification sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The health professional queries the available medication data. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
The health professional's information system responds to the query by providing the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The health professional can send the recorded medication data to other health professionals. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS

Health professionals who perform medication verification can use various information systems. See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.2 Sub-process Prescribe

This section describes the prescribing process. The prescriber role may be cariied out by anyone with prescribing authority under the Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG). In addition, a prescriber may delegate this task to other health professionals without their own prescribing authority. This is only permitted within the conditions set out in the Act and within the agreements of the healthcare organisation concerned.
To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Prescribe.

5.2.1 Overview sub-process Prescribe

5.2.1.1 Process of prescribing in general

Starting the prescribing process
The prescribing process can start during a consultation or following a proposal from another health professional or the patient regarding their medication treatment. See section 5.6 for an explanation of proposal data.
The prescriber evaluates the patient's situation, including their medication treatment. An overview of medication data can be used for this purpose (see Chapter 4).

Possible actions when prescribing
The prescriber then decides to start, continue, stop or change medication. The following medication building blocks can be recorded:

  • MA for recording the prescriber's therapeutic intention.
  • WDS for specifying the dosing regimen for medicines with varying dosages (e.g. anticoagulant medication)
  • VV for the logistical processing of the prescribed medication.

This is further elaborated for each building block in sections 5.2.2 to 5.2.4.
Section 5.2.5 contains instructions for completing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.

Exchanging data
The prescriber sends the (stop-) MA with or without VV to the supplier using the Sending medication prescription transaction. If necessary, a WDS, information about the patient's height or weight, or kidney function value can be sent along with it. The recorded data are also made available. The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.2.6.
Medication monitoring is carried out during the prescribing process; the details of this are outside the scope of this FD.

5.2.1.2 Some specific situations

GP out-of-hours service (huisartsenpost, HAP)
A GP out-of-hours service works on behalf of the regular GP. In principle, the generic prescribing process is followed by the HAP. The HAP can also start, continue, change, and stop medication. If necessary, the HAP will also make the corresponding dispense requests. To supplement this process, the GP out-of-hours service prescriber can use the data element NextPractitioner (see section 5.2.5.1.7).

Medication process in the clinical situation
The medication process in the clinical situation is dealt with separately in section 5.7.

Medication on the administration list
For some patients, medication is listed on an administration list (administration patients). This medication can be administered by an administrator or by the patient themselves. The data required to generate an administration list can be recorded by the prescriber in MA or WDS and/or by the supplier in the TA (see section 5.2.5 and section 5.4.2).

5.2.2 Medication agreement

The MA is the therapeutic building block in a prescription. In it, the prescriber records what has been agreed with the patient about the medicine in question. The MA reflects the prescriber's therapeutic intention.

In general terms, a prescriber can create an initial MA within a new MBH, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing MA. This is explained in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. See also section 2.4.3 for an explanation of the procedure for stopping and modifying a building block.

The intended duration of the medication is specified in the PeriodOfUse:

  • Medication for an indefinite period: only startDateTime is entered, without duration or endDateTime
  • Medication for a specific period: 2 of the 3 data elements must be entered. This also applies to medication for single use.
  • If an endDateTime is specified, the time must always be provided. This is to avoid confusion between ‘until’ and ‘up to and including’. In the case of an ‘up to and including’ date (i.e. a whole day), the time 23:59:59 applies.


Section 5.2.5.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.

5.2.2.1 Starting medication

An initial MA usually marks the start of an MBH. Sometimes, an MBH can also start with a different therapeutic building block. Examples:

  • MTD in situations where acute administration of a medicine is required.
  • TA if the supplier does not (yet) have access to the digital MA, for example in the hybrid situation.
  • MGB recorded by the patient.

In such cases, the first MA in an MBH can follow after the other building block has been recorded. Even then, the MA always takes precedence in reflecting the prescriber's therapeutic intention.

An MA can be created to take effect immediately, but it can also be planned in advance, with a start date in the future (TMA). This TMA has a startDateTime that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.

5.2.2.2 Continuing medication

Examples of continuing medication are:

  • Repeat medication; only a new VV is required for an existing MA.
  • Upon admission to an institution where home medication is continued.

In both cases, the existing MA does not need to be adjusted unless the endDateTime of the MA has passed. In that case, a new MA must be recorded.
NB: Continuing treatment with a drug with a different PRK is not considered continuation, but a change (see section 5.2.2.4).

5.2.2.3 Stopping medication

An MA in which an endDateTime has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-MA is required in this case.
If the medication needs to be discontinued earlier, or if an MA does not have an endDateTime, a stop-MA must be specified within the same MBH. The stop-MA contains the following new data:

data-element in dataset explanation
endDateTime The date on which the MA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
Prescriber Name of the health professional creating the stop-MA.
RegistrationDateTime Date and time on which the stop-MA is recorded.
MedicationAgreementStopType 'discontinued'
RelationMedicationAgreement Reference to the MA being stopped. A stop-MA must include this reference, unless there is no MA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains TA(s) and/or MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-MA without a RelationMedication Agreement. In that case, the stop-MA will not get a reference to a TA or MGB either.
ReasonModificationOr Discontinuation Reason for stopping the MA. Filling in this data element is mandatory in outpatient settings. In clinical settings, this only needs to be completed if relevant for exchange within the care chain.

From the referenced MA, the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:

data-element in dataset explanation
startDateTime The original start date.
AgreedMedicine The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
InstructionsForUse The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-MA.

The MA can be stopped immediately with an endDateTime today.
The MA can also be stopped with an endDateTime in the future. If the prescriber subsequently wishes to shorten the PeriodOfUse further, a second stop-MA is created. This second stop-MA refers to the most recent MA, in this case the first stop-MA.

Creating a stop-MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDSs and TAs. A stop-TA must also be created for the TAs. No stop-WDS is required for the WDS.

5.2.2.3.1 Stopping a medication agreement by another prescriber

A MA can be stopped by the prescriber themselves, or by another prescriber. When a prescriber stops a medication, they create a stop-MA. This is also the case when stopping someone else's MA. The stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the MA that is being stopped (transaction Sending medication data).
The stop-MA must also be sent to the supplier. The prescriber can find this supplier by querying the TAs associated with the MA (transaction Query medication data). They then send the stop-MA to the supplier with an active TA (transaction Sending medication prescription).

5.2.2.3.2 Canceling a future medication agreement

Stopping an MA with a startDateTime in the future (TMA) is called canceling. The TMA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TMA. This is a stop-TMA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TMA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TMA.
The cancelation-TMA works the same as the stop-MA described above, but with two differences:

  • The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
  • The startDateTime and endDateTime of the cancelation-TMA are the same.

The distinction between a cancelation-TMA and a regular stop-MA clarifies whether a medication has never been used (according to that TMA) or whether its use was first started and then stopped.

5.2.2.4 Modifying medication

Modifying medication can, for example, concern dosage, route of administration, period of use, or prescriber.

If a modification results in a different PRK, the prescriber discontinues the medication and records a new PRK in a new MBH (see section 2.4.2). Examples include a change in route of administration or strength, or switching to a different medication.
If the PRK of the prescribed medication remains the same, modifications are recorded under the same MBH.

Medication is modified by recording a technical stop-MA and a new MA with the modification within the same MBH. The technical stop-MA has an endDateTime equal to the startDateTime of the new MA with the modification (see section 2.4.3).
The new MA includes a reference to the original MA in RelationMedicationAgreement. If relevant for exchanges within the chain, the reason for the modification can be recorded in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.

Extending the PeriodOfUse of an MA can be done in two ways:

  • Creating a new MA2 with a startDateTime after the endDateTime of the original MA1. A stop-MA is not required for MA1; it expires automatically on its endDateTime. The new MA2 can be created either during or after the PeriodOfUse of MA1.
  • Extending the PeriodOfUse of the original MA1 if it has not yet expired. This is a change with a technical stop-MA and a new MA2 with the extended PeriodOfUse.

A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a startDateTime in the future. If the modification is implemented in a future MA, a technical cancelation-TMA is created and a new TMA with the modification.

The technical stop-MA and technical cancelation-TMA work the same way as the regular stop-MA and cancelation-TMA. They also have the stop type ‘discontinued’ or ‘canceled’ (see section 5.2.2.3).

The technical stop-MA and new MA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same RegistrationDateTime (see section 2.4.3.1). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TMA and new TMA.

5.2.2.4.1 Correcting a medication agreement

A prescriber may have made a mistake in an MA, for example, a typo in the dosage. If the incorrect MA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the prescriber can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. If the PRK remains the same, correction follows the process of modifying an MA. Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:

  • A new MA with the correct information and ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.
  • A technical stop-MA with the stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the MA to be corrected in RelationMedicationAgreement.

Correcting a future MA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TMA plus a new TMA.

If the correction involves prescribing medication with a different PRK, it is not considered a modification. In that case, the MA is stopped with a stop-MA with ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation. The new MA is recorded in a different MBH.

5.2.2.4.2 Modifying a medication agreement by another prescriber

An MA may be modified by the prescriber themselves or by another prescriber.
The technical stop-MA is sent to the health professional who created the original MA (transaction Send medication data).
The technical stop-MA and new MA are sent, with or without VV, to the supplier with an active TA (see section 5.2.2.3.1).

5.2.2.5 Temporarily interrupting and resuming medication

Temporarily interrupting means stopping the medication for a certain period of time. The interruption can take effect immediately or a future interruption can be planned. During the interruption period, the medication is considered active because of the intention to resume it in the future. Two new MAs are created within the same MBH:

  • A stop-MA with stop type ‘suspended’, reference to the MA to be interrupted in RelationMedicationAgreement and, if relevant for exchange within the chain, the reason for interruption in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.
  • A new MA for resumption with a reference to that stop-MA and, if applicable, the reason for resumption in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation. This new MA can be created immediately or later, for example, only when the date of resumption is known.

If the prescriber wishes to permanently stop the interrupted MA, a stop-MA with stop type ‘discontinued’ is created with reference to the stop-MA with which the original MA was interrupted.

Temporary substitution with another medicine is not a modification or interruption but an actual discontinuation of the first medicine and the start of a new MBH with the substitute.

5.2.3 Variable dosing regimen

For some medicines, the dosage regimen is variable, for example because it depends on certain blood values. An example is anticoagulant medication. In this case, the prescriber determines the therapeutic INR range (International Normalised Ratio, a measure of blood clotting time) within which the treatment should take place.
The dosage instructions are then recorded in the WDS rather than the MA. With a WDS, the dosage of the medication can be adjusted without having to change the MA.
The thrombosis specialist draws up the specific dosage instructions within the agreed INR range and based on the measured INR value. This INR value is recorded in the WDS Comment data element, so that it is clear on which value a particular regimen is based. The prescribing physician who created the MA remains responsible for the VVs.

5.2.3.1 Starting a variable dosing regimen

The prescriber prescribes anticoagulant medication and records the following in the MA:

  • AgreedMedicine: the prescribed medication. The WDS always records the same medication as in the MA.
  • AdditionalInstructions ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’; no dosage instruction is therefore included in the MA.
  • Comment: the INR range within which treatment should take place.

The prescriber creates an initial WDS to bridge the period until thrombosis care is involved. Based on the INR value and, if necessary, their professional assessment, the thrombosis specialist draws up a WDS that modifies or follows the prescriber's schedule. From this point on, the thrombosis service takes over the drawing up of the WDSs from the prescriber.

5.2.3.2 Continuing a variable dosing regimen

A WDS will always be drawn up for a fixed period. It is updated based on relevant measurements. When the WDS expires at the end of the PeriodOfUse, it will be replaced by a new WDS (but see also section 5.2.3.4). The new WDS will contain a link to the MA and to the previous WDS. A stop-WDS is not required.

5.2.3.3 Stopping a variable dosing regimen

As long as there is an MA, there must also be a dosage instruction. If this is filled in by a WDS, a WDS must always exist for the duration of the MA.
Permanently stopping a WDS is done by stopping the MA. The thrombosis physician or other prescriber creates a stop-MA, or sends a VMA with a proposal to stop to the prescriber. Stopping the MA leads to the discontinuation of the associated WDS. No stop-WDS is then required.
If treatment needs to be restarted after some time, the normal procedure of creating an MA and starting a WDS is followed.

5.2.3.4 Modifying a variable dosing regimen

In case of anticoagulant medication, the MA must always be accompanied by a WDS. Therefore, the WDS wil usually continue until after the next measurement of the relevant blood value. This means that a WDS usually needs to be modified. This is done according to the normal modification process by recording a new WDS and a technical stop-WDS (see section 2.4.3).
The new WDS references the MA and the previous WDS. The reason for the modification can be recorded in ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation in the WDS. A new INR value will usually be the starting point for the new schedule; this is recorded in the Comment data element of the WDS.

Modifications relating to the dosage instruction are included in the WDS. Modifications to other treatment policies must be recorded in the MA.

5.2.3.4.1 Modifying a variable dosing regimen by another prescriber

A WDS can be modified by the author of the WDS themselves, but also by another prescriber. The latter then sends the technical stop-WDS to the health professional who created the original WDS.

5.2.3.5 Interrupting the dosing schedule

It may be necessary to temporarily interrupt the dosing schedule, for example due to co-medication or a planned procedure. This can be done in two ways:

  • If the intended start of the interruption is known, the dosage for the relevant period in the WDS is adjusted to 0. A new WDS with the zero dosage and a technical stop-WDS are created.
In this case, the MA and TA continue. This makes it clear that only the dosage schedule has been temporarily interrupted; the therapeutic treatment has not been stopped.
  • If the exact period during which the interruption is to take place is not known, the interruption must be carried out via a stop-MA. See section 5.2.2.5.

5.2.4 Dispense request

The VV is the logistical building block in a prescription. In the VV, the prescriber describes how much of a medicine should be dispensed.
Section 5.2.5.2 explains how a number of data elements should be filled in in certain situations.

5.2.4.1 Making a dispense request

If a patient needs a (new) supply of medicine, a VV is created. For example, at the start of a treatment with a new medicine. A VV does not have to be created at the same time as an MA is recorded. In the case of an MA with a longer period of use, several VVs are created over time while the MA remains the same.
In a clinical setting, a VV is not necessary: the hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA.

5.2.4.1.1 Making a dispense request by another prescriber

A prescriber other than the one who created the MA may issue a VV under this MA. This applies to repeat prescriptions. In that case, in the prescription the MA from the original prescriber is sent along with the VV to the pharmacy.

5.2.5 Directions for recording data in the building blocks medication agreement and dispense request

5.2.5.1 Directions for recording data in the building block medication agreement

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.2.5.1.1 MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation

In the MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation data element, a prescriber can indicate, among other things, whether or not an MA should take effect immediately. The following values are available for this purpose:

  • Immediately on the administration list or in GDS
  • After regular prescription processing on the administration list or in GDS
  • Per next GDS medication role change on the administration list

If one of these values is entered in the new MA when modifying medication, the technical stop-MA must be assigned the same value. When discontinuing medication, this information can be recorded in the stop-MA.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.2.5.1.2 AgreedMedicine

G-standard and free text
In AgreedMedicine, the medicine to be prescribed is recorded using a code from the G-standard, usually at PRK level.
It is possible to prescribe without such a code, i.e. in free text. However, this is only permitted if no suitable code is available in the G-standard, for example in the case of investigational medicines. This may only be done in exceptional circumstances, partly because medication monitoring cannot be carried out without a G-standard code.

Non-medicines
Non-medicines can also be prescribed at HPK level from the G-standard. Example: inhaler (Aerochamber, HPK 1915185) as an aid for prescribed aerosols. Non-medicines are not applicable for a medication overview or medication monitoring.

Own articles
Own articles (90 million number) can also be recorded in this data element. The condition is that once a 90 million number has been created within an organisation, it may never be changed. During the exchange, the root-oid (unique technical identification of the organisation) in combination with the 90 million number ensures that it is unique in relation to all 90 million numbers from other organisations.
The substances that make up this article are recorded as ingredients in this data element of the MA. At least one ingredient must be recorded, as is the case with magistral preparations.

5.2.5.1.3 InstructionsForUse

Description
Instructions for use are provided electronically in two ways:

  • Structured in accordance with the data structure under InstructionsForUse.
  • As free text in the Description data element. This contains the complete instructions for use in readable form, for example: 1 piece once a day.

The option to display free text is intended for situations in which the receiving system cannot process the structured information properly, so that correct information can still be displayed to the end user.

It is expressly intended that suppliers make as much use as possible of the structured information to generate their own descriptions during implementation. The structured information and the free text must correspond completely. The structured information must not contain anything that is not mentioned in Description.

Additional Instructions
Anticoagulant medication (see section 5.2.3.1)
For medicines with a variable dosing regimen, no DosingInstructions are included in the MA and TA. In AdditionalInstructions, ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’ is specified.

Medication that must be administered
Additional instructions for administration may be given to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:

  • Indicate that when stopping a fentanyl patch, the patch must be removed.
  • When dosing half a tablet, indicate what should be done with the other half of the tablet.

Such information cannot be recorded in a structured manner. It is recorded in free text in the AdditionalInstruction data element of the MA, TA and/or WDS.

DosingInstructions
‘As needed’ medication
In the case of ‘as needed’ medication, the data element AsNeeded.Condition specifies the situation in which the medication must be taken.

Dosage instruction with an interval of once every 36 hours
A dosage instruction that prescribes the intake of 1 tablet every 36 hours can usually be recorded as 1 MA with a Dose of 1 tablet and an Interval of 36 hours. However, not all information systems support intervals longer than 24 hours. In that case, an alternative method is required.
A practical solution is to use a three-day RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule with different DosingInstructions for each day:

  • day 1 one dose in the morning
  • day 2 one dose in the evening
  • day 3 no intake or administration.

Repeating this schedule still results in a correct dosing pattern with administration times that are 36 hours apart.

(Recommended) administration times for medication that must be administered
An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. Flexible (recommended) administration times are assumed as standard.

Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible to ‘no’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.

5.2.5.1.4 PeriodOfUse

If there is a situation-dependent startDateTime or endDateTime, this can be indicated in the data element PeriodOfUse.Condition. This condition makes explicit what the situation dependency entails. Examples of this are:

  • ‘Start X days before admission’ – if the exact start time depends on a planned hospital admission.
  • ‘Stop X days after holiday’ – if the medication is tapered off after a specific event with an uncertain end date.

See the page Examples uncertainty condition for details on how to use this condition.

5.2.5.1.5 RegistrationDateTime

The RegistrationDateTime indicates the date and time at which the medication building block was recorded and is used to correctly determine the sequence of the building blocks. Further explanation of the RegistrationDateTime can be found in ART-DECOR.

5.2.5.1.6 Comment

In the case of anticoagulant medication, the INR range within which the treatment should take place is recorded in Comment.

5.2.5.1.7 NextPractitioner

This data element can be used to record the health professional who can be contacted if there are any questions about this MA. If the health professional is not known, the relevant healthcare provider may be entered as an alternative. This data element can be used, for example, upon discharge from a clinical situation, see section 5.7.2.3.

It may also be relevant for a prescriber at a GP out-of-hours service (HAP). Examples:

  • New MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the regular GP here.
  • Modifying existing MA: The HAP prescriber can enter the name of the prescriber of the original MA in the new MA here.
  • Stopping existing MA: The GP out-of-hours service prescriber can enter the name of the original prescriber in the stop-MA here.

This makes it clear to the entire chain, even outside GP out-of-hours hours, which prescriber to contact for matters such as handling questions.

5.2.5.2 Directions for recording data in the building block dispense request

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the VV in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.2.5.2.1 Quantity of medicine to be dispensed

In a VV, either the Amount to be dispensed or the ValidityPeriod can be specified. When specifying a ValidityPeriod, the quantity to be dispensed must be clearly derivable from the MA's DosingInstructions.
Please note: the endDateTime in a ValidityPeriod has a different meaning than the endDateTime in the PeriodOfUse of an MA. These may be different.

  • ValidityPeriod.endDateTime: date until which the supplier has permission to dispense (and thus provide the patient with sufficient stock for use until that date).
  • PeriodOfUse.endDateTime: date on which the patient must stop taking the medication (this may be the same as the ValidityPeriod.endDateTime or may be further in the future).
5.2.5.2.2 Medication not in GDS

In the AdditionalWishes data element of the VV, the prescriber can indicate that a medicine may not be dispensed in GDS.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.2.6 Information exchange during sub-process Prescribe

5.2.6.1 Sending kidney function value along with medication prescription

For some medicines, kidney function is important. The kidney function value then determines the choice and/or dosage of the medicine. For such medicines, the kidney function value is always sent along with the medication prescription. Also, if new results have become available since the previous dispensing, these must be sent again with the medication prescription for the new dispensing.
This kidney function value is recorded in the LaboratoryTestResult building block and sent via the Sending Laboratory Results transaction. See the Lab2Zorg Information Standard. Sending the kidney function value in LaboratoryTestResult separately, without a medication prescription, falls outside the scope of the MP9 information standard.

5.2.6.2 Include height and weight with medication prescription

When sending the medication prescription, the prescriber can also include the patient's height and weight. This can be done, for example, when prescribing for children, or when prescribing medication for which weight (e.g. anticoagulants) or body surface area (e.g. some oncology drugs) are important.

This refers to the height and weight that the prescriber has used to determine the prescription. This may differ from the height or weight that is generally recorded for the patient.

BodyHeight and BodyWeight are separate building blocks and can only be sent in the transactions Sending medication prescription and Sending proposal medication agreement. This information cannot be queried.

5.2.6.3 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Prescribe

During the Prescribe sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The prescriber sends a new MA to the supplier chosen by the patient, accompanied by a VV in the outpatient situation. This instructs the supplier to dispense the medication. VoorschriftSturend MP-VOS
The prescriber sends a stop-MA and any new MA to the supplier, accompanied by a VV or not. In doing so, the prescriber instructs the supplier to implement a change in medication policy.
The prescriber sends a new VV with existing MA to the supplier. This instructs the supplier to dispense medication again.
The prescriber sends height and/or weight along with the prescription.
The prescriber sends a kidney function value along with the prescription. VoorschriftSturend + LabResultaatSturend MP-VOS + LAB-LRS
The prescriber receives a message when the supplier has processed the prescription. VoorschriftAfhandelingOntvangend MP-VAO
The prescriber can receive a VMA and/or VVV from other health professionals and return an AVMA and/or AVVV to the proposer. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-VMO
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-AVMS
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-VVO
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-AVVS
The prescriber can also send proposal data to another prescriber and receive responses. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO
When queried, the EVS provides the recorded medication data. VV is only provided to the patient. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The prescriber queries the available medication data to perform medication verification and/or evaluate the patient's medication treatment of the patient. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
The prescriber sends medication data to/receives medication data from another health professional, for example at the patient's request or upon discharge. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO
The prescriber sends medication data (MA and WDS) to the thrombosis service if the prescriber has created an initial WDS as a bridging measure. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
In the event of corrected data, the prescriber assesses who they must actively inform by sending the correct data.
In the event of stopping someone else's MA, the prescriber sends the stop-MA to the prescriber of the stopped MA.

The prescriber uses an electronic prescribing system (EVS). See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.3 Sub-process Dispense

This section describes the process of dispensing by a supplier. A supplier is a pharmacist or dispensing general practitioner who carries out the dispensing process or under whose responsibility it takes place. To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Dispense.

5.3.1 Overview sub-process Dispense

5.3.1.1 Process of dispensing in general

Starting the dispensing sub-process
The dispensing sub-process starts when the supplier receives a new medication prescription (MA with or without VV). A request from the patient for repeat medication dispensing, or a signal from the repeat module of the AIS may also be a reason for starting this sub-process. Sometimes a change in the patient's situation is a reason for starting the dispensing sub-process, for example because their medication must now be dispensed in a Medication Distribution System (Geneesmiddel Distributie Systeem, GDS).

The availability of the prescribed medicine and the preference policy are checked. Medication monitoring is also carried out; the details of this are outside the scope of this FO.

Possible actions during dispensing
If the data are sufficient, the supplier processes the medication prescription. This may involve dispensing medication, but this is not always the case. Examples include:

  • The medication is stopped with a stop-MA.
  • The medication has been changed and the patient still has sufficient stock.
  • The patient does not collect the medication.


When processing the medication prescription, the following medication building blocks can be recorded:

  • TA to record how the corresponding MA has been filled in specifically.
  • MVE to record what has actually been dispensed to the patient.

This is further elaborated per building block in sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3.
Section 5.3.4 contains instructions for implementing the MA and VV building blocks in specific situations.
Sometimes a supplier will want to contact the prescriber. For example:

  • A new VV is required.
  • There are questions about the MA received.
  • After a medication monitoring signal.

In such cases, the supplier can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber. In it, the supplier makes a specific proposal for an MA or VV, stating the reason for that proposal. See section 5.6 for further information about these proposal data.

Exchanging data
The supplier sends the TA and, if a dispensing has also taken place, the MVE to the prescriber. If the Author of the VV is a different health professional than the Prescriber in the MA, the TA and, if applicable, the MVE are sent to that Author. The recorded data is also made available.
The transfer of information is discussed further in section 5.3.5.

5.3.1.2 Some specific situations

Medication process in the clinical situation
The medication process in the clinical situation is dealt with separately in section 5.7.

Medication on the administration list
For some patients, medication is listed on an administration list (administration patients). This medication can be administered by an administrator or by the patient themselves. The data required to generate an administration list can be recorded by the prescriber in MA or WDS and/or by the supplier in the TA (see section 5.4.2).

5.3.2 Administration agreement

With the TA the MA is specified in concrete terms. A TA always has a reference to the corresponding MA (if available), in the data element RelationMedicationAgreement. A new TA is not always necessary, for example in the case of repeat dispensing under a current MA.
The TA is filled in based on factors such as availability, preference policy, or the wishes of the patient or prescriber. This can result, for example, in a product with a different strength and an adjusted dosing frequency. A different strength means a different PRK. Since the TA falls under the same MBH as the MA, building blocks with different PRKs can occur within 1 MBH.

In general terms, a supplier can create a new TA, or continue, stop, change or temporarily interrupt an existing TA. This is explained in sections 5.3.2.1 to 5.3.2.5.
Section 5.3.4.1 explains how a number of data elements should be completed in certain situations.

5.3.2.1 Initial administration agreement

A new TA is always created for a new MA. An initial TA in an MBH will usually be created in response to a new MA. However, an initial TA can also be created without an associated MA. For example, if a patient purchases a self-care product at the pharmacy, the supplier may choose to record a TA and thereby start a new MBH. This enables medication monitoring and the self-care product can then also be included on an administration list (see section 5.4).

Just like the corresponding MA, a TA may start in the future. This TTA has a startDateTime that is later than the date on which the agreement was made.

5.3.2.2 Continuing an administration agreement

If the existing MA and TA suffice to dispense new medication, the TA does not need to be adjusted.

5.3.2.3 Stopping an administration agreement

A TA in which an endDateTime has already been specified, for example for a course of treatment, will automatically stop on that date. No stop-TA is required in this case.
A stop-MA for permanently discontinuing medication leads to a stop-TA within the same MBH with stop type 'discontinued'. This prevents further dispensing of the medication.

The stop-TA contains the following new data:

data-element in dataset uitleg
endDateTime The date on which the TA ends. This end date can also be in the future.
Supplier Name of the supplier creating the stop-MA
RegistrationDateTime Date and time on which the stop-TA is recorded.
AdministrationAgreementStopType ‘discontinued’
RelationAdministrationAgreement Reference to the TA being stopped. A stop-TA must include this reference, unless there is no TA available in the MBH to refer to. If the MBH only contains MGB(s), the prescriber must be able to stop these with a stop-TA without a RelationAdministrationAgreement. In that case, the stop-TA will not get a reference to an MGB either.
RelationMedicationAgreement Reference to the stop-MA giving rise to this stop-TA.
AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation Reason for stopping the TA.

From the referenced TA the remaining available information must be copied, including at least the following elements:

data-element in dataset uitleg
startDateTime The original start date.
MedicineForAdministrationAgreement The agreed-upon medicine. In the case of magistral preparations or ingredients, 90 million numbers do not need to be copied.
InstructionsForUse The original instructions for use. The AdditionalInstructions data element does not need to be included, as the method of use is no longer relevant in a stop-TA.

The TA can be stopped immediately with an endDateTime today, or be stopped with an endDateTime in the future.

5.3.2.3.1 Stopping an administration agreement by another supplier

A TA can be stopped by the supplier themselves, but also by another supplier. When a supplier stops a medication, they create a stop-TA. This is also the case when stopping a TA from another supplier. The stop-TA is sent to the health professional who created the original TA. Their XIS system informs this health professional that there is a new change within the MBH.

5.3.2.3.2 Canceling a future administration agreement

Stopping a TA with a startDateTime in the future (TTA) is called canceling. The TTA is canceled by recording a cancelation-TTA. This is a stop-TTA with the stop type ‘canceled’. The cancelation-TTA shows that the patient has never used the medication in question according to that TTA.

The cancelation-TTA works the same way as the stop-TA described above, but with two differences:

  • The stop type is ‘canceled’ instead of ‘discontinued’.
  • The startDateTime and endDateTime of the cancelation-TTA are the same.

5.3.2.4 Modifying an administration agreement

It may be necessary to change the TA, for example due to a change in the product range or in the preference policy. Unlike the MA, in the case of a TA a modification of the product at PRK level does not lead to a different MBH.

Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA
Modifying a TA with an unmodified MA is done by creating a technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a new TA with the modification within the same MBH. Both have a relationship to the original TA and the unmodified MA. The technical stop-TA has an endDateTime equal to the startDateTime of the new MA with the modification (see section 2.4.3). In the new TA, the reason for the change can be recorded in AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.

A modification can take effect immediately or can be scheduled with a startDateTime in the future. If the change is implemented in a future TA, a technical cancelation-TTA is created and a new TTA with the change.

The technical stop-TA and new TA are created simultaneously and therefore have the same RegistrationDateTime (see section 2.4.3.1). They are sent and made available simultaneously. When queried, they are also provided simultaneously. The same applies to the technical cancelation-TTA and new TTA.

Modifying a TA as a result of a modification of the MA
A TA may also need to be changed as a result of a modification of the associated MA. In that case, a technical stop MA and a new MA are created. This results in a technical stop-TA with a reference to the original TA and to the technical stop-MA. A new TA is created with a reference to the new MA, without a relationship to the original TA.
Modifying a TTA as a result of a modification of a future MA works in the same way.

action leads to with reference to
modification in TA
technical stop-TA n.a. original TA
new TA n.a. original TA (unmodified) MA
modification in TTA
technical cancelation-TTA n.v.t. original TTA
nieuwe TTA n.v.t. original TTA (unmodified) MA
modification in MA
technical stop-MA technical stop-TA original TA technical stop-MA
new MA new TA new MA
modification in TMA
technical cancelation-TMA technical cancelation-TTA original TTA technical cancelation-TMA
new TMA new TTA new TMA
5.3.2.4.1 Correcting an administration agreement

The same rules apply to correcting a TA as to correcting an MA (see section 5.2.2.4.1):
If the incorrect TA has not yet been shared with other health professionals, the supplier can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the incorrect agreement has already been shared with other health professionals, it must be corrected. There are two new TAs are created within the same MBH:

  • A new TA with the correct data, ‘incorrect registration of medication’ in AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation and a reference to the TA to be corrected and the unmodified MA.
  • A technical stop-TA with stop type ‘discontinued’ and a reference to the TA to be corrected in RelationAdministrationAgreement.

Correcting a future TA is done in the same way, with a technical cancelation-TTA plus a new TTA.

5.3.2.5 Temporarily interrupting and resuming an administration agreement

Interrupting a TA with an unmodified MA
Interrupting a TA with unmodified MA is done by recording two new TAs within the same MBH:

  • A stop-TA with stop type ‘interrupted’, reference to the TA to be interrupted in RelationAdministrationAgreement and reason for interruption in AdministrationAgreementReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation.
  • Upon resumption, a new TA with a relationship to the unmodified MA and to the original TA.

This may be relevant in the case of generic substitution during admission (see section 5.7.2.2.2).

Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA
Interrupting a TA as a result of an interrupt-MA is done in the same way. However, the new TA has a relationship to the new resumption-MA, without a relationship to the original TA.

5.3.3 Medication dispense

The medication can be dispensed if a new or existing TA has been recorded for it. Medication may only be dispensed if there is a valid MA for it.
In an outpatient situation, a new or existing VV is also required. The MVE then contains a reference to that VV. In a clinical situation, an MA is sufficient.
Upon delivery, an MVE is recorded and made available.

5.3.3.1 Medication dispense in the case of GDS medication

It is desirable that a prescriber can determine whether changes in medication can wait until the next medication roll change. To do so, it must be clear when that roll change will take place.
To this end, it has been agreed that the DurationOfUse of an MVE will be equal to the duration of the medication roll. With a weekly medication roll, the MVE has a DurationOfUse of 7 days. For a fortnightly medication roll, the DurationOfUse is 14 days. In combination with the start of the MVE (in MedicationDispenseDateTime), it can easily be deduced what the last day of the roll will be.
This is particularly important for medication with a non-daily intake schedule. It prevents medication from being repeated too early and provides a clear starting point for roll changes. Examples:

  • Medication with an intake schedule of 3 times a week, on Monday - Wednesday - Friday.
  • Medication with a dosing schedule of once every two weeks. With a weekly medication roll, the roll will contain the medication one week and not the next.

5.3.4 Directions for recording data in the building blocks administration agreement and medication dispense

5.3.4.1 Directions for recording data in the building block administration agreement

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the TA in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.3.4.1.1 DistributionForm

The DistributionForm data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.3.4.1.2 InstructionsForUse

Description
Instructions for use are provided electronically in two ways:

  • Structured in accordance with the data structure under InstructionsForUse.
  • As free text in the Description data element. This contains the complete instructions for use in readable form, for example: 1 piece once a day.

The option to display free text is intended for situations in which the receiving system cannot process the structured information properly, so that correct information can still be displayed to the end user.

It is expressly intended that suppliers make as much use as possible of the structured information to generate their own descriptions during implementation. The structured information and the free text must correspond completely. The structured information must not contain anything that is not mentioned in Description.

Additional Instructions
Anticoagulant medication (see section 5.2.3.1)
For medicines with a variable dosing regimen, no DosingInstructions are included in the MA and TA. In AdditionalInstructions, ‘use according to thrombosis service schedule’ is specified.

Medication that must be administered
Additional instructions for administration may be given to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:

  • Indicate that when stopping a fentanyl patch, the patch must be removed.
  • When dosing half a tablet, indicate what should be done with the other half of the tablet.

Such information cannot be recorded in a structured manner. It is recorded in free text in the AdditionalInstruction data element of the MA, TA and/or WDS.

DosingInstructions
‘As needed’ medication
In the case of ‘as needed’ medication, the data element AsNeeded.Condition specifies the situation in which the medication must be taken.

Dosage instruction with an interval of once every 36 hours
A dosage instruction that prescribes the intake of 1 tablet every 36 hours can usually be recorded as 1 MA with a Dose of 1 tablet and an Interval of 36 hours. However, not all information systems support intervals longer than 24 hours. In that case, an alternative method is required.
A practical solution is to use a three-day RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule with different DosingInstructions for each day:

  • day 1 one dose in the morning
  • day 2 one dose in the evening
  • day 3 no intake or administration.

Repeating this schedule still results in a correct dosing pattern with administration times that are 36 hours apart.

(Recommended) administration times for medication that must be administered
An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. Flexible (recommended) administration times are assumed as standard.

Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible to ‘no’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.

Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:

  • Twice a week
  • Once a month
  • Twice a year

It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For patients receiving medication, the use of the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used. For detailed examples with the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule, see the page dosage examples.

5.3.4.1.3 PeriodOfUse

The intended duration of the medication is specified in the PeriodOfUse:

  • Medication for an indefinite period: only startDateTime is entered, without duration or endDateTime
  • Medication for a specific period: 2 of the 3 data elements must be entered. This also applies to medication for single use.
  • If an endDateTime is specified, the time must always be provided. This is to avoid confusion between ‘until’ and ‘up to and including’. In the case of an ‘up to and including’ date (i.e. a whole day), the time 23:59:59 applies.


If there is a situation-dependent startDateTime or endDateTime, this can be indicated in the data element PeriodOfUse.Condition. This condition makes explicit what the situation dependency entails. Examples of this are:

  • ‘Start X days before admission’ – if the exact start time depends on a planned hospital admission.
  • ‘Stop X days after holiday’ – if the medication is tapered off after a specific event with an uncertain end date.

See the page Examples uncertainty condition for details on how to use this condition.


The startDateTime of a TA may differ from that in the MA. Examples:

  • The patient does not collect the medication until several days after the startDateTime in the MA.
  • Starting or modifying GDS medication.

The same applies to the endDateTime.


If medication is to be supplied in GDS or if changes are made to GDS medication, the startDateTime of the new GDS TA is the same as the starting date of the next medication roll.

If the change must take effect before a planned roll change, the time until the medication roll change must be bridged. This can be done by supplying the medication separately during that period or by changing the medication roll immediately.

5.3.4.1.4 MedicineForAdministrationAgreement

Whereas in the MA the medicine is usually prescribed at PRK level, in the TA it is listed at HPK level. This level contains additional medication monitoring data relating to excipients. The TA then lists the specific commercial product that has been or will be supplied.

5.3.4.1.5 RegistrationDateTime

The RegistrationDateTime indicates the date and time at which the medication building block was recorded and is used to correctly determine the sequence of the building blocks. Further explanation of the RegistrationDateTime can be found in ART-DECOR.

5.3.4.2 Directions for recording data in the building block medication dispense

This section explains how to fill in certain data elements of the MVE in specific situations. All formal source information about the building blocks and their data elements can be found in the Dataset and Scenarios tabs in ART-DECOR.

5.3.4.2.1 RequestDate and MedicationDispenseDateTime

In an MVE, both the RequestDate and the MedicationDispenseDateTime can be recorded.

  • RequestDate: date/time at which the supplier records a planned dispensing.
  • MedicationDispenseDateTime: date/time at which the actual handing out of the medication took place.

Both dates are the same if the VV is processed immediately and the patient collects the medication on the same day. If the patient collects the medication at a later time than the VV was processed, these dates will differ. If the medication is not collected, no dispensing takes place and no MVE is recorded.

When using a dispensing machine, the MedicationDispenseDateTime is the date/time at which the patient collects the medication from the machine. If this date/time is not available in the AIS, the date/time at which the medication is placed in the dispensing machine may be used instead.

If multiple dispensings are made under the same VV, each dispensing has its own RequestDate and, of course, its own MedicationDispenseDateTime.

5.3.4.2.2 DistributionForm

The DistributionForm data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.
Section 5.8 provides an overview of all information about GDS medication.

5.3.5 Information transfer and system roles during sub-process Dispense

During the Dispense sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The supplier receives a new MA, a stop-MA, or a technical stop-MA with a modified new MA from the prescriber. This may be accompanied by kidney function values, height or weight. VoorschriftOntvangend MP-VOO
LabresultaatOntvangendSysteem LAB-LRO
The supplier informs the prescriber about the processing of the medication prescription by sending the TA and/or stop-TA, with or without MVE. VoorschriftAfhandelingSturend MP-VAS
The supplier can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO
When queried, the AIS provides the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The supplier queries the available medication data to perform medication verification. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
Where appropriate, the supplier can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO

The supplier uses a pharmacy information system (AIS). See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.4 Sub-process Administer

NB: In this FD and the dataset, the functionalities in the Administer sub-process are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

This section describes the process of administering medication. Medication can be administered without an administration list. Section 5.4.1.2 provides several examples of this. However, this section focuses on administering medication based on an administration list.
There are various situations in which medication must be administered, for example in a hospital, a nursing home or in home care. Medication can be administered by professional administrators such as doctors, nurses and carers. It is also possible that the patient or their informal carer administer the medication, but need an administration list to do so. In this FD the general term 'administrator' is used.

To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the page Practical examples sub-process Administer.

5.4.1 Overview sub-process Administer

5.4.1.1 Administering medication using an administration list

In principle, medication is administered using an administration list. When starting with an administration list, the prescriber, supplier, administrator and/or patient agree on which medication will be included on the administration list and what the intended (target) administration times are. This process may vary depending on the situation and the healthcare organisation.

Prior to administration, the administrator must have an administration list with the relevant medication details for the patient. Section 5.4.2 explains the content and preparation of administration lists.

The administrator checks the medication available and the details on the administration list and, if necessary, prepares the medication for administration. The administrator administers the medication and records the administration in the MTD building block. Section 5.4.3 describes how the recording should take place in different situations.

The administrator can send a VMA or VVV to the prescriber to make a proposal regarding a patient's medication. See section 5.6 for the handling of these proposal data.

At the end of the process, the recorded data are exchanged. This allows a health professional to check which medication has been administered to a patient. This can be important, for example, when a patient is transferred to another department or institution. The exchange of information is discussed further in section 5.4.4.

5.4.1.2 Administering medication without administration list

Sometimes medication is administered without it being on an administration list. Examples include:

  • A modification of the MA has been communicated verbally, but has not yet been recorded.
  • Occasional administration by the general practitioner, for example of a tetanus injection or anaesthetic.
  • Administration of medication in emergency situations. In this case, too, the administrator records an MTD after administration. This MTD can then be the first building block with which a new MBH is started. After this, an MA and TA should still be created within this MBH.

5.4.2 Administration lists

In order to account for which medication the administrator has administered to the patient, it must be stated on an administration list (apart from the exceptional situations in section 5.4.1). An administration list is a list of all medicines that have been prescribed to a patient and that must be administered to this patient. In principle, self-care medication is not included. Self-care medication can only be included on the administration list if a prescriber has established a prescribing policy for this and has created an MA for this purpose, and/or if a supplier has created a TA for this purpose.

5.4.2.1 Explanation of some data on administration lists

The sections below explain some data that may be important to include in an administration list. However, the exact information required for administration registration depends on the context of the administrator. The content of an administration list and the way in which an eTDR presents it can therefore differ depending on this context.

5.4.2.1.1 Medication in GDS

The administration list must clearly indicate whether a medication is dispensed in a GDS. The DistributionForm data element of the TA and the MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is concerned.

5.4.2.1.2 Additional guidelines for administering medication

Additional instructions for administering medication can be provided to the (professional) administrator and/or patient. Examples include:

  • Indicating that the patch should be removed when discontinuing use of a fentanyl patch.
  • Indicating what should be done with the other half of a tablet when dosing half a tablet.

Such data cannot be recorded in a structured format. They are recorded in free text in the AdditionalInstructions data element of the MA, TA, and/or the WDS.

5.4.2.1.3 (Recommended) administration times

An administration list requires (recommended) administration times and dosage instructions. This information can be recorded in the TA, MA or WDS. Suppliers and prescribers in the outpatient setting do not routinely record the (recommended) administration times and must therefore be alert to the fact that the patient is receiving medication. (Recommended) administration times are assumed to be flexible unless specified otherwise.
If these data are missing, the administrator should check this with the prescriber or supplier.

Flexible (recommended) administration time
If the (recommended) administration time of a medication is flexible, it will usually be determined based on the administration times of other medications and the logistical rounds of the administrator.

Exact administration time
Sometimes a specific administration time is required, for example due to an interaction with other medication. In addition to stating the exact administration time, the administration list must also clearly indicate that no deviations from this time are permitted. This must be indicated by setting the data element AdministeringSchedule.IsFlexible to ‘no’ in MA, TA and/or WDS.

(Recommended) administration time in case of ‘as needed’ medication
For ‘as needed’ medication, the administration time is not normally known in advance. However, (recommended) administration times may be provided if there is a reason to do so, for example in the case of sleep medication.

RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule mandatory for certain dosing instructions
Some dosing instructions cannot be easily translated into intake times. Examples include:

  • Twice a week
  • Once a month
  • Twice a year

It is essential, particularly for patients having their medication administered, that the planned administration times are derived identically. For those patients, the use of the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule is therefore mandatory in the case of dosing instructions that cannot be clearly derived. This makes it possible to always arrive at the same administration times, regardless of the information system used.

For detailed examples with the data element RepeatPeriodCyclicalSchedule, see the dosage examples page.

5.4.2.1.4 InjectionPatchSite

For some medications, it is necessary to know where the last injection was given or where the last patch was applied. This is recorded after each administration in the InjectionPatchSite data element in the MTD.

5.4.2.2 Drawing up the administration list

To ensure that medication is administered safely and correctly, an administration list must show the relevant medication details for that administration moment. Prescribers, suppliers and administrators are responsible for providing the medication data necessary for compiling an administration list in a timely manner.

5.4.2.2.1 Medication building blocks used in the administration list

An administration list is compiled based on all MAs, TAs and WDSs available at the time the medication is to be administered. Data such as (recommended) administration times and instructions for use are recorded in these building blocks. Recently registered MTDs are also important, including MTDs for changed or recently discontinued medication. These MTDs provide insight into how previous administrations went, for example with regard to the InjectionPatchSite. The administrator's information system (eTDR) retrieves the data for an administration list using the Query medication data transaction.

5.4.2.2.2 Which data from which building block?

Information about the InjectionPatchSite can be found in the MTD. For the other data, the following table shows in which data element of which building block they occur.

Table I Medication data items in data elements of MA, TA and WDS

Nr Data item Medication building block
Data element
MA TA WDS
1 Medicine AgreedMedicine MedicineForAdministrationAgreement AgreedMedicine
2 Prescriber Prescriber - -
3 Supplier - Supplier -
4 Author of the WDS - - Author
5 Start date PeriodOfUse.startDateTime
6 End date/duration PeriodOfUse.endDateTime, PeriodOfUse.duration
7 InstructionsForUse:
Description InstructionsForUse.Description
Route of administration InstructionsForUse.RouteOfAdministration
Additional instructions InstructionsForUse.AdditionalInstructions
Dose InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.Dose
Administration time InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSchedule.AdministrationTime
Administration speed InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.AdministeringSpeed
Duration of administration InstructionsForUse.DosingInstructions.Dosage.DurationOfAdministration
8 Comment Comment, MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation Comment, AdministrationAgreementAdditionalInformation Comment

Table I shows that various data items can appear in different building blocks. Most of the data required for the administration list are usually taken from the TA, as the TA fills in the MA in concrete terms. However, it may happen that only an MA is available. For example, if the supplier has not yet processed the MA. Whether data from this MA may be extracted for the administration list depends on the content of the AdditionalInformation data element (see section 5.2.5.1.1). This may concern new, modified or discontinued MAs. The following rules have been established for this purpose:

  • Data element AdditionalInformation is empty or contains ‘Directly on administration list or in GDS’: the data from this MA are used to draw up the administration list.
  • Data element AdditionalInformation contains ‘After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS’ or ‘Per next GDS role change on administration list’: the data in this MA may not be used to draw up the administration list. Until the MA has been processed by the supplier in a TA, the existing agreements remain applicable. After processing the MA, the TA is leading for the required data on the administration list.

Exception: If prescribing, dispensing and administering are recorded in a single XIS, the content of AdditionalInformation is irrelevant. The MA is then used in every situation for drawing up the administration list. This may be the case in hospitals, for example.

A WDS, too, influences which data should be extracted from which building block.

The following table indicates for various situations which building block is leading for retrieving data for the administration list for a specific medicine. The numbers refer to the data items in the previous table. This is further elaborated for various situations on the Examples of application of building blocks on the administration list page.

Table II Which building block is leading for retrieving data for use on the administration list

Situation MA TA WDS
A) Only MA available: supplier has not yet processed the MA MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA is empty or contains

Directly on administration list or in GDS

New MA
  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Prescriber data #2
Modification or discontinuation of MA
  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Prescriber data #2
MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation in MA contains

After regular prescription processing on administration list or in GDS
or Per next GDS medication roll change on administration list

New MA
Modification or discontinuation of MA
  • Prescriber data #2

Existing TA:

  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Supplier data #3
B) MA and TA available
  • Prescriber data #2
  • Leading building block for data items #1, 5, 6, 7, 8
  • Supplier data #3
C) MA, TA and WDS available
  • Prescriber data #2
  • Leading building block for data item #1
  • Supplier data #3
  • Leading building block for data items #4, 5, 6, 7, 8

5.4.3 Directions for recording data in the building block medication administration

After administering medication, the administrator records the administration data in the MTD building block. Any deviations from the originally intended administration (e.g. changed dosage, patient refusal, swallowing problems, side effects, etc.) are also recorded here. This section describes some specific situations.

5.4.3.1 Administration deviates from administration list

The administrator may, in consultation and within set frameworks, deviate from what has been recorded by the prescriber and/or supplier in the MA and/or TA. For example, in the date or time of administration, or in the amount administered. The reason for this is recorded in the data element MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation in the MTD.

5.4.3.2 Administration did not take place

If it is not possible to administer a medication, this can be recorded in the MTD by entering 0 in the AdministeredAmount, possibly with an explanation in the Comment data element. If it is not the intention to administer the medication at a later time, this can also be indicated in that data element.

5.4.3.3 Postponing an administration

If administration is not successful, it can be decided in consultation with the prescriber or supplier to administer the medicine at a later time, provided this falls within the agreements made regarding flexible administration times. An initial MTD with an AdministeredAmount of 0 can also be recorded, and a new MTD if the medication is administered later.

5.4.3.4 Correcting an MTD that has already been recorded

It may happen that an MTD that has already been recorded needs to be corrected because the administration took place differently than was recorded. If the MTD has not yet been made available, the administrator can adjust or delete it in their own information system. If the MTD has already been shared with other health professionals, corrections are made by recording and making available additional MTDs. The data element AdministeredAmount can be used for this. The value of this data element can be negative in a corrective MTD. In case of corrections, the final quantity administered is then equal to the sum of the AdministeredAmount in all recorded MTDs. In MedicationAdministrationReasonForDeviation the reason for the correction can be indicated, for example 'incorrect registration of medication' or ‘drug spat out by patient'.

5.4.4 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Administer

During the Administer sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange system role system role code
The administrator queries a patient’s available medication data for drawing up the administration list MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
When queried, the eTDR provides the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
Where appropriate, the administrator can send medication data to or receive medication data from other health professionals. MedicatieGegevensSturend MP-MGS
MedicatieGegevensOntvangend MP-MGO
The administrator can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO

When administering medication, an electronic administration registration system (eTDR) is used. See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.5 Sub-process Use

This section describes the process of using medication and the recording of this use by a patient or their representative. Hereafter only the word ‘patient’ will be used.
Data about the patient's medication use can also be recorded by health professionals, for example during medication verification (see section 5.1).

To support the implementation of this sub-process, various examples are available on the Practical examples sub-process Use page.

5.5.1 Overview sub-process Use

The patient uses prescribed medication and/or self-care medication. This may also concern medication from abroad. This use may be in accordance with the agreements in MA and/or TA and/or WDS (for prescription medication), or in accordance with the instructions for use on the package (for self-care medication). The patient can also deviate from this.

If a new or modified MA or VV is required, a patient can contact the prescriber by sending a VMA or VVV. See section 5.6 for further information about proposal data.

Patients with a PGO or patient portal can view their medication data using the Query medication data transaction. They can also record their medication use in the medication building block MGB. The patient can record, among other things, for each medicine used:

  • Is the medicine used or not?
  • Is it used according to agreement (in MA/TA/WDS)?
  • If not, in what way does the patient deviatee from the agreement?
  • If applicable, the reason for deviation or discontinuation, for example side effects.

The recording of MGBs by the patient is optional. Information about their medication use in the form of MGBs recorded by the patient will therefore not always be available.

For patients who need to have their medication administered, the administration data are recorded by the administrator in an MTD, see section 5.4. However, some of these patients do take the medication themselves. If they record this in an MGB, it may differ from the data in the MTD.

The recorded data (MGB) are made available to the relevant health professionals.

5.5.2 Directions for recording data in the building block medication use

In the context of this section, this concerns patients who themselves record data about their use. The table below shows how the data elements in the MGB building block should be filled in in various situations.

Situation Use Indicator AsAgreed Indicator MedicationUse StopType PeriodOfUse (fill in a maximum of 2 out of 3) DosingInstructions
startDateTime Duration endDateTime
Medication is/will be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed yes yes leave empty fill in in accordance with MA or TA fill in in accordance with MA or TA
date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication use is or will be discontinued
This is not as agreed yes no leave empty date/time when deviating medication use started or will start (intended) duration of non-compliant medication use date/time when non-compliant medication use is or will be discontinued the actual dosage used must be entered
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed yes leave empty leave empty date/time when medication use started or will start (intended) duration of medication use date/time when medication is or will be discontinued the dosage agreed upon by the patient must be entered
Medication is not/will not be used in PeriodOfUse
This is as agreed no yes leave empty or fill in in accordance with stop-agreement date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
This is not as agreed no no discontinued / suspended date/time from which use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage
There is no agreement (self-care medication) / unknown whether this is as agreed no leave empty discontinued / suspended date/time from which medication use will be discontinued or suspended n/a in case of discontinuing (intended) duration of suspension of medication use n/a in case of discontinuing date/time when medication use is or will be resumed leave empty, there is no dosage


5.5.3 Information exchange and system roles during sub-process Use

During the Use sub-process, various forms of information exchange may take place. The table below shows which system roles are required for this.

type of information exchange System role system role code
When queried, the patient’s information system provides the recorded medication data. MedicatieGegevensBeschikbaarstellend MP-MGB
The patient can query their medication data. MedicatieGegevensRaadplegend MP-MGR
The patient can send a VMA and/or VVV to the prescriber and receive an AVMA and/or AVVV. VoorstelMedicatieafspraakSturend MP-VMS
AntwoordVoorstelMedicatieafspraakOntvangend MP-AVMO
VoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekSturend MP-VVS
AntwoordVoorstelVerstrekkingsverzoekOntvangend MP-AVVO

The patient uses a PGO or a patient portal. See section 3.2.3 for an overview of the system roles per information system.

5.6 Proposal data

NB: In this FD and the dataset, the proposal data are published as a beta version (see section 1.5.4).

A prescriber may receive a proposal from a supplier, other health professional (including other prescribers), or from the patient regarding their pharmaceutical treatment. The following proposal data are available within MP9:

  • Proposal medication agreement (VMA) for proposals regarding the MA, with an optional reason for this proposal.
  • Reply proposal medication agreement (AVMA) for answering the VMA.
  • Proposal dispense request (VVV) for proposals relating to the VV, with optionally a reason for this proposal.
  • Reply proposal dispense request (AVVV), for answering the VVV.

In response to a proposal, the prescriber always sends an answer to the proposer. If the proposal leads to a new prescription, this will be sent to the supplier.

5.6.1 Proposal medication agreement

A proposer can send a VMA to the prescriber. This may concern a proposal to modify, stop or continue an existing MA, or to start a new MA. A prescriber who receives a VMA selects one of three possible responses:

  • ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VMA into the new MA:
data element
PeriodOfUse
AgreedMedicine
MedicationAgreementStopType
ReasonModificationOrDiscontinuation
PrescriptionReason
InstructionsForUse, with the exception of the description. An XIS can choose to copy the description upon querying, or generate it itself from the structured fields.
AdditionalInformation
Comment
  • ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes a therapeutic change in the MA compared to the VMA.
  • ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected' and an MA with another pharmaceutical product is made. In addition, the entire proposal can be rejected and no MA is made. In both cases an explanation must be given.

5.6.2 Proposal dispense request

A proposer can send a VVV to the prescriber. This concerns a request for a repeat prescription. A prescriber who receives a VVV selects one of three possible responses:

  • ‘Accepted’: the prescriber fully agrees with the proposal that has been made. In that case, the following data will be copied exactly from the VVV into the new VV:
data element
MedicineToBeDispensed
Amount
NumberOfRefills
ValidityPeriod
DispenseLocation
AdditionalWishes
FinancialIndicationCode
Comment
RelationMedicationAgreement
  • ‘Accepted with changes’: The prescriber agrees to the proposed pharmaceutical product but makes another change in the VV compared to the VVV.
  • ‘Rejected’: If the prescriber does not agree with the PRK of the proposed pharmaceutical product, the proposal is considered 'rejected'. A VV with a different pharmaceutical product follows.

Another possibility is that the IntendedSupplier is changed. This, too, is seen as a rejection. The supplier making the proposal will receive the rejection if no dispensing is required. Finally, the prescriber can reject the VVV completely. An explanation must be given in all these cases.

5.6.3 Dispensing before approval by prescriber

When the prescriber issues a prescription based on the VMA or VVV, it is sent to the supplier. The supplier then processes the prescription. In exceptional cases, a supplier may dispense before the prescriber has responded to the VMA. This is done on the basis of professional judgement, regional agreements or a verbal agreement. This may involve:

  • An additional medicine that is routinely given with another product. For example, a laxative with an opioid.
  • A substitute. The pharmaceutical product in the TA may differ from the MA (see section 5.3.2). For clarity in the chain, it may be desirable to adjust the MA accordingly, for example for the purposes of an administration list. For this, the supplier can send a VMA to the prescriber.

5.7 Medication process in the clinical situation

This section contains additional information about the medication process in clinical situations. This concerns patients who are admitted to, for example, a hospital, a mental health clinic, a nursing home or other institutions.

The medication process in the hospital-based outpatient clinic is not covered here. This corresponds to the outpatient situation as described in sections 5.1 to 5.5.

NB: At present (Q1 2026), the information is still limited to a summary of what was contained in FO v3.0.0 rc1.

5.7.1 Some points of attention in the clinical situation

The clinical medication process is largely the same as described in the previous sections, with a few differences and points to note:

Medication supply
During hospitalisation, medicines are generally supplied by the hospital pharmacy. In other institutions, this may be done by public, institutional or hospital pharmacies.

Provisional and definitive medication orders
In the clinical situation, the term ‘provisional medication order’ (VMO) is used. In MP9, a VMO is recorded in the form of a medication agreement (MA). The application of the MA in a clinical situation is slightly broader than in an outpatient situation. In addition to an agreement between the prescriber and the patient about the use of medication, it is also:

  • an instructing order to the supplier to ensure that the medication is available for administration.
  • an instructing order to the administrator to administer the medication.

The hospital pharmacist usually validates the administration request. This results in a ‘final medication order’, comparable to the TA.

Dispense request and medication dispense
In a hospital, no VV is required during admission. The hospital pharmacist ensures that the medicine is available for the duration of the MA. Usually, no MVE will be recorded either.
Sometimes medication is taken from the ward stock. Replenishing this stock is not considered medication dispense in the sense of this FD.
If the medication for an institution is supplied by a public pharmacy, VV and MVE may be recorded.

Administration list
During admission, an administration list is available for all patients receiving medication and (target) administration times are recorded as standard.

5.7.2 Medication process during admission and discharge

Many changes in MAs and TAs can occur during admission and discharge. The generic sub-processes (Medication verification, Prescribe, Dispense, Administer) remain applicable, as described in sections 5.1 to 5.4. The sections below summarise the process from a clinical perspective.

5.7.2.1 Prior to admission

Medication verification is usually carried out prior to admission. In the case of emergency admissions, this will often not be possible. However, it may be possible to do this later during the admission. The patient's medication may need to be adjusted prior to admission:

  • Starting new medication
  • Modifying, interrupting or discontinuing current medication

If the admission date is not yet known, the data element PeriodOfUse.Condition in the relevant MA or stop-MA can be used to specify how many days before admission the adjustment must take place. As soon as the admission date is known or is changed, this is recorded in a new MA.
See the page Examples uncertainty condition for details on how to use this condition.

5.7.2.2 During admission

At the start of an admission, the medication the patient is already taking is reviewed. Various decisions can be made regarding this medication:

  • Unchanged continuation of medication use
  • Generic substitution of medication
  • Discontinuation of medication
  • Modification of medication
  • Temporary interruption of medication
  • Pharmacotherapeutic substitution of medication

These processes generally proceed as described in sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5. This is briefly explained in the following sections.
Medication verification may also take place during the admission period.

5.7.2.2.1 Unchanged continuation of medication use during admission

The patient continues to use their medication from the outpatient situation unchanged (see section 5.2.2.2).

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation continue during admission and after discharge.
5.7.2.2.2 Generic substitution of medication during admission

During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine has the same active ingredient, in the same quantity and pharmaceutical form. The PRK therefore remains the same.

  • The MA continues during admission and after discharge.
  • The TA from the outpatient situation is stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’). After discharge, the provider from the outpatient situation creates a new TA for the MA.
  • A new TA is created for the medication during admission. This is stopped upon discharge.
5.7.2.2.3 Discontinuation of medication during admission

The patient must permanently stop taking the medication prescribed in the outpatient setting (see section 5.2.2.3 and 5.3.2.3).

  • The MA and TA are stopped upon admission (stop type ‘stopped’).
5.7.2.2.4 Modification of medication during admission

A modification is made to the medication from the outpatient situation, for example in terms of dosage (see section 5.2.2.4 and 5.3.2.4). This follows the regular modification process:

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are stopped with technical stop-MA and stop-TA (stop type ‘stopped’).
  • A new MA and TA are recorded with the modification; these are stopped upon discharge.
  • Upon discharge, a new MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
5.7.2.2.5 Temporary interruption of medication during admission

Interrupting medication from the outpatient situation upon admission and resuming it upon discharge follows the process described in section 5.2.2.5.

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with stop type ‘suspended’.
  • Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.
5.7.2.2.6 Pharmacotherapeutic substitution during admission

During admission, the patient receives a different medicine than in the outpatient situation. This medicine is registered for the same indication, but contains a different active substance and therefore has a different PRK (e.g. omeprazole/pantoprazole).

  • The MA and TA from the outpatient situation are temporarily stopped, with the stop type ‘suspended’ (see section 5.2.2.5).
  • A new MA and TA are recorded for the other medicine. This is done in a different MBH, because the medicine has a different PRK. The new MA and TA are stopped upon discharge.
  • Upon discharge, a resumption MA and TA are created for the outpatient situation.

5.7.2.3 Upon discharge

Upon discharge, the clinical medication is discontinued. However, in the event of an interim discharge, the clinical medication continues.

If a new MA and TA are created upon discharge, the prescriber at the institution can use the data element NextPractitioner, to indicate who is expected to take over the treatment with the medicine in question (see section 5.2.5.1.7). This may be relevant, for example, when modifying or interrupting the medication from the outpatient situation.

5.7.3 Information exchange in the clinical situation

An institution makes available all medication data recorded within the institution itself (all its own building blocks). These may not all be relevant to receiving health professionals. Querying information systems could therefore filter the data. However, some medicines administered during hospitalisation may still be important after discharge. For example, because they have a long-term effect that requires medication monitoring even after discharge. These should therefore not be filtered out in advance. Sectors and suppliers can jointly draw up a list for this purpose. This page contains a list of examples of such drug groups.

5.8 Overview of GDS medication

5.8.1 Introduction

In the previous sections, information about GDS medication has been provided in various places. To provide more overview, that information is summarized in this section.

The Medication Distribution System (GDS) is a distribution method in which medicinal products are packaged in units per administration time. The use of GDS has consequences for prescribing, dispensing and administering medication. For all involved healthcare professionals it must be clear that the patient receives their medication in GDS. This must be recorded and communicated unambiguously.

The logistics of GDS medication are often carried out by an external party. This also requires information exchange with that party. However, the communication between the dispenser and the GDS supplier falls outside the scope of this information standard.

On the page Practical examples GDS examples of different situations are elaborated.

5.8.2 Prescribing and dispensing of GDS medication

Dispense request for GDS medication
In the AdditionalWishes data element of the VV, the prescriber can indicate that a medicine may not be dispensed in GDS.

Medication agreement for GDS medication
In the MedicationAgreementAdditionalInformation data element, a prescriber can indicate, among other things, whether or not an MA should take effect immediately. The following values are available for this purpose:

  • Immediately on the administration list or in GDS
  • After regular prescription processing on the administration list or in GDS
  • Per next GDS medication role change on the administration list

If one of these values is entered in the new MA when modifying medication, the technical stop-MA must be assigned the same value. When discontinuing medication, this information can be recorded in the stop-MA.

Administration agreement and medication dispensing for GDS medication

The DistributionForm data element of the TA and MVE can be used to indicate whether GDS medication is involved.

If medication is to be supplied in GDS or if changes are made to GDS medication, the startDateTime of the new GDS TA is the same as the starting date of the next medication roll.

If the change must take effect before a planned roll change, the time until the medication roll change must be bridged. This can be done by supplying the medication separately during that period or by changing the medication roll immediately.

Duration of use MVE
It is desirable that a prescriber can determine whether changes in medication can wait until the next medication roll change. To do so, it must be clear when that roll change will take place.
To this end, it has been agreed that the DurationOfUse of an MVE will be equal to the duration of the medication roll. With a weekly medication roll, the MVE has a DurationOfUse of 7 days. For a fortnightly medication roll, the DurationOfUse is 14 days. In combination with the start of the MVE (in MedicationDispenseDateTime), it can easily be deduced what the last day of the roll will be.
This is particularly important for medication with a non-daily intake schedule. It prevents medication from being repeated too early and provides a clear starting point for roll changes. Examples:

  • Medication with an intake schedule of 3 times a week, on Monday - Wednesday - Friday.
  • Medication with a dosing schedule of once every two weeks. With a weekly medication roll, the roll will contain the medication one week and not the next.

6 Additional information

This chapter contains additional information for this FO.
In Section 6.1 reference is made to the page with links to additional documentation.
In Section 6.2 the list of external references used in this FO is included.
Section 6.3 contains the document history.

6.1 Additional documentation

On the page Additional documentation for information standard MP9 links to other relevant pages are available. These links are grouped according to the different types of information.

Supporting material Functional Design
This section contains Practical examples and Other examples.

This main page of the FO contains the functional information for the information standard MP9. Part of this information is illustrated by means of examples. These examples are included on separate pages.

This material previously formed an integral part of the FO, but has been placed separately in order to keep the FO itself compact and normative. The supporting material can be consulted for clarification and further elaboration.

Implementation and project documentation
In addition to the FO and the supporting material, additional implementation and project documentation is available. This includes, among other things, general information about the Medication Transfer program, chain agreements, process descriptions, implementation guides and technical elaborations.

6.2 References

Author(s) Title Version Date (accessed) Source
Nictiz Medication Process Information Standard Website December 2025 Medication Process Information Standard
MO Programme About the Medication Transfer Programme Website December 2025 Medication Transfer Programme
MO Programme Kickstart Medication Transfer Website December 2025 Kickstart
Nictiz Information Standards Website December 2025 Information standards
Nictiz Glossary Overview Website December 2025 Glossary overview
MO Programme Glossary Website December 2025 Glossary
Nictiz Step 0 Documentation 9 July 2025 December 2025 Step 0 documentation
NEN NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare – Electronic processing and exchange of data for prescribing and dispensing medication 2022 December 2025 NEN 7503:2022 Data exchange in healthcare
Various Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain 2018/2019 December 2025 Guideline on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain
Various Information Section: Addendum to the Quality Standard on the Transfer of Medication Data in the Chain July 2023 December 2025 Information section
Nictiz ART-DECOR: Medication Process February 2026 February 2026 ART-DECOR


Nictiz Qualification Website December 2025 Qualification
NHG, KNMP, Z-index Building Blocks for the Medication Process 2014 December 2025 Building blocks for the medication process
Nictiz Health Information Building Blocks – Main Page Website December 2025 zibs.nl
Z-index Z-Index Backbone 17 December 2025 December 2025 Z-Index Backbone
Nictiz Deduplication of MBHs 12 August 2024 December 2025 Implementation Guide Migration and Hybrid
Nictiz Infusion Working Method Kickstart 1 September 2025 December 2025 Infusion working method
Nictiz Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance 25 September 2025 December 2025 Guide to Cardinalities and Conformance
Nictiz Information Standards: Foundation for Data Exchange in Healthcare 8 September 2025 December 2025 Information Standards: foundation for data exchange in healthcare
Nictiz Guide for Including Kidney Function Value with the Prescription 28 March 2025 December 2025 Guide for including kidney function value with prescription
Dutch Government Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG Act) 2024 December 2025 Individual Healthcare Professions Act (BIG)
Nictiz Lab2Zorg Design V3.0.0-beta.4 16 December 2025 December 2025 Lab2Zorg Information Standard

6.3 Document history

Version Date Description
9 3.0.0-rc.2 March 2026 all changes see: *Releasenotes
9 3.0.0-rc.1 May 2025 all changes see: *Releasenotes
9 3.0.0-beta.4 November 2024 all changes see: *Releasenotes
9 3.0.0-beta.3 March 2024 all changes see: *Release notes
9 3.0.0-beta.2 October 2023 all changes see: *Release notes
9 3.0.0-beta.1 February 2023 all changes see: *Release notes
9 2.0.0 14 April 2022 Changed images of usecase 4.1.38, 4.1.39 and 4.1.40, they showed GDS instead of WDS BITS MP-534
9 2.0.0 08 April 2022 broken internal links FO corrected BITS MP-607
9 2.0.0 05 April 2022 all changes see: *Release notes
9 2.0.0 bèta 01 October 2021 all changes see: *Release notes
9.1.0 September 2020
9.1.0 29 January 2020
  • Stop textual adjustments
  • Par 7.11 added: Implementation of medication distribution system (GDS) fields
  • BITS MP-85, BITS MP-93, BITS MP-122 Use cases added (Register usage based on medicatieverstrekkingen, Verstrekkingsverzoek with number of repetitions, Prescribe non-drug)
  • Chapter 4: Added pictures of use cases
  • Renal function value in the prescription
  • BITS MP-48 Medication Overview: Par 5.7 added 'Fields not to be shown'
  • Various textual specifications/ improvements, including o.a. BITS MP-131
  • Paragraph 'Unaddressed prescription' moved to chapter 'Considerations'
  • BITS MP-151 Removed draft TA creation process
  • BITS MP-128 Par 4.1.8: Explanation 'Medical necessity'
  • BITS MP-129 Par 4.1.35: Use case added
9.0.7 July 2019
  • Removed examples of specific infrastructures
9.0.7 December 2018
  • Par 1.3.3. MBH at HPK level in case of 'non medicines' without a PRK level
  • Par 1.3.3. MBH for medicines without PRK (magistrals, infusions, etc.)
  • Par 2.2.5.5. Changing medication: Technical stop-ma: appointment date for stop-ma and new ma must be the same. Change on MA that has already been stopped explained (no extra Stop-ma needed)
  • Par 2.2.6. Added: VV under MA of someone else
  • Par 4.2.15. Explanation GDS supplier supplies different HPK
  • Par 7.10: Medication use indicator, according to appointment indicator, stop type, period of use and dosing instruction: table adapted and examples added
  • Par 4.1.34: Own articles explanation added
  • Chapter 5: example medication overview inserted in this wiki page instead of a separate wiki page (to simplify searching within the FO).
  • Various textual tightening / improvements
9.0.6 May 2018
  • Addition to proposed verstrekkingsverzoek and addition of reply proposed verstrekkingsverzoek
  • Chapter 6 table 4 addition of links to ART-DECOR transactions
  • Removed: chapter about LSP
  • Par. 7.10 table was extended with period of use and dosing instructions
  • Various paragraphs were made more precise
  • Addition of the property ‘third parties’ building block’ for MA, TA and MGB in medication overview
9.0.5 January 2018
  • Terminology: Stop-MA was changed to stop-MA in accordance with earlier project agreements (in Dutch different terminology Stop changed to staken)
  • Par. 1.3.4 Addition to indicate that MA may also refer to a building block under a different medicamenteuze behandeling.
  • Par. 4.1.22 Discharge was adapted because outpatient medication that was discontinued earlier may be started again at discharge.
  • Par. 4.1.26 Discontinuation of medication by third parties was adapted.
  • Par. 4.1.27 Two PRKs under a single medicamenteuze behandeling.
  • Par. 2.2.5.3 Medication discontinuation agreement was adapted to clarify the impact on previously entered future medicatieafspraken.
  • Footnote 3 Provisional and final medication order clarified and use case Provisional and final medication order (par. 4.1.31) added.
  • Par. 4.1.30 Use case Single use added.
  • Paragraphs 2.2.4, 2.2.5.2, 2.2.5.4, 4.1.16, 4.1.22 were adapted for substitution. In case of substitution, a medicamenteuze behandeling is not temporarily halted but effectively discontinued. The substitution is started under a new medicamenteuze behandeling.
  • Paragraph 4.1.33 Missing digital medicatieafspraak at admission was added.
  • C5 Medication overview was adapted with a reference to a new content page with functional elaboration.
  • Paragraph 7.10 Medicatiegebruik: use indicator, according to agreement indicator and stop type added as agreed.
  • C6 Building blocks of medication overview were changed to MA, TA and MGB.
  • Figure 2 Colours in data model in accordance with Figure 1.
  • Various abbreviations explained.
9.0.4 September 2017
  • Processed Design decisions in functional design. This means the design decisions have become obsolete. The current Functional Design is now leading.
  • Par. 1.3.1. Definitions of building blocks have been adapted and the abbreviation for medicatieverstrekking has changed to MVE.
  • Par. 1.3.3. Medicamenteuze behandeling is now based on PRK, rewritten and introduced PT as well as added text on handling parallel MAs.
  • Par. 1.3.4. New data model diagram, various relations added and adapted on the basis of design decisions.
  • Par. 1.5 Glossary removed.
  • C2 Medication process diagram changed: MO added to Send and/or make available by the user; lines in swimlane of administrator/user adapted.
  • C4.1 New use cases added: Do not dispense before, Two PRKs in a single medicamenteuze behandeling, Discontinuation of medication by third parties, Creating a medicatieafspraak after the fact, Parallel medicatieafspraken.
  • C4.2 New use case: Discontinuing medication in a GDS; modified use case: Request, dispense and not picked up.
  • C5: Differences between medication profile and medication overview were described; inference rules adapted on the basis of the new design decisions.
  • Where necessary, references from ART-DECOR to FD C7 were added.
  • Various grammatical and minor textual changes.
9.0.2 18 June 2017 Conversion of the document to wiki.
0.97 22 December 2016 Paragraph 2.4, 4.3.1 review remarks incorporated.

Paragraph 4.2.11 text made more precise.

0.96 1 December 2016 Paragraph 2.4 Process: Administer was adapted and C6: Sending/receiving administration data was added as a result.
0.95 15 July 2016 Pilot version